Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1.00 General Application Materials Siting and Land Rights 3500 Blake Street Denver, CO 80205 July 17, 2025 Sent via email to ghartmann@garfield-county.com and regular mail Glenn Hartmann, Director of Community Development 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 RE: Murray Yard – Temporary Use Permit Application Submittal Dear Mr. Hartmann: Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy, is seeking approval of a Temporary Use Permit (TUP) for the Murray Yard from Garfield County, Colorado for the delivery, storage, and distribution of materials to support the 6584 Transmission Line Rebuild Project (Mitchell Creek to Rifle Ute Substations). Xcel Energy will be rebuilding the existing 69 kilovolt (kV) 6584 transmission line from Mitchell Creek Substation to Rifle Ute Substation in Garfield County, Colorado (Project). The Project is located on Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and private land located in Garfield County, City of Glenwood Springs, Town of New Castle, and City of Rifle. A Garfield County Location and Extent (L&E) Review application was approved for the portions of the Project located in Garfield County in July 2024. The TUP application applies to utilization of the Murray Yard as a material storage yard and a helicopter fly yard. Project representatives met with County Staff on December 6, 2023, for the Pre-Application Conference where PSCo provided information about the Murray Yard and responded to questions from County representatives about the yard. This TUP application has been prepared per the requirements outlined in the 2023 Pre-Application Conference summary, provided by Garfield County and complies with the Garfield County Land Use Development Code, Sections 4-120 and 7-1301. We look forward to working with you during the permit process. If you need any additional information, please contact me by telephone at (303) 285-6533 or email at Jennifer.L.Chester@XcelEnergy.com or contact Cory Miller at (303) 285-6765 or cory.r.miller@xcelenergy.com or our consultant Brooke Hines with Burns and McDonnell at (720) 592-3402 or email at bahines@burnsmcd.com. Sincerely, Jennifer Chester Xcel Energy Senior Manager, Siting & Land Rights Telephone: (303) 285-6533 Jennifer.L.Chester@XcelEnergy.com TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Guidline Cpcn Word Document Title TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION FOR MURRAY YARD GARFIELD COUNTY, COLORADO JULY 2025 TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Requirement per Pre-Application Conference Summary Location in Application General Application Materials Application Form Section 2.1 Attachment A Payment of Fees and Payment Agreement Form Section 2.2 Attachment B Narrative Describing the Request Section 2.3 Letter of Authorization Not Applicable Proof of Ownership Section 2.4 Attachment C Recorded Statement of Authority Section 2.5 Attachment D Letter of Permission Section 2.6 Attachment C Names and addresses of property owners within 200 ft. Section 2.7 Attachment E Preapplication Summary Section 2.8 Attachment F Vicinity Map Section 3 Attachment G Description of Applicant Section 5 Temporary Use Description Section 6 Copy of All Previous Approvals Section 7 Impact Analysis Section 8 Compliance with Section 7-1301 Temporary Use Section 9 Attachment L Compliance with Article 7 Standards Section 9 Attachment L Waiver request from 4-202 Section 11 Waiver request from Article 7 Standards Section 11 Requirement per Section 4-120 of the Garfield County Code Location in Application Fees Section 2.2 Attachment B Description of Applicant Section 5 Applicant that is not the Property Owner Section 5.1 Temporary Use Description Section 6 Copy of Previous Relevant Approval Documents Section 7 Impact Analysis and Proposed Mitigation Section 8 Requirement per Section 4-203 of the Garfield County Code Location in Application Professional Qualifications Section 12 General Application Materials TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION Application Form Section 2.1 Attachment A Ownership Section 2.4 Attachment C Adjacent Property Owners Section 2.7 Attachment E Fees Section 2.2 Attachment B Project Description Section 6 General Requirements for Maps and Plans Acknowledged Combination of Map and Plan Requirements Not Applicable Applications for Major Projects Not Applicable Vicinity Map Section 3 Attachment G Site Plan Attachment H4 Grading and Drainage Plan Section 4 Grading Plan: Attachment H Drainage Memo: Attachment H5 Landscape Plan Landscape Plan: Not Applicable Reclamation Plan: Attachment H6 Impact Analysis Section 8 Rezoning Justification Report Not Applicable Statement of Appeal Acknowledged Development Agreement Acknowledged Improvements Agreement Not Applicable Traffic Study Section 6 Attachment L Water Supply and Distribution Plan Section 6 Attachment L Wastewater Management and System Plan Section 6 Attachment L Floodplain Analysis Attachment L TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION i CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 4 1.1 Regulatory Framework .................................................................................... 4 2 GENERAL APPLICATION MATERIALS .................................................................. 6 2.1 Application Form ............................................................................................. 6 2.2 Application Fee and Payment Agreement Form .............................................. 6 2.3 Narrative Describing the Request ................................................................... 6 2.4 Proof of Ownership ......................................................................................... 6 2.5 Statement of Authority ..................................................................................... 6 2.6 Letter of Permission ........................................................................................ 6 2.7 Names and Addresses of Property Owners Within 200 Feet .......................... 7 2.8 Pre-application Conference Summary ............................................................ 7 3 VICINITY MAP .......................................................................................................... 7 4 GRADING PLAN ...................................................................................................... 7 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT ...................................................................... 8 5.1 Applicant That is Not the Property Owner ....................................................... 8 6 TEMPORARY USE DESCRIPTION ......................................................................... 8 6.1 Access Information ........................................................................................ 12 6.2 Duration and Timing of Use ........................................................................... 12 7 COPY OF PREVIOUS APPROVAL DOCUMENTS ................................................ 13 8 IMPACT ANALYSIS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION ............................................ 13 9 COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS .................................................... 19 10 CONFORMANCE WITH REVIEW CRITERIA IN SECTION 4-120 ......................... 19 11 WAIVER REQUESTS ............................................................................................. 19 12 PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS ..................................................................... 19 13 BIBLIOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................... 19 TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION ii TABLES Table 1-1: Summary of Land Use Permit Requirements Applicable to the Murray Yard 5 Table 6-1: Approximate Daily Round Trips ............................................................... 11 Table 6-2: Anticipated Yard Schedule ....................................................................... 13 Table 8-1: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation .......................................................... 14 Table 12-1: Professional Qualifications ................................................................... 19 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT A – LAND USE APPLICATION ATTACHMENT B – PAYMENT AGREEMENT FORM ATTACHMENT C – PROOF OF OWNERSHIP-TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT AND VESTING DEED ATTACHMENT D – STATEMENT OF AUTHORITY ATTACHMENT E – NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PROPERTY OWNERS WITHIN 200 FEET AND MAP ATTACHMENT F – PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY ATTACHMENT G – VICINITY MAP ATTACHMENT H – GRADING PERMIT APPLICATION H1. GRADING PERMIT APPLICATION FORM H2. COST ESTIMATE MEMO H3. CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN H4. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLANS (INCLUDING SITE PLAN) H5. DRAINAGE MEMO H6. RECLAMATION PLAN H7. NOXIOUS WEED MANAGEMENT PLAN ATTACHMENT I – HAUL ROUTE AND ACCESS AND FLIGHT PATH MAPBOOK ATTACHMENT J – TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ATTACHMENT K – GARFIELD COUNTY L&E RESOLUTION ATTACHMENT L – COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS ATTACHMENT M – COLORADO PARKS AND WILDLIFE COMMENT LETTER ATTACHMENT N – COLORADO RIVER VALLEY FIRE DISTRICT CORRESPONDENCE AND EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN ATTACHMENT O – CDPHE STORMWATER PERMIT TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION iii LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviation Term/Phrase/Name BLM Bureau of Land Management BMPs Best Management Practices Code Garfield County Land Use and Development Code County Garfield County CPW Colorado Parks and Wildlife CR County Road CUP Conditional Use Permit FAA Federal Aviation Administration I Interstate kV kilovolt L&E Location and Extent Project Rebuild of the existing Mitchell Creek to Rifle Ute 69 kilovolt (kV) transmission line PSCo Public Service Company of Colorado, a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy ROW Right-of-way easement SSA Stabilized Surface Area SWMP Stormwater Management Plan TCE Temporary Construction Easement TCP Traffic Control Plan TUP Temporary Use Permit VTC Vehicle Tracking Control TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 4 1 INTRODUCTION Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy, is requesting a Temporary Use Permit (TUP) for the Murray Yard in Garfield County, which Xcel Energy proposes to utilize for the delivery, storage, and distribution of materials to support the 6584 Transmission Line Rebuild Project (Mitchell Creek to Rifle Ute Substations). This TUP application also applies to Xcel Energy’s proposed utilization of the Murray Yard as a helicopter fly yard. Xcel Energy is proposing to rebuild the existing 69 kilovolt (kV) 6584 transmission line from Mitchell Creek Substation to Rifle Ute Substation in Garfield County, Colorado (Project). The Project is located on Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and private land located in Garfield County, City of Glenwood Springs, Town of New Castle, and City of Rifle. Permits required for the Project will be acquired through these entities prior to construction. A Location and Extent (L&E) permit was approved by Garfield County in July 2024 (LAEA-04-24-9018) for the portion of the Project located in Garfield County. Xcel Energy is requesting the temporary use of the Murray Yard to facilitate delivery, storage, and distribution of materials to support the Project. Ground access to the transmission line right-of-way (ROW) easement, from the Murray Yard, will be utilized where feasible. However, rugged terrain and limited vehicular access to the ROW easement requires Xcel Energy to complete portions of the Project using a small helicopter, such as a Huey or Blackhawk. Therefore, the Murray Yard will also be used as a fly yard for the helicopter to operate out of during construction. This TUP would service the portion of the 6584 Transmission Line between the Newcastle Substation and Rifle Ute Substation (Phase 1). Project representatives met with County staff at the Pre-Application Conference for the TUP, held on December 6, 2023. This request for a TUP was prepared per the requirements outlined in the Pre-Application Conference Summary and Sections 4-120 and 7-1301 of the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code (Code). 1.1 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Garfield County land use permit regulations apply to the proposed use of the Murray Yard for material staging and delivery. A description of the regulatory requirement for the Murray Yard is provided in Table 1-1. All required land use, environmental, and construction permits will be obtained prior to the start of and maintained during construction. Pursuant to the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code, this Garfield County TUP application is being submitted for temporary use of the Murray Yard located within unincorporated Garfield County. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 5 Table 1-1: Summary of Land Use Permit Requirements Applicable to the Murray Yard Jurisdiction Title Trigger Regulatory Reference Status Garfield County Temporary Use Permit A use or activity that may be conducted for up to six (6) months so that it does not become a permanent use Garfield County Land Use and Development Code, Article 4-120 Xcel Energy is complying through this application. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 6 2 GENERAL APPLICATION MATERIALS 2.1 Application Form The completed Land Use Application form is provided in Attachment A. 2.2 Application Fee and Payment Agreement Form The $250.00 planning review fee for the TUP Application will be paid upon receipt of an invoice. Attachment B contains the completed Payment Agreement Form. 2.3 Narrative Describing the Request Xcel Energy is requesting a TUP for the Murray Yard within County jurisdiction to support the construction of the Project. The Murray Yard will be used as a temporary construction yard, a helicopter fly yard, and for material staging. This Yard will be used to stage construction equipment and materials including temporary construction trailers, cranes, and steel poles. This Yard is also necessary for construction crew parking and materials setup. At the end of the construction phase, all equipment will be removed from the Murray Yard, and it will be restored generally consistent with preconstruction conditions, as provided for in the easement agreement. Rutted and disturbed areas will be revegetated. Additional information regarding the Murray Yard use is included in Section 6 of this application. 2.4 Proof of Ownership Xcel Energy has secured an easement agreement with the property owner. A copy of this agreement is provided in Attachment C. A copy of the vesting deed for the property is also included in Attachment C. 2.5 Statement of Authority A Statement of Authority is provided in Attachment D. 2.6 Letter of Permission The Murray Yard is located on Parcel Number 217916300652 in S16-T6S-R92W. The property owner, Derek Richard Murray, has agreed to lease 35 acres of the approximate 40-acre parcel to Xcel Energy for the temporary yard, including a helicopter landing zone. The signed and dated temporary construction easement (TCE) for the Murray Yard is provided in Attachment C. The TCE includes the property address and the property owner’s contact information. Express landowner authorization TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 7 is provided in the TCE, thus, no letter of consent signed by the landowner is included in this TUP application. 2.7 Names and Addresses of Property Owners Within 200 Feet Names and mailing addresses of surface property owners within a 200-foot radius of the parcel containing the proposed material storage yard, as determined from the Garfield County Assessor’s records, are provided in Attachment E along with a map showing the properties. A written notice by certified mail to the surface owners of record of all adjacent property within a 200-foot radius of the subject parcel will be sent by the applicant according to requirements in Section 4-120.A of the Code. Notice of the temporary use will also be posted in the form of signage on the property 15 days prior to the decision or hearing in accordance with Code Section 4-120.A. 2.8 Pre-application Conference Summary The Pre-Application Conference Summary is provided in Attachment F. 3 VICINITY MAP A Vicinity Map is provided in Attachment G. 4 GRADING PLAN A Grading Permit application for the Murray Yard is being submitted concurrently with this TUP application. The Grading Permit application is provided in Attachment H and includes the following documents: - Grading Permit Application form - Cost Estimate Memo - Construction Stormwater Management Plan - Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (including a Site Plan) - Drainage Memo - Reclamation Plan - Noxious Weed Management Plan TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 8 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE APPLICANT Xcel Energy is a major U.S. regulated electric and natural gas delivery company that serves approximately 3.7 million electric and 2.1 million natural gas customers across parts of eight Midwestern and Western states. PSCo is a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy. Contact information for Xcel Energy and Xcel Energy’s consultant, Burns & McDonnell, is provided below. Applicant Xcel Energy Jennifer Chester Senior Manager, Siting & Land Rights 3500 Blake Street Denver, CO 80205 303-285-6533 Jennifer.L.Chester@XcelEnergy.com Consultant Burns & McDonnell Engineering Company, Inc. Brooke Hines Project Manager 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 720-592-3402 bahines@burnsmcd.com 5.1 Applicant That is Not the Property Owner Xcel Energy has secured an easement agreement with the property owner. The redacted and signed TCE for the Yard is provided in Attachment C. 6 TEMPORARY USE DESCRIPTION The Murray Yard, located in Garfield County, is situated on the west side of Chair Bar Road, immediately south of County Road (CR) 346, and approximately 2 miles southwest of Silt, Colorado. The Murray Yard is located approximately 0.3 miles south of the existing 6584 Transmission Line. A Site Plan showing the layout of the equipment and vehicle traffic control (VTC) points is located in Attachment H4. The Murray Yard will be used for the delivery, storage, and distribution of materials to support the rebuild Project. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 9 Clearing of vegetation and grading will be necessary to level the approximate 2-acre stabilized surface area (SSA) (Attachment H4). Best Management Practices (BMPs) will be implemented to control erosion and run-off, reducing stormwater-related impacts to nearby waterbodies. With implementation of BMPs, minimal impacts to existing drainage due to erosion and runoff would occur. A Drainage Memo is included in Attachment H5. Any existing drainage structures such as culverts or ditches would be preserved and protected. No wastewater management or water supply will be needed during the proposed temporary use. Portable toilets, handwashing stations, and dumpsters that are contained will be placed in the Murray Yard for sanitation and the Murray Yard will be fenced for security. Wind erosion control BMPs including the application of water or other dust palliatives will be applied to control airborne dust emissions. A spill prevention and response plan will be implemented to prevent and control potential spills of hazardous materials such as fuels, transmission fluid, and petroleum products used in equipment and vehicles. Following completion of construction, Xcel Energy will remove all equipment and any leftover material and restore the Murray Yard generally consistent with preconstruction conditions, and as required by the easement agreement. Materials for the transmission line rebuild are anticipated to be delivered to the Murray Yard beginning in the fall of 2025. Xcel Energy requests that Garfield County accommodate the use period of the Murray Yard to trigger with a pre-construction meeting. Prior to and during construction, deliveries will be made to the Murray Yard from the existing Rising Tides Yard located in Mesa County. When construction begins in Fall 2025, these materials will be transported to certain locations along the ROW easement by flat-bed trucks or semi-trucks and a helicopter. The helicopter will travel to and from the staging area to collect construction materials such as poles, conductor, and shield wire and in some cases to long-line crew members to areas that are inaccessible by vehicle. For approximately 30 to 45 days (at incremental periods) during construction, approximately 25 to 35 helicopter trips to and from the Murray Yard could be required each day. Trips leaving the staging area will be taking new materials to the ROW easement. Trips arriving at the staging area will be returning old materials from the ROW easement to be disposed of off-site. These helicopter trips will occur during the typical construction work week, 7 days per week and 12 hours per day. Helicopter activity in the immediate vicinity of the Murray Yard will be approximately 10 to 15 minutes per trip. The helicopter will be stored at the Rifle Airport overnight, with morning and evening flights between the airport and the Project site. A mobile fuel truck will be used to refuel the helicopter. The mobile fuel truck will not be stored at the Murray Yard overnight. Upon completion of work for the day, the truck will be driven to the Rifle Airport overnight and driven back to the Murray Yard for daily activities. A helicopter, crew trucks, and water truck/trailer will be located at the Murray Yard to TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 10 support operations. A designated helicopter landing zone is shown in the Site Plan, provided in Attachment H4. Any areas requiring helicopter construction methods will follow Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) safety requirements. Xcel Energy and their construction contractor will coordinate with the FAA and Garfield County during helicopter operations and obtain any necessary permits. Xcel Energy and the construction contractor will provide residents with prior notice should temporary evacuation be required. During construction, up to 20 vehicle trips (round trips) to and from the Murray Yard could be required each day. These deliveries will be by semi-truck or other delivery vehicle over the course of the six-month period during construction. Vehicles, equipment, and materials will also be parked and stored during the period of use. Equipment and materials to be stored in the Murray Yard will consist of small cranes, bucket trucks, replacement structure components, material pallets, conductor reels, and other transmission line materials and equipment required for the Project. Table 6-1 details the approximate daily roundtrips from the Murray Yard for each component of construction. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 11 Table 6-1: Approximate Daily Round Trips Major Construction Tasks Approximate Construction Duration (Weeks) Approximate Daily Passenger Car Trips Approximate Daily Truck Trips by Vehicle Type Approximate Total Daily Roundtrips Approximate Daily Helicopter Trips* Foundation Installation (~4 per day) 8 weeks 15 Flatbed trucks 5 Concrete trucks 28 48 25-35 Steel Pole Installation (~4 per day) 8 weeks 10 Flatbed and semi-trucks 10 Bucket trucks 3 Diggers 2 Cranes 2 20 25-35 Conductor/Optical Ground Wire 8 weeks 5 Semi-trucks 10 Crane 1 Aerial Lift 2 15 25-35 * Helicopter trips will be needed for all three phases of construction, but not more than 30 to 45 days (at incremental periods) during each phase. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 12 The following sections provide additional details regarding temporary use of the parcel for the Murray Yard. 6.1 Access Information As shown on Attachment I, access to the Murray Yard will be via Garfield County Airport Road, CR 315, Mamm Creek Road, Divide Creek Road, Rifle Silt Road, Dry Hollow Road, and Chair Bar Road. These roads will serve as haul routes to the Murray Yard. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. During construction of the Project, the helicopter will fly over some local roads in Garfield County including Mamm Creek Road and possibly other private roads depending on the helicopter flight path for construction of the Project. Some local road closures may be necessary. Traffic Control Plans (TCP) were submitted to Garfield County Road and Bridge and approved on October 23, 2024. The permit has expired but Xcel Energy will coordinate with the Road and Bridge Department to renew and extend the permit, once construction is scheduled to begin. The TCPs are included in Attachment J. A figure showing the likely helicopter flight path is included in Attachment I. Final flight paths and traffic control plans will be based on the final selection and contracting of the helicopter vendor. A final fight plan and traffic control plan will be provided to Garfield County no less than two weeks before construction begins. Road closures will be intermittent and temporary and will occur when a helicopter crosses over the road while carrying material loads or crew members. Closure signage will be installed ahead of construction to notify road users. During construction, flaggers will control traffic based on ground-air communications and minimize closures for periods only necessary to safely cross the roadways. Typical closures will be less than 5-minutes per flight over the roadway. During construction, lane or road closures may be required to allow crews and vehicles to safely access the transmission line pole locations. When road closures are required, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations and will provide necessary traffic control plans to Garfield County. 6.2 Duration and Timing of Use Use of the Murray Yard associated with construction is anticipated to begin in the fall of 2025, pending permit approvals. Xcel Energy requests that the six-month duration for use of the Yard trigger upon completion of a pre-construction meeting to be held with TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 13 County staff. Construction activities are expected to be completed and the rebuild will be put into service by late 2025. Table 6-2 outlines the anticipated schedule for the Murray Yard. Table 6-2: Anticipated Yard Schedule Timeline* Activity Fall 2025 Material Deliveries to Murray Yard Fall 2025 Temporary Access Improvement and Vegetation Management pending a pre-construction meeting with Garfield County. Fall 2025 Installation of New Poles To begin Late Fall 2025 Removal of Existing Line To begin Spring 2026 Restoration Late 2025 In Service *If the Garfield County notice to proceed for the use of Murray Yard is issued after late October 2025, mobilization will be postponed until 2026. 7 COPY OF PREVIOUS APPROVAL DOCUMENTS A L&E permit was approved by Garfield County in July 2024 (LAEA-04-24-9018) for the portion of the Project located in Garfield County. The L&E resolution is provided in Attachment K. 8 IMPACT ANALYSIS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION The Murray Yard is located on a parcel that is zoned Rural. Temporary uses, such as the Murray Yard, are allowed in any zone district pursuant to Section 3-401.D of the Code. Potential impacts resulting from use of the Murray Yard would be temporary and limited to the construction phase. A description of the potential short-term impacts of the Murray Yard to adjacent properties, infrastructure, and the environment and a description of how the impacts will be mitigated so the standards in Section 7-1301 of the Code will be met, is provided in Table 8-1. Additional details describing compliance with the Section 7-1301 standards are provided in Attachment L. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 14 Table 8-1: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Topic Short-term Impacts Best Management Practices Air Quality Air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will occur from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Murray Yard during activities. Biological Resources Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species. Normal wildlife movements are expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. If construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, raptor nest surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. Xcel Energy is coordinating with Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) regarding strategies to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse effects to wildlife habitats. The comment letter received from CPW is provided in Attachment M. Cultural Resources Adverse impacts are not anticipated. The Unanticipated Discovery Plan for the Project will be followed if archaeological materials or human remains are discovered during use of the Murray Yard. Land Use Adverse impacts are not anticipated. Land use in the surrounding area includes rural residential areas, agricultural resource lands, agricultural production areas, and natural resource areas zoned as Rural. The proposed temporary use is compatible with the designated zoning. Noise Noise from the use of construction equipment and helicopter operations is expected. Construction vehicles and equipment will be maintained in proper operating condition and equipped with manufacturer’s standard noise control devices (e.g., mufflers or engine enclosures). Noise will not exceed state noise TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 15 standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25. Natural and Geologic Hazards Adverse impacts are not anticipated. The temporary use is not within any avalanche, landslide, rockfall or alluvial fan hazard areas, and steep slopes are absent. The parcel is free of corrosive or expansive soils and rock and no mudflow or fault areas are present. The temporary use is not anticipated to divert debris flow or floodwaters. Any land disturbed during construction will be restored in a manner generally similar to its condition prior to construction. In the rare event of a fire emergency, Xcel Energy will likely be aware of an issue before the general public or emergency responders. Nevertheless, the public is encouraged to contact Xcel Energy’s emergency number: 800-895-1999 with any concerns or in case of an emergency. Each construction vehicle will be equipped with fire mitigation tools, shovels, a pick axe, portable water cans and fire extinguishers. Additionally, a water truck will be located at the Murray Yard. Xcel Energy will coordinate closely with the local fire department and first responders and consult with them to discuss any concerns within their response area. Xcel Energy’s correspondence to date with the Colorado River Valley Fire District and the Emergency Action Plan are provided in Attachment N. Xcel Energy offers free online safety training to fire departments and first responders that is based on national standards through its Responding to Utility Emergencies Program. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 16 Socioeconomic Adverse impacts are not anticipated. Given the relatively small size of the crews needed for construction and the temporary nature of the construction activities, no impacts to availability of public resources and services are anticipated. During construction, revenue may moderately increase for some local businesses, such as restaurants, gas stations, grocery stores, and hotels as well as other local businesses due to spending by Xcel Energy’s contractors or employees. Soils Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE-regulated Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. A Drainage Memo is included in Attachment H5 and the approved CDPHE Stormwater Permit is provided in Attachment O. Toxic and Hazardous Substances Refueling operations may occur onsite. Refueling operations will follow all applicable federal, state, and local regulatory requirements for spill prevention and hazardous material management. Activities will follow BMPs for the management of wastes to avoid and minimize effects from potential spills or other releases to the environment. The Emergency Action Plan provided in Attachment N covers the handling of hazardous substance releases. Transportation Temporary road closures will be needed to accommodate helicopter flight paths. When helicopters are carrying suspended loads and need to fly over a private or county road or highway, construction crews will temporarily pause TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 17 traffic, per FAA requirements. Traffic stops will occur when the helicopter passes overhead with a suspended load; traffic stops are anticipated to last between 5 to 15 minutes depending on the specific work being performed. Breaks will occur during this duration to allow traffic to clear. Vegetation Vegetation removal on the site will be necessary. Measures will be implemented to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non- native vegetation. A Noxious Weed Plan is provided in Attachment H7. Disturbed areas will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions and as may be provided for in private agreements. This work may include fence repair, rut removal, decompaction, tilling, seeding, and stabilization measures. A Landscaping Plan is not proposed as part of this application; however, a Reclamation Plan is provided in Attachment H6. Visual Resources Temporary visual disturbance will occur during use of the Yard due to the use of a helicopter and the presence of vehicles, equipment, and materials. Vegetation on the site will be removed prior to use. The Murray Yard will be fenced for security and visual screening and upon completion of construction, all equipment will be removed, and the Murray Yard will be restored generally consistent with preconstruction conditions. Waste Construction waste and portable temporary bathrooms will be onsite during the construction period. Enclosed containment will be provided for trash disposal. Construction waste, including trash and litter, garbage, other solid waste, petroleum products, and other potentially hazardous materials, will be removed and taken to a disposal facility authorized to accept such materials. Activities will follow BMPs for the management of waste to avoid and minimize effects from potential spills or other releases to the environment. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 18 Portable temporary bathrooms will be serviced on a regular basis. Water Resources Adverse impacts are not anticipated. A stream is located in the northwest corner of the parcel. The temporary use will not affect wetlands or other surface waters in the vicinity and is not anticipated to divert debris flow or floodwaters. BMPs will be implemented to reduce stormwater- related impacts to nearby waterbodies in compliance with Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) regulations. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 19 9 COMPLIANCE WITH ARTICLE 7 STANDARDS Attachment L details how the Yard conforms with applicable Article 7 Standards, specifically Divisions 1-3 and Section 7-1301. 10 CONFORMANCE WITH REVIEW CRITERIA IN SECTION 4-120 Section 4-120.A of the Code establishes Review Criteria for TUP applications as follows: The Director shall review the Temporary Use Permit application to determine if the application satisfies the applicable standards of Article 7. Attachment L provides the required information to conform with the applicable standards of Article 7 of the Code. 11 WAIVER REQUESTS Xcel Energy is not requesting any waivers from the submittal requirements outlined in Section 4-202 or from the Article 7 Standards. 12 PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS Table 12-1 details the professional qualifications for preparation and certification of certain documents included in this permit application. Table 12-1: Professional Qualifications 13 BIBLIOGRAPHY Garfield County, 2023. Garfield County Colorado Land Explorer. Accessed December 2023. Available online at: https://maps.garfield-county.com/landexplorer/. Garfield County, 2013. Garfield County Land Use and Development Code. Amended June 19, 2023. Accessed December 2023. Available online at: https://www.garfield-county.com/community-development/land-use-code/. Document Preparer Qualifications - Grading Permit Application - CDPHE Stormwater Permit HDR Engineering Brian Brown Civil Engineer – Project Manager 1670 Broadway, Suite 3400, Denver, CO 80202 Senior Site Civil Project Manager with 28 years of experience in Colorado focused on site civil grading and drainage, erosion control and site revegetation. TEMPORARY USE PERMIT APPLICATION 20 Garfield County, 2020. Comprehensive Plan 2030. Accessed December 2023. Available online at: https://www.garfield-county.com/community- development/filesgcco/sites/12/Garfield-County-Comprehensive-Plan-2030- 2020-Update.pdf. Xcel Energy, 2020. 2020 Wildfire Mitigation Plan. Accessed May 2022. Available online at: https://www.xcelenergywildfireprotection.com/wp- content/uploads/2021/05/Xcel Energy_2020-Wildfire-Mitigation-Plan_Rev-1-.pdf. © 2025 Xcel Energy Inc. | Xcel Energy is a registered trademark of Xcel Energy Inc. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT A: Land Use Application Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (970) 945-8212 www.garfield-county.com LAND USE CHANGE PERMIT APPLICATION FORM TYPE OF APPLICATION Administrative Review Development in 100-Year Floodplain Limited Impact Review Development in 100-Year Floodplain Variance Major Impact Review Code Text Amendment Amendments to an Approved LUCP LIR MIR SUP Rezoning Zone District PUD PUD Amendment Minor Temporary Housing Facility Administrative Interpretation Vacation of a County Road/Public ROW Appeal of Administrative Interpretation Location and Extent Review Areas and Activities of State Interest Comprehensive Plan Amendment Accommodation Pursuant to Fair Housing Act Pipeline Development Variance Time Extension (also check type of original application) INVOLVED PARTIES Owner/Applicant City: _______________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: ____________________ E-mail:_______________________________________________________________________________ Representative (Authorization Required) ______)__________ City: _______________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: ____________________ E-mail:_______________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION Project Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________ Assessor’s Parcel Number: 2179-163-00-652 Physical/Street Address: ______________________________________________________________ Legal Description: ______________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Zone District: ___________________________________ Property Size (acres): __________________ X Temporary Use Permit Public Service Company of Colorado, dba Xcel Energy Denver CO 80205 jennifer.l.chester@xcelenergy.com Jennifer Chester, Senior Manager, Siting & Land Rights 303 285-6533 Denver CO 80205 jennifer.l.chester@xcelenergy.com Temporary Use Permit Application for Murray Yard 1545 Chair Bar Rd., Silt, CO 81652 NW1/4 of the SW1/4 of Section 16, Township 6S, Range 92W rural 35 3500 Blake Street 3500 Blake Street PROJECT DESCRIPTION REQUEST FOR WAIVERS Submission Requirements The Applicant requesting a Waiver of Submission Requirements per Section 4-202. List: Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Waiver of Standards The Applicant is requesting a Waiver of Standards per Section 4-118. List: Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ Section: ______________________________ Section: _________________________________ I have read the statements above and have provided the required attached information which is correct and accurate to the best of my knowledge. ______________________________________________________ __________________________ Signature of Property Owner or Authorized Representative, Title Date OFFICIAL USE ONLY File Number: __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ __ Fee Paid: $_____________________________ Existing Use: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Proposed Use (From Use Table 3-403): ____________________________________________________ Description of Project: __________________________________________________________________ 1.The Decision you are appealing. 2.The date the Decision was sent as specified in the notice (date mailed). 3.The nature of the decision and the specified ground for appeal. Please cite specific code sections and/or relevant documentation to support your request. 4.The appropriate appeal fee of $250.00. 5.Please note a completed Appeal Application and fees must be received within 30 calendar days of the date of the final written Administrative Interpretation. For Appeal of Administrative Interpretation please include: Rural residential areas, agricultural resource lands, agricultural production areas, and natural resource areas. Contractor's yard, small Temporary use for a material staging yard and helicopter fly yard during construction activities. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT B: Payment Agreement Form PAYMENT AGREEMENT FORM GARFIELD COUNTY (“COUNTY”) and Property Owner (“APPLICANT”) ______ ____ ______________________________________________________________________ agree as follows: 1. The Applicant has submitted to the County an application for the following Project: __________________. 2. The Applicant understands and agrees that Garfield County Resolution No. 2014-60, as amended, establishes a fee schedule for each type application, and the guidelines for the administration of the fee structure. 3. The Applicant and the County agree that because of the size, nature or scope of the proposed project, it is not possible at this time to ascertain the full extent of the costs involved in processing the application. The Applicant agrees to make payment of the Base Fee, established for the Project, and to thereafter permit additional costs to be billed to the Applicant. The Applicant agrees to make additional payments upon notification by the County, when they are necessary, as costs are incurred. 4. The Base Fee shall be in addition to and exclusive of any cost for publication or cost of consulting service determined necessary by the Board of County Commissioners for the consideration of an application or additional County staff time or expense not covered by the Base Fee. If actual recorded costs exceed the initial Base Fee, the Applicant shall pay additional billings to the County to reimburse the County for the processing of the Project. The Applicant acknowledges that all billing shall be paid prior to the final consideration by the County of any Land Use Change or Division of Land. I hereby agree to pay all fees related to this application: Billing Contact Person:_____________________________________ Phone: (_____)___________________ Billing Contact Address: ___________________________________________________________________ City: ______________________________________________ State: _______ Zip Code: ________________ Billing Contact Email: _____________________________________________________________________ Printed Name of Person Authorized to Sign: ___________________________________________________ ______ ________________________________ (Signature) (Date) Senior Manager, Siting and Land Rights 3500 Blake Street Denver CO 80205 Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT C: Proof of Ownership - Temporary Construction Easement and Vesting Deed 6 November 2017 Exhibit A S16-T6S-R92W Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT D: Statement of Authority Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT E: Names and Addresses of Property Owners within 200 feet and Map Landowners within 200 Feet of Murray Yard Parcel Parcel Number Owner Mailing Address Legal Description 217916300723 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC PO BOX 351 RIFLE, CO 81650 Quarter: SW Section: 17 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR OF LAND IN SECTIONS 16, 17, 18, & 20. EXCEPT THOSE PARCELS DESC IN DEEDS RECORDED 6/8/1966; BK 376 PG 569 & RECORDED 6/27/1966 BK 377 PG 178 & RECORDED 7/17/1967 BK 385 PG 598. EXCEPT FOR PARCEL 2 (35.51 217916300654 VROMAN, JESSY 1450 CHAIR BAR ROAD SILT, CO 81652 Section: 16 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR IN THE SESW CONT 40.221 AC AKA LOT 5 DRY HOLLOW RANCH. EXCEPT A TR OF LAND CONT 6.788 AC +/- AS DESC IN BNDY LINE AFF BK 1624/955 AND QCD BK 1624/999. ALSO A TR OF LAND CONT 6.882AC +/- AS DESC IN BNDY LINE AFF BK 1 217916300653 WRAY BENSON, RACHEL ALBERTA 1580 CHAIR BAR ROAD SILT, CO 81652 Section: 16 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR IN THE NESW CONT 40.267 AC AKA LOT 4 DRY HOLLOW RANCH. EXCEPT A TR OF LAND CONT 6.882 AC +/- AS DESC IN BNDY LINE AFF BK 1624/995 AND QCD BK 1625/1. ALSO A TR OF LAND CONT 6.788+/- AS DESC IN BNDY LINE AFF BK 1624/9 217916300652 MURRAY, DEREK RICHARD 1545 CHAIR BAR ROAD SILT, CO 81652 Section: 16 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR IN THE NWSW CONT 39.824 AC AKA LOT 3 DRY HOLLOW RANCH. 39.824 ACRES 217916200437 BUTTON, WILEY PAUL PO BOX 1107 SILT, CO 81652- 1107 Section: 16 Township: 6 Range: 92 SENW. 217917400686 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC PO BOX 351 RIFLE, CO 81650 Section: 17 Township: 6 Range: 92 SEC 16: PT OF THE SWSW EXCEPT A TR CONT 6.28 AC. SEC 17: SWNE, SENW, E2SW, SE1/4 SWSENE. EXCEPT A TR CONT 57.80 AC AS DESC IN BK 1231 PG 38.SEC 17 SWNW W1/2SW EXCEPT A TR CONT 15.37 AC AS DESC IN BK 1231 PG 38. EXCEPT A 217916200651 CHARLESWORTH, KIRK E & CANTERBURY, LEE ANN 907 CROSSTIMBERS ROAD MCALESTER, OK 74501 Section: 16 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR IN THE SWNW & PT OF NWSW CONT 35.021 AC AKA LOT 2 DRY HOLLOW RANCH. 217917100650 ESPINO, TAMMY KARL & TOMMY D 1960 CHAIR BAR ROAD SILT, CO 81652 Section: 17 Township: 6 Range: 92 A TR IN THE SENE & A PT W2 OF SEC 16 CONT 35.019 AC AKA LOT 1 DRY HOLLOW RANCH. ALSO A TR OF LAND CONT. 4.04 AC AS DESC IN BK 1212 BK 669 BLA. 0 500 1,000 Feet Surface Mangement Bureau of Land Management Local Government Legend Murray Yard Boundary Parcel Boundary Parcels within 200' of Murray Yard Municipal Boundary Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_03_05_New_Castle_Powerpoint_Updates\2024_03_05_New_Castle_Powerpoint_Updates.aprx Layout: Murray Yard Notification Area - July 2025 C O L O R A D OScale: 1:12,000 Date: 7/16/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, CDOT, CNHP ESRI, Garfield County G A R F I E L D C O U N T Y 217916300653 WRAY BENSON, RACHEL ALBERTA 217916300654 VROMAN, JESSY 217916300723 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217916300652 MURRAY, DEREK RICHARD 217917400686 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217916200437 BUTTON, WILEY PAUL 217916200651 CHARLESWORTH, KIRK E & CANTERBURY, LEE ANN 217917100650 ESPINO, TAMMY KARL & TOMMY D Rising S u n Ditch M ulta T r i n a D i t c h L as t C h anc e Dit c h TOWN OF SILT RIFLE-SILT RD M A M M C R E E K R D / PROJECT LOCATION Notification Area Map - Murray Yard Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Rebuild - Garfield County, Colorado C O L O R A D O 70 Total Area of Site: 35 Acres Applicant: Xcel Energy 3500 Blake Street Denver, CO 80205 303-285-6533 Preparer: Burns & McDonnell 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 720-592-3402 Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT F: Pre-application Conference Summary 1 Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (970) 945-8212 www.garfield-county.com PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY TAX PARCEL NUMBER: Multiple DATE: 12/15/2023 PROJECT: XCEL Temporary Use Laydown Yards and Helistops OWNERS: Multiple CONTACT/REPRESENTATIVE: Corey Miller, Brooke Hines, Jen Chester, Erica Powell, Braleigh Jay, Melinda Schulze, Sara Crook, Jennifer Harris, Julie Stencel, Michelle Burger, Jose Castro, Brad McCloud, Evan Singleton PRACTICAL LOCATION: prefer address TYPE OF APPLICATION: Temporary Use for Laydown Yards and Helistops ZONING: Mostly Rural COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: Multiple I. GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION Garfield County’s Land Use and Development Code is available here: https://www.garfield- county.com/community-development/land-use-code/ Temporary Use Permits are described in Section 4-120 and Section 7-1303. The following sections of this preapplication conference summary contain general submittal requirements and process outlines. The Director has indicated that he will refer these Temporary Use applications to the Board of County Commissioners for their decision. Applications for a Temporary Use should be submitted at least 60 days prior to the proposed use. Temporary Use Permits are restricted to a 6-month period and cannot be applied for on the same property more than twice in one 12 month period. There are noticing requirements which will include the start date, operating hours, and duration of the uses. Authorization of property owners needs to be included in compliance with 4-120.B.2.a. Recorded Statements of Authority need to be provided for any LLCs, trusts, or similar entities. The applications should directly respond to items found in 4-120.B.5. Impacts on neighboring properties and infrastructure will be taken into account, so the application should address these 2 topics specifically. The application should address Article 7 Standards. Divisions 1-3 and Section 7- 1301 should be specifically addressed. Any previous approvals on a parcel should be included with an application, and the application should demonstrate continued compliance with those approvals. The applications should provide information such as location, site plans, haul routes, helicopter flight paths, hours of operation, start date, duration, uses, site preparation, and site restoration. Stormwater and traffic should be addressed. If hazardous materials will be stored on site, mitigation practices should be provided to address. Wastewater management systems and water supply should also be addressed. Garfield County’s Environmental Health handles vault and haul permits for those types of wastewater systems. XCEL is undertaking multiple rebuilds of transmission lines throughout Garfield County. At this time, three broad phases are anticipated. Each will have laydown yards that double as helistops to facilitate installation of new poles in difficult terrain. Each yard should have a separate application, though staff will coordinate the review of the applications to minimize review times and hearings. Helicopter deliveries involve FAA approvals. The applications should provide information on these approvals and what mitigation activities will be involved to limit hazards to residents. Glenwood Springs - Mitchell Creek Rebuild which currently has an Location and Extent application under review; will have a single laydown/helistop in unincorporated Garfield County on parcel 218505400065. This yard will primarily be used for storage for helicopter delivery. Steep slopes to the south of this site exist, and access is taken from existing private roads/driveways. The application should demonstrate the adequacy of these systems for the proposed uses. This segment is mostly within incorporated Glenwood Springs. It does cross I70 and the Colorado River, though at this time helicopter operations will be north of these barriers. 6584 Mitchell Creel – Rifle Ute Transmission This 25 mile rebuild is scheduled for 2025 and will have 5 staging areas. Each of these laydown yards will also have helicopter activity. This section may be broken up into two small sections. This section is primarily south of I-70. A map is shown on the following pages. The applicant may need to schedule an update to this preapplication conference summary for this area as they approach the 2025 time frame. A variety of different scale of laydown yard are proposed in this section. Each application should provide specific details on the intensity of its uses to allow for the adequate review of possible impacts on infrastructure and neighbors. 6670 Rifle Ute - De Beque Transmission: This rebuild of approximately 32 miles currently has 2 proposed laydown/helistop facilities. This section is mostly north of the I-70. These facilities will primarily be fly yards with no or limited overnight storage. Materials are expected to be delivered to the sites and then taken from the facility to the construction site the same day. A project overview map is provided on the following pages. 3 Figure 2 6584 Mitchell Creel – Rifle Ute Transmission Figure 1 Glenwood Springs - Mitchell Creek Rebuild 4 Figure 3 6670 Rifle Ute - De Beque Transmission: II. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Compliance with the comprehensive plan should be shown by any application, though for temporary uses the application may want to focus on the lack of long term impacts and limiting longer negative impacts of alternatives. III. REGULATORY PROVISIONS APPLICANT IS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS The following Sections of the Garfield Land Use and Development Code as amended apply to the Application: • Section 4-103 Administrative Review and Section 4-101 Common Review Procedures • Table 4-201 Submission Requirements and Section 4-203 Description of Submittal Requirements. • Section 4-118 and Section 4-202, as applicable. • Article 7 Standards , as applicable IV. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS As a convenience outlined below is a list of information typically required for this type of application. Section 4-120 lists application materials required for temporary uses. The Director may waiver or require additional submittal requirements in accordance with Section 4-120.B. The following list can function as a checklist for your submittal. 5 General Application Materials including the Application Form (signed), payment of Fees and signed Payment Agreement Form (see attached). o A narrative describing the request and related information. o Proof of ownership. o A recorded Statement of Authority is required for any property owned by an LLC or other entity. o A Letter of Authorization is required if an owner intends to have a representative complete the Application and processing. o A Letter of Permission if property owner is not applicant. o Names and mailing addresses of property owners within 200 ft. of the subject property from Assessor’s Office Records. o Copy of the Preapplication Summary needs to be submitted with the Application. Vicinity Map. Description of Applicant (Section 4-120.B.2). Temporary Use Description which includes relevant information related to use, duration, hours, parking, traffic, sanitation, etc. This should specifically address alterations to existing conditions of approval or waivers of standards being sought as part of the temporary use. Copy of all previous approvals. Impact Analysis describing the anticipated impacts to adjacent properties, infrastructure, and environment. At a minimum it should specifically, it shall address vapor, dust, smoke, noise, light, glare, stormwater, other emanations. Impacts on infrastructure, such as roads, water, wastewater, parks, etc., shall also be addressed. The Application should demonstrate compliance with Section 7-1301 Temporary Use The Application should demonstrate compliance with Article 7 Standards, as applicable. The Application should include a waiver request from submittal requirements according to 4- 202, specifically addressing the review criteria for each waiver request. The Application should include any waivers from Article 7 Standards that the applicant wishes to pursue, in accordance with 4-118. Three hard copies and one digital copy (on a USB drive, for example) of the application are required. Both versions should be split into individual sections. Community Development Staff is available to meet with the Applicant to provide additional information and clarification on any of the submittal requirements and waiver requests. V. REVIEW PROCESS The application shall be reviewed in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4-120 of the LUDC. Staff will review the application for completeness, and when complete, refer it to appropriate agencies for technical review. A Director’s Determination or BOCC hearing date shall be established 6 once the application has been determined to be technically complete. Staff will create a report to be submitted to the appropriate decision marker for their decision. Public Hearing(s): X No Public Hearing, Directors Decision (with notice per code) Planning Commission X Board of County Commissioners Board of Adjustment Referral Agencies: As necessary. VI. APPLICATION REVIEW FEES Planning Review Fees: $250 Referral Agency Fees: $na Total Deposit: $250(additional hours are billed at hourly rate of $40.50) VII. GENERAL APPLICATION PROCESSING The foregoing summary is advisory in nature only and is not binding on the County. The summary is based on current zoning, which is subject to change in the future, and upon factual representations that may or may not be accurate. This summary does not create a legal or vested right. The summary is valid for a six-month period, after which an update should be requested. The Applicant is advised that the Application submittal once accepted by the County becomes public information and will be available (including electronically) for review by the public. Proprietary information can be redacted from documents prior to submittal. Pre-application Summary Prepared by: 12/15/2023 Philip Berry, Planner III Date Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT G: Vicinity Map 0 2,000 4,000 Feet Surface Mangement Bureau of Land Management Other Federal State Local Private Conservation Legend Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline 3 Mile Radius of Project Murray Yard Township/Range Boundary Municipal Areas Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_03_05_New_Castle_Powerpoint_Updates\2024_03_05_New_Castle_Powerpoint_Updates.aprx Layout: Murray C O L O R A D O Scale: 1:57,000 Date: 7/16/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, CDOT, CNHP Silt County Road 250 Grand Ave C o u n t y R o a d 3 1 1 Garfield County Regional Airport County Road 233 Co u n t y R o a d 2 2 3 Co u n t y R o a d 3 1 5 Rifle 6S 92W RIFLE (UTE) / MURRAY YARD Vicinity Map - Murray Yard Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 6 70 331 Total Area of Site: 35 Acres Applicant: Xcel Energy 3500 Blake Street Denver, CO 80205 303-285-6533 Preparer: Burns & McDonnell 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 720-592-3402 PROJECT LOCATION C O L O R A D O Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H: Grading Permit Application Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H1: Grading Permit Application Form Community Development Department 108 8th Street, Suite 401 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 (970) 945-8212 www.garfield-county.com GRADING PERMIT APPLICATION TYPE OF GRADING  MAJOR  MINOR INVOLVED PARTIES Property Owner: _________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: _______________________________________________________________________ Email Address: _________________________________________________________________________ Contractor: _____________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: _______________________________________________________________________ Email Address: _________________________________________________________________________ Architect: ______________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: _______________________________________________________________________ Email Address: _________________________________________________________________________ Engineer: ______________________________________________ Phone: (______)_________________ Mailing Address: _______________________________________________________________________ Email Address: _________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION Project Name:_________________________________________________________________________ Describe Work: ________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Job Address: __________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Assessor’s Parcel Number: ______________________________________________________________ Sub. ______________________________________ Lot ________________ __Block ________________ Earthwork (square feet): _______________________ Earthwork (Cubic Yards): ____________________ ALL UTILITIES MUST BE LOCATED PRIOR TO ANY GRADING NOTICE Authority. This application for a Building Permit must be signed by the Owner of the property, described above, or an authorized agent. If the signature below is not that of the Owner, a separate letter of authority, signed by the Owner, must be provided with this Application. Legal Access. A Building Permit cannot be issued without proof of legal and adequate access to the property for purposes of inspections by the Building Division. Other Permits. Multiple separate permits may be required: (1) State Electrical Permit, (2) County OWTS Permit, (3) another permit required for use on the property identified above, e.g. State or County Highway/ Road Access or a State Wastewater Discharge Permit. Void Permit. A Building Permit becomes null and void if the work authorized is not commenced within 180 days of the date of issuance and if work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after commencement. CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that I have read this Application and that the information contained above is true and correct. I understand that the Building Division accepts the Application, along with the plans and specifications and other data submitted by me or on my behalf (submittals), based upon my certification as to accuracy. Assuming completeness of the submittals and approval of this Application, a Building Permit will be issued granting permission to me, as Owner, to construct the structure(s) and facilities detailed on the submittals reviewed by the Building Division. In consideration of the issuance of the Building Permit, I agree that I and my agents will comply with provisions of any federal, state or local law regulating the work and the Garfield County Building Code, OWTS regulations and applicable land use regulations (County Regulation(s)). All County development requiring a permit, except for residential uses, are subject to Article 7 of the Land Use and Development Code. I acknowledge that the Building Permit may be suspended or revoked, upon notice from the County, if the location, construction or use of the structure(s) and facility(ies), described above, are not in compliance with County Regulation(s) or any other applicable law. I hereby grant permission to the Building Division to enter the property, described above, to inspect the work. I further acknowledge that the issuance of the Building Permit does not prevent the Building Official from: (1) requiring the correction of errors in the submittals, if any, discovered after issuance; or (2) stopping construction or use of the structure(s) or facility(ies) if such is in violation of County Regulation(s) or any other applicable law. Review of this Application, including submittals, and inspections of the work by the Building Division do not constitute an acceptance of responsibility or liability by the County of errors, omissions, or discrepancies. As the Owner, I acknowledge that responsibility for compliance with federal, state and local laws and County Regulations rest with me and my authorized agents, including without limitation my architect designer, engineer and/ or builder. I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the Notice and Certification above as well as have provided the required information which is correct and accurate to the best of my knowledge. ______________________________________________________ __________________________ Property Owner Print and Sign Date OFFICIAL USE ONLY Special Conditions: Permit Fee: Misc Fees: Total Fees: Fees Paid: Balance due: Grading Permit: Issue Date: Zoning: BUILDING / PLANNING DIVISION : __________________________________________________ ____________________ Signed Approval Date Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H2: Cost Estimate Memo 1 Memo Date: Thursday, August 08, 2024 Project: 6584 TLine: Mitchell (MITC) - Rifle (UTER) Electric Transmission Line Rebuild (Murray Yard). To: Garfield County, Colorado From: Brian Brown – HDR Engineering Subject: Cost Estimate Memo Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), an Xcel Energy company (Xcel), is proposing to rebuild a 25 -mile segment of a 69-kilovolt (kV) overhead transmission line from the Mitchell Creek Substation within the City of Glenwood Springs and unincorporated Garfield County, Colorado to the Rifle Ute Substation in unincorporated Garfield County. Per County direction, Xcel will obtain a Grading Permit for the M urray Yard. The Murray yard is one of the staging yards where material and equipment will be stored and where material assembly will occur. Access to the 36-acre yard will be from the northwest and northeas t and will lead to a ~2- acre stabilized staging area (SSA). The remainder of the yard is expected to be drive and crush without additional aggregate stabilizing. Upon completion of the project, the stabilized staging area aggregate will be removed and stockpiled topsoil will be replaced to cover the SSA. Preconstruct ion grades are to generally match post construction grades and the site will be revegetated to generally match preconstruction vegetation density. Per the Garfield County Grading Permit Section 4, “Required Elements of Vegetation and Reclamation Plan”, the pre-construction and post -construction topography and vegetation density will generally match. Therefore, cost estimates are based on $2,500/acre of disturbance. Conservatively, it is assumed that Xcel will disturb no more than half of the total yard area. Maximum yard disturbance is assumed to be 18-acres. This equates to $45,000 that will be provided to the County via a Letter of Credit or a Surety Bond for the M urray Yard. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H3: Construction Stormwater Management Plan Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) Xcel T -Line 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard 1.0 mile West-southwest of County Road 331 and County Road 346 Intersection Silt, Colorado 81652 (39.525634, -107.678685) Prepared for: Public Service Company of Colorado, a Colorado Corporation 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, Colorado 80202 Prepared by: HDR Engineering, Inc. 1670 Broadway Street Denver, CO 80202 August 2024 Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Table of Contents Tab 1 Introduction Site Description a) Nature of the construction activity at the site b) The proposed sequence for major activities c) Disturbed area d) Existing soils data e) Existing vegetation f) Allowable non-stormwater discharges, including low -risk discharges g) Receiving waters and information regarding 50 -ft pre-existing vegetation h) Stream crossings Tab 2 Site Map a) Construction site boundaries b) Flow arrows c) All areas of ground disturbance including borrow and fill d) Soil storage areas e) Waste accumulation areas f) Dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants, and masonry mixing stations g) Locations of al l structural control measures h) Locations of all non -structural control measures as applicable i) Locations of springs, streams, wetlands and other surface waters and 50-ft buffer where applicable j) Locations of a stream crossings within the construction boundary Tab 3 Contact Information and Qualified Stormwater Manager Tab 4 Potential Sources of Pollution a) Disturbed and stored soils b) Vehicle tracking sediments c) Management of contaminated soils d) Loading and unloading operations e) Outdoor storage activities f) Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling g) Significant dust o r particulate generating processes h) Routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils etc. i) On -site waste management practice j) Concrete truck/equipment washing, including washing of the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment k) Dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations l) Non-industrial waste such as worker trash and portable toilets Tab 5 Effluent Limitations – Control Measures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention a) Structural and non-structural controls b) Other specific control m easures c) Documented use agreements Tab 6 Control Measure Specifications and Maintenance Requirements (Control Measure Details) Tab 7 Materials Handling , Waste Management and Disposal, Spill Prevention Tab 8 Final Stabilization and Long -Term Stormwater Management Tab 9 Inspection s and Maintenance a) Inspection f requency b) Inspection scope Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 c) Inspection reporting d) Control m easure m aintenance e) Corrective action/ replacement and f ailed controls Tab 10 SWMP General Requirements, Review and Revisions Non-Compliance Notification Tab 11 Pre-Construction Photos Tab 12 Environmental Permits Tab 13 Inspection Reports Tab 14 Miscellaneous T ab 1 Introduction Site Description Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 INTRODUCTION This is a Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) for the Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard p roject being conducted by Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation and an Xcel Energy Company. This document has been developed as defined in the Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (Permit No. COR400000, effective April 1, 2024.) authorizing stormwater discharges from construction activities that result in a total land disturbance of one acre or greater or if a project is less than an acre but part of a larger common plan of development. This SWMP was also developed to meet Garfield County Grading Permit. This SWMP was prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Changes or additions may be required to address changes in conditions at the project. If such changes are made, this SWMP will be updated accordingly, and revisions documented in the SWMP . SITE DESCRIPTION (§I.C.2.c.) a) Nature of the Construction Activity at the Site: This SWMP covers construction activities associated with preparation of the Murray Staging Yard for use during the Xcel 6584 Mitchell Creek (MITC) to Rifle (UTER) Transmission Line Rebuild project. The yard is one of many locations for the overnight storage of equipment and material associated with the transmission line build. All other yards and the transmission line will be permitted separately. The 36-acre yard is located approximately 1.0 mile West -southwest of County Road 331 and County Road 346 intersection. A ccess to the yard will be from Chair Bar Road at the northwest and east perimeter of the site. Construction activities will begin by installing initial control measures (CMs). Vegetation and Topography (VT) and boundary fencing (BF) will be used as perimeter control measures. If the minimum vegetative buffer cannot be met for the yard soil type, a structural erosion and sediment control measure will be implemented downgradient of any construction related disturbances. Vehicle tracking controls (VTC’s), such as an aggregate entrance or other proprietary control measures (VTRAX, FODS, etc.) will be installed at the access points to the yard. Sediment control logs (SCL’s) will be installed downgradient of planned disturbance areas. Access to the yard at the northwest perimeter will lead to a 2 acre stabilized staging area (SSA). The SSA will be prepared during the interim phase of construction by stripping the topsoil from the pad area and stockpiling for use during restoration. Topsoil will generally be stored at the uphill side of the work area where feasible. Stockpiles will be temporary stabilized if left undisturbed longer than 14 days by (mulch, tarping, surface roughening, etc.) Down -gradient CMs will be placed at the toe of the topsoil stockpile. Additional grading to prepare a level and flat work area may be required, with subsoils stockpiled separately from the topsoil and equipped with down-gradient CM. Once grading is complete, the contractor will lay aggregate surfacing down. The SSA will support conex containers, dumpster, trailers, portable toilets, personal vehicle, and equipment during construction. Access from the SSA to the remainder of the yard is expected to be drive and crush. Drive and crush will naturally crush down any vegetation but is not expected to damage the root system and will likely rebound naturally once construction has vacated the yard. If access through the yard causes rutting, restoration will include stabilizing the area upon demobilization and decommission of the yard. Sediment erosion control measures will be implemented downgradient of any disturbances. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Contractors will use appropriate CMs to minimize the impact of earth disturbing activities as shown on the Site Maps in Tab 2. Upon completion of earth disturbing activities, PSCo and their contractors will restore the site with vegetation. The erosion control contractor will maintain and inspect control measures until all areas are stabilized; in some cases, this may require multiple growing seasons to re-establish vegetation. Once areas are stabilized, the erosion control contractor will remove all temporary, non-biodegradable control measures in preparation for permit closeout by PSCo . Appropriate control measures will be used to minimize the impact of earth-disturbing activities as shown on the Site Maps in Tab 2. b) The Proposed Sequence for Major Activities: Estimated Project Start Date: 09/03/2024 Estimated End of Construction Date: 01/30/2025 Estimated Final Stabilization Date: 09/30/2027 The following subsection describes the phasing/sequencing of the project as well as the control measures selected for each phase. Specific locations of the control measures are indicated on the Site Maps, provided in Tab 2. Installation, implementation, and maintenance specifications for each control are included in Tab 6 or are shown on the Site Maps. Tab 4 describes the potential pollutants for the project for which these controls were selected, and Tab 5 provides descriptions of the control measures. Minimize Disturbed Area and Protect Natural Features: The project will be phased to the extent practical to limit the amount of disturbed area that is exposed at any given time. Control measure phasing is critical to stormwater management. Control measure implementation will be coordinated with the various stages of construction. Controls that manage erosion and sediment transport from initial site activities will be installed prior to earth-disturbing activities. As work progresses and additional areas are disturbed, controls targeted for erosion and sediment transport will be implemented prior to the start of earth-disturbing activities in those areas. As portions of the site are completed and previously disturbed areas are stabilized or the control measure(s) are no longer needed, they will be removed. The actual schedule for installation of each of these phases is documented by the installation and removal dates for associated control measures on the Site Maps. Permanent or temporary soil erosion control measures for all slopes, channels, ditches, or any disturbed land area and soil stockpiles, will be implemented as soon as practicable after the final earth disturbance has been completed. When it is not possible to permanently stabilize a disturbed area after an earth disturbance has been completed or where significant earth disturbance activity ceases for more than 14 days, temporary erosion control measures will be implemented as soon as practicable, and no more than 14 days after construction activity has temporarily or permanently ceased . Project Phase Control s to be Implemented During Each Phase Pre-Disturbance/Site Preparation • Develop SWMP based on site visit and design drawings. • Install structural VTCs. • Determine limits of VT buffer. Install perimeter fencing. • Install control measures (SCL, etc.) downgradient of areas that are anticipated to be disturbed. • Limit access to areas that are not to be disturbed protecting existing vegetation. Construction • Unless infeasible, topsoil will be preserved by stripping Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Project Phase Control s to be Implemented During Each Phase and segregating for use in final restoration efforts. • Locate stockpiles in work areas with perimeter controls. • Mobilize equipment and materials to the yard. • Protect and repair CMs as necessary. • If sediment migrates through VT buffer zone, install downgradient CMs. Interim Stabilization • Leave disturbed areas (including stockpiles) in surface roughened condition once work in an area is complete. Surface roughen, or otherwise stabilize, within 14 days of area becoming inactive. • Monitor sediment migration through VT buffer zone. • Remove temporary controls where appropriate. • Remove limited stored materials and equipment from the site. Final Stabilization • Remove SSA material. • Replace topsoil layer, if revegetation is the final form of stabilization, prior to implementing final stabilization. • Perform seeding mulching per seed mix and application rates defined in the following sections of this report. • Unless • Monitor regrowth of vegetation, irrigate and re-seed if necessary. • Remove all non-biodegradable temporary controls once required vegetative cover is reached. • Close permits as applicable. c) Disturbed Area: 1. Total area of construction site: 36 AC 2. Total area of disturbance: 35 AC - This represents the maximum level of disturbance allowed, but the actual disturbances may be lower (contractor to limit footprint to area necessary). 3. Acreage of seeding: 18 AC - Estimated based on half the yard. d) Existing Soil Data: The United States Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Services (NRCS) Web Soil Survey provides information for soil types and properties for the site. Primary soil present is a Potts loam. Hydrologic properties, wind erodibility, and sheet/rill erosion potential are discussed below. Control measures were prescribed based on information made available by the NRCS. Soil hydraulic properties range from Type A soils, having a high infiltration rate and low runoff potential (such as sands) to Type D soils, having a very low infiltration rate and high runoff potential (such as clays). The hydrologic soil group (HSG) for on -site soil is type C, indicating a moderate low infiltration rate and moderate high runoff potential. Erosion factor K indicates the susceptibility of a soil to sheet and rill erosion by water. Values of K range from 0.02 to 0.69. The higher the value, the more susceptible the soil is to sheet and rill erosion by water. The erosion factor K value for the project area is 0.37, indicating a moderate susceptibility to sheet and rill erosion. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 The wind erodibility group of a soil is an indicator of a soil’s susceptibility to wind erosion. Soils are assigned to groups ranging from 1 to 8 with Group 1 being the most susceptible to wind erosion, 8 being the least. The wind erodibility group for on-site soil as listed by the NRCS is 5, indicating a moderate low susceptibility to erosion due to wind. e) Existing Vegetation: The vegetative density was determined at a site visit performed by HDR on 0 6/17/2024 and 07/24/2024. On 07/24/2024 overall vegetative diversity was very low for this previously disturbed site. There was significant coverage of cheatgrass with o verall active plant growth. The native plants – sagebrush, greasewood, and rabbitbrush were dead from herbicide applications from the previous year. K napweed, cheatgrass, bindweed, and musk thistle were documented. More information can be found in the noxious weed survey and weed management plan required for Garfield’s County Grading Permit. The method used for determining pre-existing vegetation density was by gridding a ground cover photo of the yard (captured on 06/17/2024) and evaluating the % vegetation each quadrants displays. Typical pre-existing vegetation density was approximately 40%. Pre-construction photos of the project area are document in tab 11 and includes each of the evaluated areas . During reclamation, ‘drive & crush’ staging areas will be left alone to rebound naturally so that the topsoil layer and associated root structure remain in place. If the drive and crush vegetation appear to have been denuded and/or damaged to badly then reseeding may be necessary. Reclamation efforts will also be evaluated based on surrounding undisturbed vegetative densities. HDR did not observe wetland areas during site visit and wetlands with in the project area were not identified by the US Fish and Wildlife National Wetland Inventory (NWI) Mapper. See Tab 14 for NWI Map. There are no identified wetlands disturbed by the project. f) Allowable Non-Stormwater Discharges (Also Discussed in §I.A.1.b): Except as provided in the paragraphs below, all discharges that occur during the life of this project will be composed entirely of stormwater associated with construction activity. The Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) General Permit allows the following non - stormwater discharges in combination with stormwater discharges associated with construction sites, provided that the non-stormwater component of the discharge is identified in the SWMP and if they have appropriate controls measures in accordance with §I.B.1 of the CDPS General Permit: • Discharges from uncontaminated natural springs that do not originate from an area of land disturbance. • Discharges to the ground of concrete or masonry washout water associated with the washing of concrete or masonry tools and concrete or masonry mixer chutes are allowed under this SWMP, provided that: the washout water is confined in a concrete or masonry washout area and does not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters, and does not contaminate groundwater. Controls for concrete and masonry washout water from washing tools and chutes if applicable to the project are illustrated in Site Maps (Tab 2). Concrete or masonry on-site waste disposal is not authorized by this permit except in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.ii(c) of COR400000. See Tab 7, Section d for additional information on concrete and masonry washout requirements . • Discharges to the ground of water used to wash vehicles, equipment, and building exteriors. These discharges may not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters as defined by COR400000. The addition of soaps, solvents, and detergents is Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 prohibited. If vehicle, equipment, or external building washing are to occur, the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) Water Quality Control Division’s (WQCD’s) Low Risk Discharge Guidance Document Discharges from Surface Cosmetic Power Washing Operations to Land will be followed and a copy of the guidance will be added to Tab 12. • Emergency fire-fighting discharges that occur during the active emergency response . • Discharges of landscape irrigation return flow. • Discharges from diversions of state waters within the permitted site. Low Risk Discharges of groundwater that has come into contact with construction activities may be authorized under the WQCD’s Low Risk Guidance Document Discharges of Uncontaminated Groundwater to Land which requires that these discharges are applied to land and that the following conditions are met: • The water source must be uncontaminated groundwater or groundwater mixed with stormwater, no chemicals may be added, and there can’t be a visible sheen. • The groundwater cannot leave the operational control of the site and the landowner must give permission to allow dewatering. • The discharge cannot enter waters of the State or other water conveyance systems. • Control measures must be used to prevent erosion, ponding, or runoff. Discharges of material other than stormwater must either be addressed in a separate Colorado Discharge Permit System (CDPS) permit issued for that discharge or by a Water Quality Control Division Low Risk Discharge Guidance document. If there are any additional CDPS or USACE Section 404 permits associated with this project, or any low-risk discharge guidance documents used to support non-stormwater discharges associated with this project, cop ies are retained in Tab 12. g) Receiving Waters: 1. Describe the general manner and direction in which discharges leave the site. Provide the name(s ) of immediate receiving water(s) and the ultimate receiving water(s). If the stormwater discharge is to a municipal separate storm sewer system, provide the name of the entity owning that system as well. If construction activities will permanently alter the existing drainage patterns, describe the new drainage patterns that will exist upon completion of construction. This section should clearly describe how discharges from the site are conveyed from within the limits of construction to the ultimately receiving water : Stormwater runoff will flow southwest as surface/sheet flow. The immediate receiving water is the Rising Sun Ditch. The ultimate receiving water is the Colorado River. 2. Is a receiving water within the limits of construction? No. 3. Is the immediate receiving water (classified stream segment or ultimate receiving water) listed as impaired? If yes, does it have an approved TMDL? The immediate receiving water is not listed as impaired. The ultimate receiving water, Colorado River (COLCLC01_A), is listed as impaired for total arsenic and temperature. This segment does not have an approved TMDL. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Construction activity will not impact this impairment by installing the proper control measures listed in tab 4 for the associated potential pollutant sources and following the associated procedures. Contractor will document and field assess if a change is needed to the SWMP. If yes and the WQCD has issued additional restrictions on the permit certification as a result of an applicable Wasteload Allocation, discuss the restrictions and planned measures used to meet the restrictions here: N/A. 4. Is the immediate receiving water (classified stream segment or ultimate receiving water) listed as an Outstanding Water (website https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/cdphe/clean - water-gis-maps ? No . If yes, describe the long-term ecological or water quality benefit, or public interest served by the Project. 5. Does the receiving water have any known additional monitoring or sampling requirements ? No . h) Stream Crossings: 1. Are there any stream crossings located within the limits of construction? No. Tab 2 Site Map Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 SITE MAP (§I.C.2.d.) The SWMP will include a legible site map(s), showing the entire site, identifying: a) Construction site boundaries , b) Flow arrows that depict stormwater flow directions on and off -site and runoff direction, c) All areas of ground disturbance including areas of borrow and fill , d) Areas used for storage of soil, e) Locations of all waste accumulation areas, including areas for liquid, concrete, masonry, and asphalt, f) Locations of dedicated asphalt , concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations , g) Locations of other potential sources of pollution not listed in c. through f., h) Locations of all structural control measures , i) Locations of all non-structural control measures , as applicable, j) Locations and names of springs, streams, wetlands, diversions, and other state waters within or bordering the site, including areas that require pre-existing vegetation be maintained within 50 feet of a receiving water, where determined feasible in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.i.(e), k) Locations of all stream crossings located with in the construction boundary , and l) Locations where alternative temporary stabilization schedules apply. Many of these items will be illustrated on the Site Map prior to starting construction; however, other items such as stockpile locations, waste locations, parking and staging may be added or modified during construction. Any modifications associated with control measures will also be redlined in the field. Site maps are intended to be living documents modified in the field as needed. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Tab 3 Contact Information and Qualified Stormwater Manager Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 QUALIFIED STORMWATER MANAGER (§I.C.2.a) The PSCo Qualified Stormwater Manager is responsible for overseeing and working with the PSCo Construction Project Manager/Construction Supervisor assigning PSCo personnel, consultants, and/or contractors to aid in the development, implementation, maintenance, and revisions to the SWMP. PSCo’s Qualified Stormwater Manager, who oversees stormwater compliance for the company, works with the PSCo Construction Program Manager/Construction Supervisor to designate a site-specific Qualified Stormwater Manager for each project who is responsible for day-to-day SWMP compliance at the site and is often the SWMP inspector. Additional team members include: the SWMP D esigner and Control Measure Installer all of whom are qualified stormwater professionals. CONTACT INFORMATION PSCo is typically the Project Owner and Operator. PSCo may also have construction contractor(s) and/or subcontractors; however, PSCo is in charge of overseeing and directing work related to stormwater compliance. Contractors and subcontractors are also given trainings by PSCo Environmental Services on stormwater compliance even though third -party specialist are typically hired to perform inspections and install control measures. Contact information for Qualified Stormwater Managers and other responsible parties are provided below. PSCo Environmental Services (Qualified Stormwater Manager): Name: Tensy Thatcher Title: Environmental Analyst Address: 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 1300 Denver, CO 80202 Phone: 970-903-0595 Email: Tensy.C.Thatcher@xcelenergy.com Project Foreman: Name: Company: Address: Phone: Email: Project Manager(s)/Construction Supervisor (Part of the Stormwater Management Team): Name: Justin Eusoof Title: Project Manager Address: 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 Phone: 719-331-9462 Email: Justin.Eusoof@xcelenergy.com SWMP Inspector (Site-Specific Qualified Stormwater Manager): Name: Company: Address: Phone: Email: SWMP and Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESC) Prepared by (Part of Stormwater Manager Team): Name: Brian Brown, PE Company: HDR, Inc. Address: 1670 Broadway Street, Suite 3400 Denver, CO 80202 Phone: 970-416-4404 Email: Brian.Brown@hdrinc.com Control Measure Implementation (Part of the Stormwater Management Team): Name: Company: Address: Phone: Email *This document will be redlined in the field if personnel change during the course of the Project . Add an additional page if needed. Tab 4 Potential Sources of Pollution Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL SOURCES OF POLLUTION (§I.C.2.e) The following potential sources of pollutants and activities have been evaluated for their ability to impact stormwater discharges. If the potential source exists at the site, the c ontrol measures used to manage that source are listed in this section and are illustrated in the Site Maps in Tab 2 . POTENTIAL SOURCE OF POLLUTANT POTENTIAL WITH THIS PROJECT? YES NO ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MEASURES SELECTED TO CONTROL THE SOURCE All disturbed and stored soils: Stockpiled soils (i.e., topsoil, embankments, spoils, etc.) Disturbed soils (exposed areas, staging areas, parking, etc.) Y Activities associated with this pollution source are the earth - disturbing activities during all phases of construction activities, including but not limited to grading, stockpiling, etc. Control Measures: Sediment control and stockpile containment may include usage of sediment control logs, silt fence, sweeping, temporary berms, rock socks, vehicle tracking control (VTC), and other proprietary control measures (i.e., Big Red Bag, Dandy Recyclers, etc.). Erosion control may include surface roughening, mulch/mulch tackifier application, seeding and mulching, and maintain a pre-existing vegetative zone within 50 feet of a receiving water unless infeasible (See Tab 1, Section g). Additionally, temporary stabilization will be implemented for earth-disturbing activities that have permanently or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydroseed or mulch and/or surface roughening. Administrative controls may include phased construction to reduce the amount of open area at any given time and limiting the number of stockpiles. Vehicle tracking of sediment: Y The activity associated with this pollution source is the movement of vehicles from disturbed areas to roadways during all phases of construction activities. Control Measures: Sediment control may include stabilized construction entrance (rock, geotextiles, mud mats, and/or other proprietary products) and street sweeping. If necessary, use construction fencing to limit entry and exit points and establish perimeter control. Access may also be limited during muddy conditions , if feasible, with the construction activities and schedule. On-site waste management practices (waste piles, liquid wastes, Y Activities associated with this pollution source are generation of waste materials during all phases of construction activities that include but are not limited to debris , solid waste dumpsters and portable toilets . Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 POTENTIAL SOURCE OF POLLUTANT POTENTIAL WITH THIS PROJECT? YES NO ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MEASURES SELECTED TO CONTROL THE SOURCE dumpsters, etc.) Control Measures: Designated waste receptacles will be utilized. Liquids should be stored in secondary containment. Dumpsters will not typically be used on small projects. However, they will be utilized on larger projects where they will be serviced frequently by a licensed company. This potential pollutant source is part of the materials handling procedures and controls for the project. Management of contaminated soils N No known contaminated soils exist on site. If contaminated soils are encountered, all activity will be stopped until the situation can be assessed. The Project Manager will be contacted for further direction. See Contaminated Soil Process Fact Sheet at the end of Tab 7. Loading and unloading operations Y Activities associated with this pollution source are potential spills during delivery and unloading of materials at the staging area during all phases of construction activity. Control Measures: Loading and unloading operations should occur within the disturbance limits at the staging area. For larger, longer duration projects, the staging area is generally stabilized with rock or another non-erosive surface. Administrative controls may include materials management practices, good housekeeping practices, personnel training, providing spill kits where needed, and minimizing the number of areas where loading and unloading occur. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Outdoor storage activities (including erodible building materials, fertilizers, chemicals, etc.) Y Activities associated with this pollution source are storage of material at the staging area and the potential for spills and leaks from these materials. Control Measures: Containment of the storage or staging area may include installation of silt fence, sediment control logs, temporary berms, etc. Storage of petroleum products or other liquid chemicals in quantities of 55 gallons or more must have secondary containment, or equivalent protection. This potential pollutant source along with several others (vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling, sanitary waste and other waste handling) constitute the materials handling procedures and controls for the project which are detailed in Tab 7. Administrative controls may include materials management practices (such as covering chemicals and materials to prevent contact with stormwater where practicable, storing materials in proper containers with appropriate labeling, and only keeping limited supplies onsite), personnel training, and Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 POTENTIAL SOURCE OF POLLUTANT POTENTIAL WITH THIS PROJECT? YES NO ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MEASURES SELECTED TO CONTROL THE SOURCE providing spill kits where needed. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling Y Potential pollution sources include fuels, oils, antifreeze, and other liquids associated with equipment performance. Fueling of equipment or vehicles and equipment repair may occur during all phases of construction activity. This project anticipates (using mobile fueling to refuel equipment, having fuel tanks onsite, fueling offsite or a combination). The Qualified Stormwater Manager (QSM) will update the site maps with location of fuel tanks. Control Measures: Limit areas where fueling and equipment maintenance activities occur at the site. Where possible, stage fueling /maintenance activities away from storm sewer system inlets/waterways. Spill kits should be staged where fueling is conducted. Use plastic sheeting, drip pans, dirt berms and other measures to contain fluids. Clean up and dispose of spilled material immediately. Administrative controls may include materials management practices, personnel training, and providing spill kits in vehicle maintenance areas. The Project Manager will be contacted immediately for all spills. Significant dust or particulate generating processes (e.g., saw cutting material, including dust) Y Activities associated with this pollution source are the earth - disturbing activities during all phases of construction activities, including but not limited to grading, etc. There is also the potential for wind to transport dust from disturbed areas including access roads. Additionally, saw cutting can contribute to dust. This project does not require saw cutting. Control Measures: Limit earth-disturbing activities to the extent feasible. Water disturbed areas and roads as needed during construction, use palliatives to control dust, install interim stabilization measures such as surface roughening, final stabilization, and other effective means. Routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc. Y Activities associated with this pollution source are limited due to the short -term nature of utility installation activities. Fueling and maintenance activities involving vehicles and equipment and the potential for use of fuels, oils, solvents, etc., are discussed above. Seeding operations typically occur during the final phase of the project and may involve use of fertilizers and tackifiers, as needed. Fertilizers are typically brought to the site by a seeding contractor during seeding operations and any remaining material is removed from the site by the contractor, thus minimizing exposure. Pesticides are not planned to be used at this site. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 POTENTIAL SOURCE OF POLLUTANT POTENTIAL WITH THIS PROJECT? YES NO ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MEASURES SELECTED TO CONTROL THE SOURCE Control Measures: Liquids should be stored in secondary containment. Administrative controls may include materials management practices (such as covering chemicals and materials to prevent contact with stormwater where practicable, storing materials in proper containers with appropriate labeling, and only keeping limited supplies onsite), personnel training in proper use, and storage of materials. Concrete/masonry truck/equipment washing, including the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment Y Concrete pours are not anticipated in the laydown yard, however, CWA waste associated with the transmission line construction may be temporarily staged in the laydown yard until hauled off for disposal. Control Measures: Dedicated concrete washout areas that are clearly marked and maintained. Where applicable, urban mobile concrete washout structures can be used depending on the amount of concrete used on the project. Dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations N No dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants, or masonry mixing stations are planned for this site. Non-industrial waste sources worker trash and portable toilets Y Activities associated with this potential pollutant source include the generation of non-industrial waste such as discarded building materials, litter, and sanitary waste at the construction site that may cause adverse impacts to water quality. Control Measures: Good housekeeping practices will be implemented, and trash will be collected in vehicles and disposed of offsite or in waste containers. Portable toilets should be properly anchored down and located away from the storm sewer system or waterways. Reclaimed water approved for use in construction dust suppression N Reclaimed water is not to be used for dust suppression at this site. Other areas or procedures where potential spills can occur Y Damaged or broken controls measures can act as a pollutant source. Control measures are inspected and if any are damaged, they are noted as such and repaired or removed. If any materials from the controls have been released, they are properly cleaned up and disposed of. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 Tab 5 Effluent Limitations – Control Measures for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 CONTROL MEASURES USED TO MEET EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS (§I.B.1.a.i and §I.C.2.e) a) Structural Control Measures: Structural control measures are those physical structures implemented at the site to minimize erosion and sediment transport. Most structural control measures tend to be sediment controls. The structural control measures that are planned to be used for the project are described below. Specific locations for control measures implemented at the site are indicated on the Site Maps , provided in Tab 2. Installation and maintenance details for these control measures are in Tab 6 or are provided with the Site Maps. Stormwater runoff from all disturbed areas and soil storage areas for which permanent or temporary stabilization is not implemented, will flow to at least one control measure to minimize sediment in the discharge. This may be accomplished through filtering, settling, or staining. The control must contain or filter flo ws in order to prevent the bypass of flows without treatment and must be appropriate for stormwater runoff from disturbed areas and for expected flow rate, duration, and flow conditions. One goal of a SWMP is to allow for field fitting of control measures based on site -specific conditions that may favor use of one control measure over another. Each structural control measure listed below contains a brief list of other control measures that may be substituted, based on site specific conditions. Inlet protections will be inspected for damage, structural integrity, proper installation in relationship to the curb , and need for sediment removal. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing as needed, repositioning the inlet protections and/or removing accumulated sediment. Perimeter Control: Perimeter controls serve as erosion and sediment control s and, when appropriate, access control. At downgradient locations, perimeter controls will be installed where overland sheet flow has the potential to leave the site. In upgradient areas perimeter control may be added to define project boundaries, limit on - site flows or protect off-site features. Such controls should be suitable to the application. Perimeter control may consist of any number of control measures , including, but not limited to earthen berms, sediment control logs, silt fence, etc. Perimeter control s will be used around bore holes, trenches, and other locations where sediment is exposed and may accumulate. Perimeter control s will remain in place until areas upgradient of controls are stabilized. Perimeter control s will be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and accumulated sediment. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged sections and removing accumulated sediment. Rock Socks/ Curb Socks : Rock socks or curb socks are wire or geotextile tubes filled with rock or gravel material. Rock socks may be used as inlet protection, outlet protection, swale protection , perimeter control, or in any area where concentrated flows need to be broken up and velocity reduced to prevent erosion. Rock socks serve to reduce water velocity allowing time for sediment to settle out, thus decreasing erosion potential and sediment transport. When used for swale protection rock socks need to extend the entire width of the expected flow with the center lower than the sides. For use as inlet or culvert protection, the rock sock should extend beyond the width of the inlet/culvert. Rock socks may be stacked to maximize performance. Delineators will be installed with curb socks for high traffic areas where installations present a potential traffic hazard or where they may be damaged by vehicles or snowplows. Rocks socks will be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and accumulated sediment. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged sections and removing accumulated sediment. Silt Fence: Silt fence consists of geotextile fabric installed with at least six inches of the fabric trenched into the soil; wooden stakes are attached on the downgradient side. Wire-backed fence may be used, or additional stakes or lathe may be added on the upgradient side for strengthening the fence around corners or in Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 high wind conditions. Silt fence provides sediment control by reducing water velocity and ponding water to facilitate the deposition of sediment on the upgradient side of the fence. Silt fence applications include, but are not limited to project perimeter control, secondary containment, back of curb protection and containment for any disturbed or staging area. Silt fence will be inspected regularly for sediment accumulation, tear or holes in the fabric, broken stakes, gaps in the fabric, or areas where the fabric needs to be re-attached to the wooden stakes. Maintenance may include repairing the items noted, removing sediment accumulation one-half the height of the fence, or replacing the fence as needed. Designated Material Staging Area: A designated and/or stabilized staging area is a specific location on or near the project site for stockpiling/staging materials and equipment for use on -site. A staging area allows for a central location for deliveries and storage of equipment when not in use and reduces disturbance of areas of the site not scheduled for disturbance through construction activities. Staging areas generally consist of a cleared area of the site with vehicle tracking control and perimeter control (e.g., silt fence and/or construction fencing). Staging areas will be implemented as needed on site. They should be positioned to reduce the need for relocation and be placed out of areas of active construction activity. Staging areas will be inspected for adequate vehicle tracking control and perimeter control. Controls associated with s taging areas should be repaired or modified as needed. Maintenance may include replacing material used to stabilize the staging area (if applicable) and repairing or replacing damaged perimeter and access control measures. Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC): Vehicle tracking control will be implemented to minimize vehicle tracking of sediment from disturbed areas per (§I.B.1.a.i.a) and may consist of an excavated area with a geotextile liner and gravel, metal grate , asphalt/concrete “rumble strip”, or other proprietary products. VTCs must include a structural control measure such as a tracking pad or wash rack, and may also include non -structural control measures, such as sweeping or restricting traffic to paved areas. VTCs are designed to cause soil to vibrate off equipment and vehicles as they transition from disturbed soils to paved areas and should drain to a control measure. The VTC will remain in place until access to the areas used by the control are no longer needed. Designated points of ingress and egress, where traffic transitions from a stabilized road surface (e.g., gravel or pavement) to disturbed soil, are likely to need vehicle tracking control or these areas must drain to a control that meets the requirements of (§I.B.1.a.i.b). VTCs may be moved or eliminated (if no longer needed) as on-site conditions and activities change. VTCs will be inspected for depth of gravel/rock, presence of excess soil, proper usage and the overall general condition. The most common maintenance items include the removal of accumulated soil and addition of gravel/rock. In vegetated areas where access is anticipated to be minimal, turf mats or cattle guards, or proprietary products such as mud mats may be installed primarily to protect vegetation and provide a stabilized entrance. These materials will be inspected for damage and will be maintained as needed. Sediment Control Log (also known as an erosion log if using CDOT Specifications): A sediment control log consists of a net or geotextile fabric filled with straw, excelsior, wood mulch , or other fillers. Sediment control log applications include, but are not limited to, slope stabilization, perimeter control, check dams in swales, back of curb protection and temporary secondary containment for stockpiles, materials storage, or masonry. Sediment control logs reduce water velocity allowing sediment to accumulate on the upgradient side of the log. The basic installation for a net wrapped s ediment control log is to prepare a shallow trench and secure the log in the trench using a stake or landscape pin. Logs should be installed based on the manufacturer’s directions. Logs should be inspected for proper installation, structural integrity and sediment accumulation. A log that has been flattened out of round may not need to be replaced if they remain sufficient to function appropriately on the upgradient side of the log. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged logs and removing accumulated sediment as specified by the control measure detail. Construction Fencing/Construction Markers (CF/CMK): Construction fencing and/or construction markers will be utilized to delineate the limits of disturbance and may consist of orange plastic fencing, rope and t -posts, spray paint, staking, or other alternative markers Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 as appropriate to site conditions and constraints. In some cases, perimeter sediment control measures may also double as a construction marker. CF/CMK is used to delineate where disturbances are permitted and to restrict access to unpermitted areas, especially sensitive areas that are not within the limits of disturbance. CF/CMK will be installed as needed prior to mobilization to a given area on the Project and will remain in place where needed until final stabilization measures have been implemented. CF/CMK will be inspected for damage that renders the CM ineffective such as torn plastic fencing, severed ropes, or removed stakes. Maintenance may include repairing or replacing damaged or removed CF/CMK. Additional control measures may be added as site conditions change and will be identified in the SWMP prior to installation. b) Non-Structural Control Measures: Non-structural control measures are those practices which, when implemented, will minimize erosion and sediment or other pollutant transport. Practices implemented at this site include interim stabilization practices, permanent stabilization practices (see Tab 8), and site-specific scheduling for implementation of the practices, as well as site management practices, preventative maintenance, and personnel training. The potential non-structural control measures for the project are described below. Specific locations for control measure implementation at the site are indicated on the Site Map, provided in Tab 2. Tab 6 provides the installation details for each control measure identified. Mulching : Crimp mulching uses hay or straw material that is machine crimped into the soil to provide stability. Hydromulching uses fiber mulch mixed with water and sprayed onto soil to provide stability. Hydromulching mixtures also often contain a tackifier to better bond the fiber mulch together and to the soil. Mulching may be used on its own as a temporary soil stabilization method, or in conjunction with seeding for final stabilization. Mulch functions as a soil stabilizer by decreasing the velocity of sheet flow. Crimp mulch may be hay or cereal grain straw. Crimp mulch will likely be crimped into the soil using either a drill seeder or notched disk plow to the minimum depth of two inches and a maximum depth of four inches. To maximize effectiveness crimping equipment must run parallel to the contours of the land. Crimp mulch may not be appropriate for slopes that are equal to or greater than 3:1 or in areas with hard or rocky soil in which the crimper cannot penetrate. Hydromulch is better suited to areas with steeper slopes, difficult to access areas, and areas with hard or rocky soils. Inspections should look for areas where mulch is missing, thin or for areas where erosion has occurred. Maintenance items may include re- grading as necessary and reapplying as appropriate. Seed and S tabilization (Temporary and Permanent Ground Cover): Seeding involves the mechanical or hand application of specific seed mixes appropriate for the site location and soil type. Seeding provides plant growth to stabilize the soil reducing the likelihood of erosion or sediment transport. As soon as practical, after the complet ion of construction activities, soil should be properly prepared and seeded. The choice of seed mix will dictate application rates and methods. Seeding should always be accompanied by an additional control measure, such as mulching or tackifying, to protect the seed and soil from erosion during the germination and growth process. Seed areas will be inspected to ensure that the soil stabilization method (e.g., surface roughening, crimp mulch, etc.) was applied correctly and has not been compromised. The area will also be inspected for erosion and/or sediment deposition. Maintenance items may include re-grading and seeding bare or areas of thin vegetative growth and/or adding additional control measures as appropriate. If seeding cannot be accomplished due to seasonal or other constraints, temporary stabilization, such as mulch and mulch tackifier will be used. Additional discussion concerning temporary stabilization may be found in Section c in this Tab . Erosion Control Blankets (ECBs) and Turf Reinforcement Mats (TRMs): ECBs/TRMs are sheets of straw, excelsior, coconut, manmade fiber, or combination thereof, usually contained between layers of netting to provide structural integrity. ECBs/TRMs function by providing Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 ground cover that reduces erosive action. TRMs are able to handle higher levels of concentrated flows and are used mainly in channel applications. ECBs and TRMs may be used in conjunction with other velocity reducing control measures . ECB/TRM applications include, but are not limited to, slope and swale protection. ECBs can also optionally be used in cases where mulch would provide sufficient protection of the seedbed, but hydromulching or crimp mulching cannot or should not be used due to access limitations. ECBs/TRMs will be inspected for erosion underneath and at the sides of the material, sediment accumulation, rips tears and other structural problems. Maintenance may include removing sediment, re-securing material to ground and re-trenching or replacement, as needed. Street Sweeping : Soils deposited on paved surfaces will be swept or cleaned as needed to reduce the potential of sediment transport and tracking. Sweeping operations consist of scraping large quantities of sediment from pavement and/or sweeping, via hand or mechanical means to remove as much deposited sediment as possible. All streets within and immediately surrounding a construction site will be cleaned of earth material when sediment has been deposited on the roadway and is being tracked off site. Scraped or swept material will not be deposited in the storm sewer. Sweeping and vacuuming may not be effective when soil is wet or muddy. Surface Roughening : Surface roughening consists of grooves or tracks installed in the soil surface, along the contours (not up and down the slope which promotes erosion). This is a temporary soil stabilization technique that works well in areas that will remain inactive for a short time. Surface roughening works by reducing water velocity and promoting infiltration, thus decreasing the potential for erosion to occur. Any disturbed areas with no construction activity planned for longer than 14 days may be surface roughened. This may include areas where scheduling prevents the immediate implementation of final stabilization practices, the sides of stockpiles or other slopes. Surface roughening may be applied by creating a continuous furrow along the contours . This can be done with the teeth on a loader bucket, ripping, disking or plowing equipment. Surface roughening can also be created by running tracked equipment up and down the slope creating track marks along the contour. Inspection of surface roughened areas would include proper implementation, structural integrity and areas of erosion or sediment accumulation. Maintenance for surface roughening may include re-applying the technique or installation of new or additional control measures . Protection of P re-existing V egetation: Protection of existing vegetation on a construction site can be accomplished through installation of a construction fence around the area requiring protection. In cases where upgradient areas are disturbed, it may also be necessary to install perimeter controls to minimize sediment loading to sensitive areas such as wetlands. Existing vegetation may be designated for protection to maintain a stable surface cover as part of construction phasing, or vegetation may be protected in areas designated to remain in natural condition under post -development conditions (e.g., wetlands, mature trees, riparian areas, open space). A 50 horizontal foot buffer of pre-existing vegetation or equivalent controls must be maintained between work areas and receiving waters unless infeasible. Maintenance may include removing sediment by hand, replacing construction fence or other plastic fencing used to limit access. If any damage were to occur to a vegetative buffer, a new or additional control measure should be considered and the SWMP will be updated to document as to why the vegetation could not be left undisturbed . Vegetation & Topography (VT): In limited disturbance areas, not installing a control measure (CM) may be the best approach to minimize sediment transport off site. This is based on the concept that shallow overland flow may pick -up and transport sediment that is then dropped out within a vegetative buffer and installation of a downgradient physical CM is an unnecessary effort, expense, and disturbance that increases the amount of site restoration. VT as a CM was developed using a two -dimensional physically based and spatially distributed computer model with the following inputs and assumptions: • Input – Site grade slopes. Assumption - Site grade slopes 10% or less allow shallow overland flow. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 • Input - Vegetation cover density (surface roughness) represented by Mannings ‘n’. • Input - Rainfall event specific to the project site for ECM design, typically a 5 -year 30-minute storm. • Input - Hydrologic Soil Group (HSG) for the disturbance and buffer area, typically obtained from the National Resource Conservation Service Web Soil Survey, online. • Assumption - No upgradient or disturbance area concentrated flow paths through construction site. • Assumption – 80% sediment removal, typical of sediment reduction targets for physical CMs is acceptable. • Assumption - No construction traffic or disturbance activity within the vegetation buffer • Requirement - The required vegetation buffer must be in the construction project limits and controlled by PSCo via written agreement with landowner, ownership, or easement). The inputs above (vegetation cover, slope, soil type, and rainfall) can be conservatively collapsed into a simple table showing that for a given rainfall, the four different soil types (HSG A to D) require four different minimum vegetation buffer lengths for sediment to settle out of the stormwater sheet flow. This vegetation buffer distance table is to be referenced by field crews and used in combination with the HSG data provided on the SWMP drawings. The rainfall and soil data will be specific to each project. The VT will have to be inspected to verify that sediment is not being transported beyond the buffer or project control area. In the event that the VT CM is not providing the level of sediment settling necessary, physical CMs may need to be installed or practices upgradient of the VT buffer modified. It is expected that the thin layer of sediment deposited in the VT buffer should not be removed. All control measure type modifications and movement are to be noted on the SWMP Site Map s. A comprehensive design guideline, citing good engineering, hydrologic, and pollutant control practices, principles and criteria is contained in the control measures details located in Tab 2 or 6. Wind Erosion Control: Wind erosion and dust control may be necessary if wind is transporting soil within or off site. Wind erosion control functions to stabilize the soil surface reducing the potential for wind erosion. Wind erosion control consists of applying water and/or other dust palliatives as necessary to prevent or alleviate erosion by the forces of wind. Covering small stockpiles or areas is an alternative to applying water or other dust palliatives. If needed, a soil tackifier can be applied to control wind erosion. Disturbed areas should be inspected for obvious signs of wind erosion and control measures implemented, if needed. Areas with wind erosion controls in place should be inspected for structural integrity and coverage and repaired or replaced as appropriate. Training : Employees and the contractor will be trained on good housekeeping, the proper use and storage of materials, and site management practices. PSCo construction supervisors and project managers participate in stormwater training on the company’s learning management system. Additionally, lead stormwater management supervisors have given trainings to multiple companies that work frequently for PSCo. PSCo also requires all of its SWMP developers, erosion control measure installers, and stormwater inspectors to hold either a CISEC or CPESC certification or are in training for either of these two certifications . Site Management Practices : Good housekeeping will be used to keep potential areas where pollutants exist clean and orderly. Containers, drums, and bags will be stored away from direct traffic routes to reduce the risk of accidental spills. Stack containers according to manufacturer’s instructions to avoid damaging the containers from improper weight distribution. Containers will be stored on pallets or similar devices to prevent corrosion of Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 containers that results from containers coming in contact with moisture on the ground. Liquids will be stored within curbed areas or secondary containment. c) Other Specific Control M easures Used to meet Effluent Limitations (§I.B.1.a.i and ii): Additional specific controls that must meet the following requirements: • Soil Compaction – Soil compaction must be minimized for areas where infiltration control measures will occur or where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover. If compaction does occur in areas where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover, then decompaction of the soil must be completed prior to planting. • Topsoil Preservation – Unless infeasible, topsoil must be preserved for those areas of a site that will utilize vegetative final stabilization. Preserved topsoil can be left in place or stockpiled. Topsoil preservation measures may include the following: ▪ Limit construction disturbance areas, including those used for access by installing construction fence or other means to limit impacts to existing topsoil. • In areas of grading or excavation, strip and segregate topsoil separately from other excavated materials. • In areas with construction traffic where topsoil is likely to mix with subsoil, strip and stockpile topsoil. • Minimize D isturbances – D isturbances will be minimized to the extent feasible, especially on steep slopes. • Temporary Stabilization – Temporary stabilization must be implemented for earth-disturbing activities on any portion of the site where earth-disturbing construction activity has permanently ceased, or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydroseed and although not specifically outlined in the permit may also include temporary hard surfaces . The permittee may exceed the 14-day schedule when either the function of the specific area of the site requires it to remain disturbed, or, physical characteristics of the terrain and climate prevent stabilization. The SWMP must document the constraints necessitating the alternative schedule, provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the Site Maps . • Minimize Dust – On areas of exposed soil, minimize dust through the appropriate application of water or other dust suppression techniques. Water application must be conducted in a manner to prevent discharge offsite unless authorized by a separate CDPS or NPDES permit. See the Wind Erosion Control non-structural control measure in the preceding section. Other controls related to final stabilization, bulk storage , materials management , and corrective actions and releases are covered in other sections of this SWMP. d) Documented Use Agreement (§I.C.2.a.vi): All control measures planned for the PSCo project are within the project limits/construction limits . (Note: There may be nearby control measures installed for another project; however, they are not being utilized by PSCo as a control measure) Tab 6 Control Measure Specifications and Maintenance Requirements (Control Measure Details) Memo Date: Thursday, April 27, 2023 Project: Xcel Tline: Pathways Segment 3 Cheyenne County Build To: Control Measure Details From: Brian Brown, PE - HDR Subject: Use of Vegetation & Topography (VT) instead of structural erosion Control Measures (CM) This memo describes the specific conditions for which the installation of an erosion Control Measure (CM) is not recommended based on site conditions. Under certain conditions, not installing a CM may be the best approach to minimize sediment transport off site. This is based on the concept that shallow overland flow may pick-up and transport sediment that is then dropped out within a vegetative buffer depending on a variety of site conditions. Use of VT instead of a structural CM is dependent on the following factors: • Rainfall – Rainfall intensity impacts the buffer distance. The rainfall rate across the site has been calculated to be calculated 1.19” to 1.25” in a 5-year, 30-minute storm. A 1.25” 5-year, 30-minute storm was utilized for model inputs. This rainfall depth is incorporated in the Table 1 distances. • 80% sediment removal – structural CMs target 80% sediment removal. Actual removal rates vary but have been shown to be less than 80% in many studies. The 80% removal rate is one basis for the VT buffer distances reported in Table 1. • Disturbance area does not have concentrated flow – This approach is based on sediment dropping out while suspended in an overland sheet flow condition. If there is concentrated flow prior to or due to construction, i.e. rill erosion across the work/disturbance area that continues down -gradient and off-site, then structural CMs are recommended. • Low slope – local slope of the site impacts velocity, flow concentration, and other factors. Use VT should not be considered for slopes exceeding 10%. • Soil Type – Soil type impacts likelihood of soil being transported in sheet flow. The larger the soil particles, i.e. sand, the harder to pick-up and transport. The smaller the particle, i.e. clay, the longer the transport distance. The NRCS predominant Hydrologic Soil Group (HSG) soil types for the project area are A and B. The hydrologic soil groups (HSG) are A – D and as follows: o A – sand or silty sand, High infiltration rate o B – sandy silt, moderately high infiltration rate o C – clayey silt, moderate to low infiltration rate o D – clay, low infiltration rate • Vegetation cover – The vegetation cover (surface roughness) was accounted for in the VT model runs and found to provide similar buffer distances, therefore the most conservative vegetation density is reflected in Table1. • Vegetation Buffer - The buffer distance measurement is along the flow direction, and measured from the limit of the work zone to the limit of the utility easement/ROW. Vegetation buffer outside of the ROW may not be utilized for the required buffer distance. Due to the project area, there is adequate area for sediment settling on-site. • The use of this VT approach may be applied to linear and larger area disturbances that meet the parameters described in this memo. • Table 1 results below include a 15% buffer beyond calculated model buffer distances. Utilize Table 1 below for VT buffer distances. Buffer distances are an extrapolation of the ¾” and 1” rainfalls to a 1.25” rainfall. VT Buffer Soil Buffer Distance (ft) A 3 B 8 C 34 D 66 Maintenance: In the same manner that using existing conditions as a CM does not require installation of a CM, there is no maintenance of this CM. VT is either adequate or structural CMs should be installed. Inspection: Like structural CMs, the area down gradient of a VT CM should be walked and observed for the following which indicate that VT may not be adequate: • signs of new rill erosion in work area or immediately down gradient of work area • signs of sediment deposition well beyond the expected buffer distance or nearing area not controlled by Xcel property lease • observations of work area or up gradient areas that are creating concentrated flow through and down gradient of the work area. • Observe and discuss with contractor potential construction practices that could promote sheet flow and infiltration to minimize stormwater runoff from work area. In the event that VT is inadequate to keep sediment on site at any local area, that local area mu st immediately have a structural down gradient CM installed, a t a minimum. Sediment Control Log is the expected control measure. Site conditions will dictate actual CM to be used. Note: Sediment Control Logs cannot be used in across swales or drainageways. FODS LLC | The Mud Stops Here | GetFods.com | 1-844-200-3637 TRACKOUTCONTROL MAT Technical Data Sheet GENERAL INFORMATION The FODS Composite trackout control system is designed to be used as a temporary construction entrance which provides site access while minimizing sediment leaving the site. The top surface of the FODS mat is a geometric pattern formed in the shape of pyramids. The mats are unidirectional and are meant to have the staggered pyramids in the direction of travel. Individual mats are connected together with hardware to form various configurations to fit your jobsite. TYPical installation layouts Each site must be evaluated to determine the proper layout, width, and duration of the FODS Trackout Control System (FTCS) based site conditions, entry and exit egress, traffic levels, site soil conditions, and ability to the maintain trackout system. Outlined below are a number of common layouts, the mats are unidirectional and due to the versatility of the mats design the FTCS can be engineered to fit the needs of any site: FEATURES & BENEFITS • Re-Usable • Increased Effectiveness at Reducing Site Trackout • U/V Stable • Highly Visible • Easy to Clean • Economical • Recyclable / Reduces Waste • Extreme Durability • Rapid Installation & Removal • Excavation not required • Chemical Resistant • Rock-less • Reduces Waste • Easy and efficient to transport from site-site • Mat Size: 12’(w) x 7’ (l) x 3 3/4” (t) (2 7/8” pyramid height) • Mat Weight: 430lbs • Pallet Size: 8-Mats • Truck-Load: 96-Mats • Hardware boxes are contained within the palletized mats FODS 1x4 FODS 1x4T FODS 2x4 FODS 1x7T FODS 2x7 FODS LLC | The Mud Stops Here | GetFods.com | 1-844-200-3637 COMMON USERS • Heavy Civil Construction • Urban Construction / Urban In-Fill • Bridge & Highway Projects • Residential Construction • Land Development • Forestry • Energy Exploration • Oil & Gas Pipeline • Electrical Power-line • Temporary Event Access • Landfill & Waste Management • Mining FODS Trackout Control Mat - Technical Data Sheet Suitable Installation Substrate • Un-Excavated Soil • Excavated Soil (Min CBR: 4) • Asphalt • Concrete FODS Trackout Control System should be installed near the site exit point, as close to the location where vehicles enter the roadway as is safely as possible. FODS mats should not be installed at a low point on the site where water will pool. FODS Anchoring Systems Cleaning / Maintenance ***Before using earth anchors, call 811 for locates to mark underground utilities*** WARNINGS • Caution is to be used when crossing mats with metal tracked equipment.• Equipment with aggressive metal tracks should not cross mats• Do not drag metal equipment across mats• Do not use mats for bridging • Skid-steer broom attachment • FODS Shovel• Street Sweeper (requires adjusted bristle head• Pressure Washer (must have ability to contain water)• Water Truck (must have ability to contain water) Mats should be cleaned once 2.5” of sediment has built up in the lane of travel. • Form-Stakes (18” or 24”) • Cable Earth Anchor • All-Thread Earth Anchor • Concrete Sleeve Anchor (asphalt) DETERMINE NUMBER OF SECTIONS REQUIRED BASED ON SITE CONDITIONS, ANTICIPATED VEHICLE ACCESS, AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VTC SIZING. MINIMUM LENGTH REQUIRED IS 20'. INSTALL ADDITIONAL SEGMENTS AS NEEDED TO MINIMIZE TRACKOUT. INSTALL TRACKING PAD WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE ATTACHED SITE MAPS WITH TAB SIDE UP. ANCHORING IS TYPICALLY NOT REQUIRED DUE TO THE WEIGHT OF THE TRACKING PADS, THOUGH IF DESIRED, DRIVE REBAR STAKES INTO THE UNDERLYING SOIL AT CONNECTION POINTS WHERE TRACKING PADS ARE INSTALLED ON UNPAVED SURFACES. INSTALL PERIMETER CONTROL, SUCH AS CONSTRUCTION FENCE, ALONG EDGE OF TRACKING PAD TO PREVENT DRIVE-AROUND, FORCING ALL VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT TO UTILIZE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ACCESS. WHERE NECESSARY, ROUTE RUNOFF FROM UP-GRADIENT DISTURBED AREAS AWAY FROM STABILIZED ACCESS WITH DIVERSION. IF UNABLE TO DIVERT SURFACE FLOW FROM CROSSING TRACKING PAD, USE CMs TO MANAGE SEDIMENT LADEN WATER. INSTALLATION OF TRACKING PAD ON GRADES LESS THAN 10% RECOMMENDED TO MINIMIZE VTC MOVEMENT DUE TO VEHICLE BRAKING OR ACCELERATION. INSTALLATION OF PADS ON STEEPER GRADES WILL REQUIRE CONTRACTOR OPERATIONAL SAFETY REVIEW AND LIKELY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL ANCHORING AND INCREASED MAINTENANCE. TRACKING PAD VEHICLE TRACKING CONTROL DESCRIPTION FLEXIBLE TRACKING PAD MATS ARE MADE TO FIT THE CONTOUR OF THE LAND. EACH SECTION, 12' BY 12', IS ROUGHLY 2,200 LBS AND CAN TYPICALLY BE INSTALLED, MAINTAINED, AND REMOVED WITH ON-SITE EQUIPMENT. TRACKING PADS CAN BE USED TO PROVIDE A STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ACCESS/EGRESS POINT TO REPLACE TRADITIONAL ROCK VTC. THIS REUSABLE PRODUCT IS PARTICULARLY BENEFICIAL FOR PAVED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES. INSTALLATION OF THE TRACKING PAD RESULTS IN SUBSTANTIALLY LESS DISTURBANCE COMPARED TO TRADITIONAL ROCK VTC AS THE TRACKING PAD IS INSTALLED ON THE EXISTING SURFACE AND DOES NOT REQUIRE GRADING OR EXCAVATION. MAINTENANCE OF THE TRACKING PAD IS SIMPLE TO PERFORM USING SMALL CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. MAINTENANCE: INSPECTION FREQUENCY PER LOCAL JURISDICTION REQIUREMENT OR SITE SWMP. TRACKING PAD REQUIRES MAINTENANCE WHEN SECTIONS BECOME DISPLACED OR WHEN SEDIMENT FILLS HALF OF THE TRACKS TO A DEPTH EQUAL TO 50% OF THE MAXIMUM TRACK HEIGHT. LIFT MATS TO REMOVE LOOSE DEBRIS AND REPLACE MATS IN ORIGINAL LOCATION. RESET MISALIGNED OR DISPLACED MATS. REMOVE ANY SEDIMENT TRACKED FROM SITE ONTO PAVED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY. ADDITIONAL NOTES: REVIEW LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CM TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS. ENSURE APPROVAL FROM JURISDICTION PRIOR TO USE. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION VTC 12’ 11’ 5’ 8’8’ Existing Roadway Plan Flares to be attached to left and right sides of mat(s) NOTES 1. NO PICK (ROWS) 2. 12’x12’ EXPANDABLE AS NECESSARY See note 1 Do not install over jagged/rocky ground or soil May be installed over uneven ground Preferably installed over level ground INSTALLATION -PLACE MATS WITH TAB SIDE UP -NO TIE DOWN REQUIRED MAINTENANCE LIFT MATS AND REMOVE DEBRIS/ LAY MATS BACK IN PLACE 5/2/20188311 Pontiac St. Commerce City, CO, 80022 Date:Sheet:1 of 1 Tracking Pad Details CDOT APL Reference No. 3781-14 Soil Stabilization Granules for Flexible Application and Effective Erosion Control Seed Aide® Aero™ may be applied dry or hydraulically, making it a versatile and cost-effective solution where conventional erosion control equipment access is limited or unavailable. It is ideal for a range of conditions, including remote sites, dryland reclamation, post-fire reclamation, pipeline restoration, drilling pads and aerial applications. Seed Aide Aero Advantages: • Soil binding—upon wetting, the mulch granules expand and release linear anionic soil flocculant to eliminate soil particles from water runoff, reducing sediment loss • Productive seed-to-soil bond—the polysaccharide polymers create an effective bond to hold seeds in place, creating better overall vegetation distribution • Better germination—the expanded cellulose/wood granules hold water, reduce soil surface evaporation and deliver the biostimulant to enhance germination and growth Soil Stabilization Granules Can be applied aerially, via spreader, by hand or hydraulically Granules release the proprietary Seed Aide Aero formulation to help keep soil in place, increase moisture retention and promote vegetation establishment Smaller-scale jobs can easily be completed using a jet-agitated hydroseeder Green Design Engineering™ is a holistic approach that combines agronomic and engineering expertise with advanced technologies to provide cost-effective and earth-friendly solutions. Profile strives to deliver Green Design Engineering across our team of consulting professionals, innovative products and educational resources. PS3 is a free, comprehensive 24/7 online resource you can use to design a project and select the right products that address both the physical and agronomic needs of your site. It will help you develop holistic, sustainable solutions for cost-effective erosion control, vegetation establishment and subsequent reductions in sediment and other pollutants from leaving disturbed sites. Because good plans start with the soil, PS3 offers free soil testing to ensure this critical step is considered. To access the site, design your project and take advantage of a free soil analysis, visit profileps3.com. GREEN DESIGN ENGINEERING ™ EARTH-FRIENDLY SOLUTIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE RESULTS™PHYSICAL PROPERTIES*TEST METHOD TESTED VALUE Bulk Density ASTM D2978 26 ± 2 lb/ft3 (416.5 ± 32 kg/m3) Water Holding Capacity ASTM D7367 ≥ 500% Material Color Observed Green PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES* Cover Factor1 (5 in/hr event)Large Scale Testing2 ≤ 0.18 % Effectiveness3 Large Scale Testing2 ≥ 82% Functional Longevity4 ASTM D5338 ≤ 3 months ENVIRONMENTAL PROPERTIES* Ecotoxicity EPA 2021.0 48-hr LC50 > 100% Biodegradability ASTM D5338 Yes * When uniformly applied at a rate of 2,250 pounds per acre (2,520 kilograms/hectare) under laboratory conditions. 1. Cover Factor is calculated as soil loss ratio of treated surface versus an untreated control surface. 2. Large scale testing conducted at Utah Water Research Laboratory. For specific testing information please contact a Profile technical service representative at 800-508-8681 or +1-847-215-3464. 3. % Effectiveness = One minus Cover Factor multiplied by 100%. 4. Functional Longevity is the estimated time period, based upon ASTM D5338 testing and field observations, that a material can be anticipated to provide erosion control and agronomic ben- efits as influenced by composition, as well as site-specific condi- tions, including; but not limited to – temperature, moisture, light conditions, soils, biological activity, vegetative establishment and other environmental factors. Seed Aide® Aero™ Technical Data: INSTALLATION Examine substrate and conditions where materials will be applied. Apply product to geotechnically stable slopes that have been designed and constructed to divert runoff away from the face of the slope. Do not proceed with installation until satisfactory conditions are established. Strictly comply with manufacturers installation instructions and recommendations. Use approved mulch-spreading machines. To achieve performance characteristics as documented, granules must be activated by water. DIRECTIONS FOR USE Seed Aide Aero should be applied at recommended rates shown below: SA-02 02/19 Application Rate: 1,000 lb/ac (1,120 kg/ha)Application Rate: 3,000 lb/ac (3,360 kg/ha) COMPOSITION Cellulose Fibers– 70% Thermally Processed* Virgin Wood Fibers – 22% Wetting Agent - including linear anionic soil flocculants and high-viscosity colloidal polysaccharide polymers - 8% Formulation pelletized and granulated to form Seed Aide Aero granules *Heated within a pressurized vessel to a temperature greater than 380 degrees Fahrenheit (193 degrees Celsius) for 5 minutes at a pressure greater than 50 psi (345 kPa) in order to be Thermally Refined®/Processed and to achieve phyto-sanitization. For technical information or distribution, please call 800-508-8681. For customer service, call 800-366-1180. For warranty information, visit profileproducts.com. 750 W. Lake Cook Road • Suite 440 Buffalo Grove, IL 60089 profileproducts.com © 2019 PROFILE Products LLC. All rights reserved. Profile, Thermally Refined and Seed Aide are registered trademarks of PROFILE Products LLC. Aero, Solutions for your Environment, Green Design Engineering and Earth-Friendly Solutions for Sustainable Results are trademarks of PROFILE Products LLC. SLOPE GRADIENT/CONDITION ENGLISH SI ≤ 4H to 1V 450-1,000 lb/ac 500-1,120 kg/ha > 4H to 1V and ≤ 3H to 1V 1,000-1,500 lb/ac 1,120-1,680 kg/ha > 3H to 1V and ≤ 2H to 1V 1,500-3,000 lb/ac 1,680-3,360 kg/ha Slope interruption devices or water diversion techniques are recommended when slope lengths (3H:1V) exceed 30 feet (9.1 m). PACKAGING Bags: Net Weight - 50 lb (22.7 kg) Bulk Sack: Net Weight - 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) UV and weather-resistant plastic bags Pallets: 40 bags/pallet, 1 ton (907 kg)/pallet Weather-proof, stretch-wrapped with UV resistant pallet cover Surface Roughening (SR) EC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SR-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SR-1. Surface roughening via imprinting for temporary stabilization. Description Surface roughening is an erosion control practice that involves tracking, scarifying, imprinting, or tilling a disturbed area to provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas. Surface roughening creates variations in the soil surface that help to minimize wind and water erosion. Depending on the technique used, surface roughening may also help establish conditions favorable to establishment of vegetation. Appropriate Uses Surface roughening can be used to provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas, such as when revegetation cannot be immediately established due to seasonal planting limitations. Surface roughening is not a stand-alone BMP, and should be used in conjunction with other erosion and sediment controls. Surface roughening is often implemented in conjunction with grading and is typically performed using heavy construction equipment to track the surface. Be aware that tracking with heavy equipment will also compact soils, which is not desirable in areas that will be revegetated. Scarifying, tilling, or ripping are better surface roughening techniques in locations where revegetation is planned. Roughening is not effective in very sandy soils and cannot be effectively performed in rocky soil. Design and Installation Typical design details for surfacing roughening on steep and mild slopes are provided in Details SR-1 and SR-2, respectively. Surface roughening should be performed either after final grading or to temporarily stabilize an area during active construction that may be inactive for a short time period. Surface roughening should create depressions 2 to 6 inches deep and approximately 6 inches apart. The surface of exposed soil can be roughened by a number of techniques and equipment. Horizontal grooves (running parallel to the contours of the land) can be made using tracks from equipment treads, stair-step grading, ripping, or tilling. Fill slopes can be constructed with a roughened surface. Cut slopes that have been smooth graded can be roughened as a subsequent operation. Roughening should follow along the contours of the slope. The tracks left by truck mounted equipment working perpendicular to the contour can leave acceptable horizontal depressions; however, the equipment will also compact the soil. Surface Roughening Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management No EC-1 Surface Roughening (SR) SR-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Maintenance and Removal Care should be taken not to drive vehicles or equipment over areas that have been surface roughened. Tire tracks will smooth the roughened surface and may cause runoff to collect into rills and gullies. Because surface roughening is only a temporary control, additional treatments may be necessary to maintain the soil surface in a roughened condition. Areas should be inspected for signs of erosion. Surface roughening is a temporary measure, and will not provide long-term erosion control. Surface Roughening (SR) EC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SR-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 EC-1 Surface Roughening (SR) SR-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) EC-2 June 2012 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District TS/PS-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph TS/PS -1. Equipment used to drill seed. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description Temporary seeding can be used to stabilize disturbed areas that will be inactive for an extended period. Permanent seeding should be used to stabilize areas at final grade that will not be otherwise stabilized. Effective seeding includes preparation of a seedbed, selection of an appropriate seed mixture, proper planting techniques, and protection of the seeded area with mulch, geotextiles, or other appropriate measures. Appropriate Uses When the soil surface is disturbed and will remain inactive for an extended period (typically 30 days or longer), proactive stabilization measures should be implemented. If the inactive period is short-lived (on the order of two weeks), techniques such as surface roughening may be appropriate. For longer periods of inactivity, temporary seeding and mulching can provide effective erosion control. Permanent seeding should be used on finished areas that have not been otherwise stabilized. Typically, local governments have their own seed mixes and timelines for seeding. Check jurisdictional requirements for seeding and temporary stabilization. Design and Installation Effective seeding requires proper seedbed preparation, selection of an appropriate seed mixture, use of appropriate seeding equipment to ensure proper coverage and density, and protection with mulch or fabric until plants are established. The USDCM Volume 2 Revegetation Chapter contains detailed seed mix, soil preparations, and seeding and mulching recommendations that may be referenced to supplement this Fact Sheet. Drill seeding is the preferred seeding method. Hydroseeding is not recommended except in areas where steep slopes prevent use of drill seeding equipment, and even in these instances it is preferable to hand seed and mulch. Some jurisdictions do not allow hydroseeding or hydromulching. Seedbed Preparation Prior to seeding, ensure that areas to be revegetated have soil conditions capable of supporting vegetation. Overlot grading can result in loss of topsoil, resulting in poor quality subsoils at the ground surface that have low nutrient value, little organic matter content, few soil microorganisms, rooting restrictions, and conditions less conducive to infiltration of precipitation. As a result, it is typically necessary to provide stockpiled topsoil, compost, or other Temporary and Permanent Seeding Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management No EC-2 Temporary and Permanent Seeding (TS/PS) TS/PS-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District June 2012 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 soil amendments and rototill them into the soil to a depth of 6 inches or more. Topsoil should be salvaged during grading operations for use and spread on areas to be revegetated later. Topsoil should be viewed as an important resource to be utilized for vegetation establishment, due to its water-holding capacity, structure, texture, organic matter content, biological activity, and nutrient content. The rooting depth of most native grasses in the semi-arid Denver metropolitan area is 6 to 18 inches. At a minimum, the upper 6 inches of topsoil should be stripped, stockpiled, and ultimately respread across areas that will be revegetated. Where topsoil is not available, subsoils should be amended to provide an appropriate plant-growth medium. Organic matter, such as well digested compost, can be added to improve soil characteristics conducive to plant growth. Other treatments can be used to adjust soil pH conditions when needed. Soil testing, which is typically inexpensive, should be completed to determine and optimize the types and amounts of amendments that are required. If the disturbed ground surface is compacted, rip or rototill the surface prior to placing topsoil. If adding compost to the existing soil surface, rototilling is necessary. Surface roughening will assist in placement of a stable topsoil layer on steeper slopes, and allow infiltration and root penetration to greater depth. Prior to seeding, the soil surface should be rough and the seedbed should be firm, but neither too loose nor compacted. The upper layer of soil should be in a condition suitable for seeding at the proper depth and conducive to plant growth. Seed-to-soil contact is the key to good germination. Seed Mix for Temporary Vegetation To provide temporary vegetative cover on disturbed areas which will not be paved, built upon, or fully landscaped or worked for an extended period (typically 30 days or more), plant an annual grass appropriate for the time of planting and mulch the planted areas. Annual grasses suitable for the Denver metropolitan area are listed in Table TS/PS-1. These are to be considered only as general recommendations when specific design guidance for a particular site is not available. Local governments typically specify seed mixes appropriate for their jurisdiction. Seed Mix for Permanent Revegetation To provide vegetative cover on disturbed areas that have reached final grade, a perennial grass mix should be established. Permanent seeding should be performed promptly (typically within 14 days) after reaching final grade. Each site will have different characteristics and a landscape professional or the local jurisdiction should be contacted to determine the most suitable seed mix for a specific site. In lieu of a specific recommendation, one of the perennial grass mixes appropriate for site conditions and growth season listed in Table TS/PS-2 can be used. The pure live seed (PLS) rates of application recommended in these tables are considered to be absolute minimum rates for seed applied using proper drill-seeding equipment. If desired for wildlife habitat or landscape diversity, shrubs such as rubber rabbitbrush (Chrysothamnus nauseosus), fourwing saltbush (Atriplex canescens) and skunkbrush sumac (Rhus trilobata) could be added to the upland seedmixes at 0.25, 0.5 and 1 pound PLS/acre, respectively. In riparian zones, planting root stock of such species as American plum (Prunus americana), woods rose (Rosa woodsii), plains cottonwood (Populus sargentii), and willow (Populus spp.) may be considered. On non-topsoiled upland sites, a legume such as Ladak alfalfa at 1 pound PLS/acre can be included as a source of nitrogen for perennial grasses. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Description Soil binders include a broad range of treatments that can be applied to exposed soils for temporary stabilization to reduce wind and water erosion. Soil binders may be applied alone or as tackifiers in conjunction with mulching and seeding applications. Acknowledgement: This BMP Fact Sheet has been adapted from the 2003 California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) Stormwater BMP Handbook: Construction (www.cabmphandbooks.com). Appropriate Uses Soil binders can be used for short-term, temporary stabilization of soils on both mild and steep slopes. Soil binders are often used in areas where work has temporarily stopped, but is expected to resume before revegetation can become established. Binders are also useful on stockpiled soils or where temporary or permanent seeding has occurred. Prior to selecting a soil binder, check with the state and local jurisdiction to ensure that the chemicals used in the soil binders are allowed. The water quality impacts of some types of soil binders are relatively unknown and may not be allowed due to concerns about potential environmental impacts. Soil binders must be environmentally benign (non-toxic to plant and animal life), easy to apply, easy to maintain, economical, and should not stain paved or painted surfaces. Soil binders should not be used in vehicle or pedestrian high traffic areas, due to loss in effectiveness under these conditions. Site soil type will dictate appropriate soil binders to be used. Be aware that soil binders may not function effectively on silt or clay soils or highly compacted areas. Check manufacturer's recommendations for appropriateness with regard to soil conditions. Some binders may not be suitable for areas with existing vegetation. Design and Installation Properties of common soil binders used for erosion control are provided in Table SB-1. Design and installation guidance below are provided for general reference. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for application rates and procedures. Soil Binders Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Moderate Photograph SB-1. Tackifier being applied to provide temporary soil stabilization. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table SB-1. Properties of Soil Binders for Erosion Control (Source: CASQA 2003) Evaluation Criteria Binder Type Plant Material Based (short lived) Plant Material Based (long lived) Polymeric Emulsion Blends Cementitious- Based Binders Resistance to Leaching High High Low to Moderate Moderate Resistance to Abrasion Moderate Low Moderate to High Moderate to High Longevity Short to Medium Medium Medium to Long Medium Minimum Curing Time before Rain 9 to 18 hours 19 to 24 hours 0 to 24 hours 4 to 8 hours Compatibility with Existing Vegetation Good Poor Poor Poor Mode of Degradation Biodegradable Biodegradable Photodegradable/ Chemically Degradable Photodegradable/ Chemically Degradable Specialized Application Equipment Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Water Truck or Hydraulic Mulcher Liquid/Powder Powder Liquid Liquid/Powder Powder Surface Crusting Yes, but dissolves on rewetting Yes Yes, but dissolves on rewetting Yes Clean Up Water Water Water Water Erosion Control Application Rate Varies Varies Varies 4,000 to 12,000 lbs/acre Typ. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Factors to consider when selecting a soil binder generally include:  Suitability to situation: Consider where the soil binder will be applied, if it needs a high resistance to leaching or abrasion, and whether it needs to be compatible with existing vegetation. Determine the length of time soil stabilization will be needed, and if the soil binder will be placed in an area where it will degrade rapidly. In general, slope steepness is not a discriminating factor.  Soil types and surface materials: Fines and moisture content are key properties of surface materials. Consider a soil binder's ability to penetrate, likelihood of leaching, and ability to form a surface crust on the surface materials.  Frequency of application: The frequency of application can be affected by subgrade conditions, surface type, climate, and maintenance schedule. Frequent applications could lead to high costs. Application frequency may be minimized if the soil binder has good penetration, low evaporation, and good longevity. Consider also that frequent application will require frequent equipment clean up. An overview of major categories of soil binders, corresponding to the types included in Table SB-1 follows. Plant-Material Based (Short Lived) Binders  Guar: A non-toxic, biodegradable, natural galactomannan-based hydrocolloid treated with dispersant agents for easy field mixing. It should be mixed with water at the rate of 11 to 15 lbs per 1,000 gallons. Recommended minimum application rates are provided in Table SB-2. Table SB-2. Application Rates for Guar Soil Stabilizer Slope (H:V) Flat 4:1 3:1 2:1 1:1 Application Rate (lb/acre) 40 45 50 60 70  Psyllium: Composed of the finely ground muciloid coating of plantago seeds that is applied as a wet slurry to the surface of the soil. It dries to form a firm but rewettable membrane that binds soil particles together but permits germination and growth of seed. Psyllium requires 12 to 18 hours drying time. Application rates should be from 80 to 200 lbs/acre, with enough water in solution to allow for a uniform slurry flow.  Starch: Non-ionic, cold-water soluble (pre-gelatinized) granular cornstarch. The material is mixed with water and applied at the rate of 150 lb/acre. Approximate drying time is 9 to 12 hours. Plant-Material Based (Long Lived) Binders  Pitch and Rosin Emulsion: Generally, a non-ionic pitch and rosin emulsion has a minimum solids content of 48 percent. The rosin should be a minimum of 26 percent of the total solids content. The soil stabilizer should be a non-corrosive, water dilutable emulsion that upon application cures to a water insoluble binding and cementing agent. For soil erosion control applications, the emulsion is diluted and should be applied as follows: o For clayey soil: 5 parts water to 1 part emulsion EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 o For sandy soil: 10 parts water to 1 part emulsion Application can be by water truck or hydraulic seeder with the emulsion and product mixture applied at the rate specified by the manufacturer. Polymeric Emulsion Blend Binders  Acrylic Copolymers and Polymers: Polymeric soil stabilizers should consist of a liquid or solid polymer or copolymer with an acrylic base that contains a minimum of 55 percent solids. The polymeric compound should be handled and mixed in a manner that will not cause foaming or should contain an anti-foaming agent. The polymeric emulsion should not exceed its shelf life or expiration date; manufacturers should provide the expiration date. Polymeric soil stabilizer should be readily miscible in water, non-injurious to seed or animal life, non-flammable, should provide surface soil stabilization for various soil types without inhibiting water infiltration, and should not re-emulsify when cured. The applied compound should air cure within a maximum of 36 to 48 hours. Liquid copolymer should be diluted at a rate of 10 parts water to 1 part polymer and the mixture applied to soil at a rate of 1,175 gallons/acre.  Liquid Polymers of Methacrylates and Acrylates: This material consists of a tackifier/sealer that is a liquid polymer of methacrylates and acrylates. It is an aqueous 100 percent acrylic emulsion blend of 40 percent solids by volume that is free from styrene, acetate, vinyl, ethoxylated surfactants or silicates. For soil stabilization applications, it is diluted with water in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, and applied with a hydraulic seeder at the rate of 20 gallons/acre. Drying time is 12 to 18 hours after application.  Copolymers of Sodium Acrylates and Acrylamides: These materials are non-toxic, dry powders that are copolymers of sodium acrylate and acrylamide. They are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface for erosion control at rates that are determined by slope gradient, as summarized in Table SB-3. Table SB-3. Application Rates for Copolymers of Sodium Acrylates and Acrylamides Slope (H:V) Flat to 5:1 5:1 to 3:1 2:2 to 1:1 Application Rate (lb/acre) 3.0-5.0 5.0-10.0 10.0-20.0  Polyacrylamide and Copolymer of Acrylamide: Linear copolymer polyacrylamide is packaged as a dry flowable solid. When used as a stand-alone stabilizer, it is diluted at a rate of 11 lb/1,000 gal. of water and applied at the rate of 5.0 lb/acre.  Hydrocolloid Polymers: Hydrocolloid Polymers are various combinations of dry flowable polyacrylamides, copolymers, and hydrocolloid polymers that are mixed with water and applied to the soil surface at rates of 55 to 60 lb/acre. Drying times are 0 to 4 hours. Cementitious-Based Binders  Gypsum: This formulated gypsum based product readily mixes with water and mulch to form a thin protective crust on the soil surface. It is composed of high purity gypsum that is ground, calcined and processed into calcium sulfate hemihydrate with a minimum purity of 86 percent. It is mixed in a hydraulic seeder and applied at rates 4,000 to 12,000 lb/acre. Drying time is 4 to 8 hours. Soil Binders (SB) EC-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SB-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Installation After selecting an appropriate soil binder, the untreated soil surface must be prepared before applying the soil binder. The untreated soil surface must contain sufficient moisture to assist the agent in achieving uniform distribution. In general, the following steps should be followed:  Follow manufacturer's written recommendations for application rates, pre-wetting of application area, and cleaning of equipment after use.  Prior to application, roughen embankment and fill areas.  Consider the drying time for the selected soil binder and apply with sufficient time before anticipated rainfall. Soil binders should not be applied during or immediately before rainfall.  Avoid over spray onto roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, sound walls, existing vegetation, etc.  Soil binders should not be applied to frozen soil, areas with standing water, under freezing or rainy conditions, or when the temperature is below 40°F during the curing period.  More than one treatment is often necessary, although the second treatment may be diluted or have a lower application rate.  Generally, soil binders require a minimum curing time of 24 hours before they are fully effective. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for specific cure time.  For liquid agents: o Crown or slope ground to avoid ponding. o Uniformly pre-wet ground at 0.03 to 0.3 gal/yd2 or according to manufacturer's recommendations. o Apply solution under pressure. Overlap solution 6 to 12 in. o Allow treated area to cure for the time recommended by the manufacturer, typically at least 24 hours. o Apply second treatment before first treatment becomes ineffective, using 50 percent application rate. o In low humidity, reactivate chemicals by re-wetting with water at 0.1 to 0.2 gal/yd2. Maintenance and Removal Soil binders tend to break down due to natural weathering. Weathering rates depend on a variety of site- specific and product characteristics. Consult the manufacturer for recommended reapplication rates and reapply the selected soil binder as needed to maintain effectiveness. Soil binders can fail after heavy rainfall events and may require reapplication. In particular, soil binders will generally experience spot failures during heavy rainfall events. If runoff penetrates the soil at the top of a slope treated with a soil binder, it is likely that the runoff will undercut the stabilized soil layer and discharge at a point further down slope. EC-3 Soil Binders (SB) SB-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Areas where erosion is evident should be repaired and soil binder or other stabilization reapplied, as needed. Care should be exercised to minimize the damage to protected areas while making repairs. Most binders biodegrade after exposure to sun, oxidation, heat and biological organisms; therefore, removal of the soil binder is not typically required. Mulching (MU) EC-4 June 2012 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District MU-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph MU-1. An area that was recently seeded, mulched, and crimped. Description Mulching consists of evenly applying straw, hay, shredded wood mulch, rock, bark or compost to disturbed soils and securing the mulch by crimping, tackifiers, netting or other measures. Mulching helps reduce erosion by protecting bare soil from rainfall impact, increasing infiltration, and reducing runoff. Although often applied in conjunction with temporary or permanent seeding, it can also be used for temporary stabilization of areas that cannot be reseeded due to seasonal constraints. Mulch can be applied either using standard mechanical dry application methods or using hydromulching equipment that hydraulically applies a slurry of water, wood fiber mulch, and often a tackifier. Appropriate Uses Use mulch in conjunction with seeding to help protect the seedbed and stabilize the soil. Mulch can also be used as a temporary cover on low to mild slopes to help temporarily stabilize disturbed areas where growing season constraints prevent effective reseeding. Disturbed areas should be properly mulched and tacked, or seeded, mulched and tacked promptly after final grade is reached (typically within no longer than 14 days) on portions of the site not otherwise permanently stabilized. Standard dry mulching is encouraged in most jurisdictions; however, hydromulching may not be allowed in certain jurisdictions or may not be allowed near waterways. Do not apply mulch during windy conditions. Design and Installation Prior to mulching, surface-roughen areas by rolling with a crimping or punching type roller or by track walking. Track walking should only be used where other methods are impractical because track walking with heavy equipment typically compacts the soil. A variety of mulches can be used effectively at construction sites. Consider the following: Mulch Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Moderate Site/Material Management No EC-4 Mulching (MU) MU-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District June 2012 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Clean, weed-free and seed-free cereal grain straw should be applied evenly at a rate of 2 tons per acre and must be tacked or fastened by a method suitable for the condition of the site. Straw mulch must be anchored (and not merely placed) on the surface. This can be accomplished mechanically by crimping or with the aid of tackifiers or nets. Anchoring with a crimping implement is preferred, and is the recommended method for areas flatter than 3:1. Mechanical crimpers must be capable of tucking the long mulch fibers into the soil to a depth of 3 inches without cutting them. An agricultural disk, while not an ideal substitute, may work if the disk blades are dull or blunted and set vertically; however, the frame may have to be weighted to afford proper soil penetration.  Grass hay may be used in place of straw; however, because hay is comprised of the entire plant including seed, mulching with hay may seed the site with non-native grass species which might in turn out-compete the native seed. Alternatively, native species of grass hay may be purchased, but can be difficult to find and are more expensive than straw. Purchasing and utilizing a certified weed-free straw is an easier and less costly mulching method. When using grass hay, follow the same guidelines as for straw (provided above).  On small areas sheltered from the wind and heavy runoff, spraying a tackifier on the mulch is satisfactory for holding it in place. For steep slopes and special situations where greater control is needed, erosion control blankets anchored with stakes should be used instead of mulch.  Hydraulic mulching consists of wood cellulose fibers mixed with water and a tackifying agent and should be applied at a rate of no less than 1,500 pounds per acre (1,425 lbs of fibers mixed with at least 75 lbs of tackifier) with a hydraulic mulcher. For steeper slopes, up to 2000 pounds per acre may be required for effective hydroseeding. Hydromulch typically requires up to 24 hours to dry; therefore, it should not be applied immediately prior to inclement weather. Application to roads, waterways and existing vegetation should be avoided.  Erosion control mats, blankets, or nets are recommended to help stabilize steep slopes (generally 3:1 and steeper) and waterways. Depending on the product, these may be used alone or in conjunction with grass or straw mulch. Normally, use of these products will be restricted to relatively small areas. Biodegradable mats made of straw and jute, straw-coconut, coconut fiber, or excelsior can be used instead of mulch. (See the ECM/TRM BMP for more information.)  Some tackifiers or binders may be used to anchor mulch. Check with the local jurisdiction for allowed tackifiers. Manufacturer's recommendations should be followed at all times. (See the Soil Binder BMP for more information on general types of tackifiers.)  Rock can also be used as mulch. It provides protection of exposed soils to wind and water erosion and allows infiltration of precipitation. An aggregate base course can be spread on disturbed areas for temporary or permanent stabilization. The rock mulch layer should be thick enough to provide full coverage of exposed soil on the area it is applied. Maintenance and Removal After mulching, the bare ground surface should not be more than 10 percent exposed. Reapply mulch, as needed, to cover bare areas. Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) EC-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RECP-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph RECP-1. Erosion control blanket protecting the slope from erosion and providing favorable conditions for revegetation. Description Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECPs) include a variety of temporary or permanently installed manufactured products designed to control erosion and enhance vegetation establishment and survivability, particularly on slopes and in channels. For applications where natural vegetation alone will provide sufficient permanent erosion protection, temporary products such as netting, open weave textiles and a variety of erosion control blankets (ECBs) made of biodegradable natural materials (e.g., straw, coconut fiber) can be used. For applications where natural vegetation alone will not be sustainable under expected flow conditions, permanent rolled erosion control products such as turf reinforcement mats (TRMs) can be used. In particular, turf reinforcement mats are designed for discharges that exert velocities and sheer stresses that exceed the typical limits of mature natural vegetation. Appropriate Uses RECPs can be used to control erosion in conjunction with revegetation efforts, providing seedbed protection from wind and water erosion. These products are often used on disturbed areas on steep slopes, in areas with highly erosive soils, or as part of drainageway stabilization. In order to select the appropriate RECP for site conditions, it is important to have a general understanding of the general types of these products, their expected longevity, and general characteristics. The Erosion Control Technology Council (ECTC 2005) characterizes rolled erosion control products according to these categories:  Mulch control netting: A planar woven natural fiber or extruded geosynthetic mesh used as a temporary degradable rolled erosion control product to anchor loose fiber mulches.  Open weave textile: A temporary degradable rolled erosion control product composed of processed natural or polymer yarns woven into a matrix, used to provide erosion control and facilitate vegetation establishment.  Erosion control blanket (ECB): A temporary degradable rolled erosion control product composed of processed natural or polymer fibers which are mechanically, structurally or chemically bound together to form a continuous matrix to provide erosion control and facilitate vegetation establishment. ECBs can be further differentiated into rapidly degrading single-net and double-net types or slowly degrading types. Rolled Erosion Control Products Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management No EC-6 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) RECP-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Turf Reinforcement Mat (TRM): A rolled erosion control product composed of non-degradable synthetic fibers, filaments, nets, wire mesh, and/or other elements, processed into a permanent, three- dimensional matrix of sufficient thickness. TRMs, which may be supplemented with degradable components, are designed to impart immediate erosion protection, enhance vegetation establishment and provide long-term functionality by permanently reinforcing vegetation during and after maturation. Note: TRMs are typically used in hydraulic applications, such as high flow ditches and channels, steep slopes, stream banks, and shorelines, where erosive forces may exceed the limits of natural, unreinforced vegetation or in areas where limited vegetation establishment is anticipated. Tables RECP-1 and RECP-2 provide guidelines for selecting rolled erosion control products appropriate to site conditions and desired longevity. Table RECP-1 is for conditions where natural vegetation alone will provide permanent erosion control, whereas Table RECP-2 is for conditions where vegetation alone will not be adequately stable to provide long-term erosion protection due to flow or other conditions. Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) EC-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RECP-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table RECP-1. ECTC Standard Specification for Temporary Rolled Erosion Control Products (Adapted from Erosion Control Technology Council 2005) Product Description Slope Applications* Channel Applications* Minimum Tensile Strength1 Expected Longevity Maximum Gradient C Factor2,5 Max. Shear Stress3,4,6 Mulch Control Nets 5:1 (H:V) ≤0.10 @ 5:1 0.25 lbs/ft2 (12 Pa) 5 lbs/ft (0.073 kN/m) Up to 12 months Netless Rolled Erosion Control Blankets 4:1 (H:V) ≤0.10 @ 4:1 0.5 lbs/ft2 (24 Pa) 5 lbs/ft (0.073 kN/m) Single-net Erosion Control Blankets & Open Weave Textiles 3:1 (H:V) ≤0.15 @ 3:1 1.5 lbs/ft2 (72 Pa) 50 lbs/ft (0.73 kN/m) Double-net Erosion Control Blankets 2:1 (H:V) ≤0.20 @ 2:1 1.75 lbs/ft2 (84 Pa) 75 lbs/ft (1.09 kN/m) Mulch Control Nets 5:1 (H:V) ≤0.10 @ 5:1 0.25 lbs/ft2 (12 Pa) 25 lbs/ft (0.36 kN/m) 24 months Erosion Control Blankets & Open Weave Textiles (slowly degrading) 1.5:1 (H:V) ≤0.25 @ 1.5:1 2.00 lbs/ft2 (96 Pa) 100 lbs/ft (1.45 kN/m) 24 months Erosion Control Blankets & Open Weave Textiles 1:1 (H:V) ≤0.25 @ 1:1 2.25 lbs/ft2 (108 Pa) 125 lbs/ft (1.82 kN/m) 36 months * C Factor and shear stress for mulch control nettings must be obtained with netting used in conjunction with pre-applied mulch material. (See Section 5.3 of Chapter 7 Construction BMPs for more information on the C Factor.) 1 Minimum Average Roll Values, Machine direction using ECTC Mod. ASTM D 5035. 2 C Factor calculated as ratio of soil loss from RECP protected slope (tested at specified or greater gradient, H:V) to ratio of soil loss from unprotected (control) plot in large-scale testing. 3 Required minimum shear stress RECP (unvegetated) can sustain without physical damage or excess erosion (> 12.7 mm (0.5 in) soil loss) during a 30-minute flow event in large-scale testing. 4 The permissible shear stress levels established for each performance category are based on historical experience with products characterized by Manning's roughness coefficients in the range of 0.01 - 0.05. 5 Acceptable large-scale test methods may include ASTM D 6459, or other independent testing deemed acceptable by the engineer. 6 Per the engineer’s discretion. Recommended acceptable large-scale testing protocol may include ASTM D 6460, or other independent testing deemed acceptable by the engineer. EC-6 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) RECP-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Table RECP-2. ECTC Standard Specification for Permanent1 Rolled Erosion Control Products (Adapted from: Erosion Control Technology Council 2005) Product Type Slope Applications Channel Applications TRMs with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inches (6.35 mm) per ASTM D 6525 and UV stability of 80% per ASTM D 4355 (500 hours exposure). Maximum Gradient Maximum Shear Stress4,5 Minimum Tensile Strength2,3 0.5:1 (H:V) 6.0 lbs/ft2 (288 Pa) 125 lbs/ft (1.82 kN/m) 0.5:1 (H:V) 8.0 lbs/ft2 (384 Pa) 150 lbs/ft (2.19 kN/m) 0.5:1 (H:V) 10.0 lbs/ft2 (480 Pa) 175 lbs/ft (2.55 kN/m) 1 For TRMs containing degradable components, all property values must be obtained on the non- degradable portion of the matting alone. 2 Minimum Average Roll Values, machine direction only for tensile strength determination using ASTM D 6818 (Supersedes Mod. ASTM D 5035 for RECPs) 3 Field conditions with high loading and/or high survivability requirements may warrant the use of a TRM with a tensile strength of 44 kN/m (3,000 lb/ft) or greater. 4 Required minimum shear stress TRM (fully vegetated) can sustain without physical damage or excess erosion (> 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) soil loss) during a 30-minute flow event in large scale testing. 5 Acceptable large-scale testing protocols may include ASTM D 6460, or other independent testing deemed acceptable by the engineer. Design and Installation RECPs should be installed according to manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines. Regardless of the type of product used, it is important to ensure no gaps or voids exist under the material and that all corners of the material are secured using stakes and trenching. Continuous contact between the product and the soil is necessary to avoid failure. Never use metal stakes to secure temporary erosion control products. Often wooden stakes are used to anchor RECPs; however, wood stakes may present installation and maintenance challenges and generally take a long time to biodegrade. Some local jurisdictions have had favorable experiences using biodegradable stakes. This BMP Fact Sheet provides design details for several commonly used ECB applications, including: ECB-1 Pipe Outlet to Drainageway ECB-2 Small Ditch or Drainageway ECB-3 Outside of Drainageway Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) EC-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RECP-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Staking patterns are also provided in the design details according to these factors:  ECB type  Slope or channel type For other types of RECPs including TRMs, these design details are intended to serve as general guidelines for design and installation; however, engineers should adhere to manufacturer’s installation recommendations. Maintenance and Removal Inspection of erosion control blankets and other RECPs includes:  Check for general signs of erosion, including voids beneath the mat. If voids are apparent, fill the void with suitable soil and replace the erosion control blanket, following the appropriate staking pattern.  Check for damaged or loose stakes and secure loose portions of the blanket. Erosion control blankets and other RECPs that are biodegradable typically do not need to be removed after construction. If they must be removed, then an alternate soil stabilization method should be installed promptly following removal. Turf reinforcement mats, although generally resistant to biodegradation, are typically left in place as a dense vegetated cover grows in through the mat matrix. The turf reinforcement mat provides long-term stability and helps the established vegetation resist erosive forces. EC-6 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) RECP-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) EC-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RECP-7 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 EC-6 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) RECP-8 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rolled Erosion Control Products (RECP) EC-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RECP-9 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Wind Erosion/Dust Control (DC) EC-14 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District DC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph DC-1. Water truck used for dust suppression. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description Wind erosion and dust control BMPs help to keep soil particles from entering the air as a result of land disturbing construction activities. These BMPs include a variety of practices generally focused on either graded disturbed areas or construction roadways. For graded areas, practices such as seeding and mulching, use of soil binders, site watering, or other practices that provide prompt surface cover should be used. For construction roadways, road watering and stabilized surfaces should be considered. Appropriate Uses Dust control measures should be used on any site where dust poses a problem to air quality. Dust control is important to control for the health of construction workers and surrounding waterbodies. Design and Installation The following construction BMPs can be used for dust control:  An irrigation/sprinkler system can be used to wet the top layer of disturbed soil to help keep dry soil particles from becoming airborne.  Seeding and mulching can be used to stabilize disturbed surfaces and reduce dust emissions.  Protecting existing vegetation can help to slow wind velocities across the ground surface, thereby limiting the likelihood of soil particles to become airborne.  Spray-on soil binders form a bond between soil particles keeping them grounded. Chemical treatments may require additional permitting requirements. Potential impacts to surrounding waterways and habitat must be considered prior to use.  Placing rock on construction roadways and entrances will help keep dust to a minimum across the construction site.  Wind fences can be installed on site to reduce wind speeds. Install fences perpendicular to the prevailing wind direction for maximum effectiveness. Maintenance and Removal When using an irrigation/sprinkler control system to aid in dust control, be careful not to overwater. Overwatering will cause construction vehicles to track mud off-site. Wind Erosion Control/ Dust Control Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Moderate Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SP-1. A topsoil stockpile that has been partially revegetated and is protected by silt fence perimeter control. Description Stockpile management includes measures to minimize erosion and sediment transport from soil stockpiles. Appropriate Uses Stockpile management should be used when soils or other erodible materials are stored at the construction site. Special attention should be given to stockpiles in close proximity to natural or manmade storm systems. Design and Installation Locate stockpiles away from all drainage system components including storm sewer inlets. Where practical, choose stockpile locations that that will remain undisturbed for the longest period of time as the phases of construction progress. Place sediment control BMPs around the perimeter of the stockpile, such as sediment control logs, rock socks, silt fence, straw bales and sand bags. See Detail SP-1 for guidance on proper establishment of perimeter controls around a stockpile. For stockpiles in active use, provide a stabilized designated access point on the upgradient side of the stockpile. Stabilize the stockpile surface with surface roughening, temporary seeding and mulching, erosion control blankets, or soil binders. Soils stockpiled for an extended period (typically for more than 60 days) should be seeded and mulched with a temporary grass cover once the stockpile is placed (typically within 14 days). Use of mulch only or a soil binder is acceptable if the stockpile will be in place for a more limited time period (typically 30-60 days). Timeframes for stabilization of stockpiles noted in this fact sheet are "typical" guidelines. Check permit requirements for specific federal, state, and/or local requirements that may be more prescriptive. Stockpiles should not be placed in streets or paved areas unless no other practical alternative exists. See the Stabilized Staging Area Fact Sheet for guidance when staging in roadways is unavoidable due to space or right-of-way constraints. For paved areas, rock socks must be used for perimeter control and all inlets with the potential to receive sediment from the stockpile (even from vehicle tracking) must be protected. Maintenance and Removal Inspect perimeter controls and inlet protection in accordance with their respective BMP Fact Sheets. Where seeding, mulch and/or soil binders are used, reseeding or reapplication of soil binder may be necessary. When temporary removal of a perimeter BMP is necessary to access a stockpile, ensure BMPs are reinstalled in accordance with their respective design detail section. Stockpile Management Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 When the stockpile is no longer needed, properly dispose of excess materials and revegetate or otherwise stabilize the ground surface where the stockpile was located. Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Stockpile Management (SP) MM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SP-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 MM-2 Stockpile Management (SM) SP-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Spill Prevention, Containment and Control S-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SPCC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SPCC-1. Use of secondary containment around supplies stored outside helps to reduce the likelihood of spill and leaks reaching the storm sewer system in runoff. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. Also See These BMP Fact Sheets  Covering Storage/Handling Areas  Good Housekeeping  Vehicle Fueling, Maintenance, Washing & Storage  Preventative Maintenance Description Spills and leaks of solid and liquid materials processed, handled or stored outdoors can be a significant source of stormwater pollutants. Spilled substances can reach receiving waters when runoff washes these materials from impervious surfaces or when spills directly enter the storm sewer system during dry weather conditions. Effective spill control includes both spill prevention and spill response measures and depends on proper employee training for spill response measures and may also include structural spill containment, particularly at industrial locations. Structural spill containment measures typically include temporary or permanent curbs or berms that surround a potential spill site. Berms may be constructed of concrete, earthen material, metal, synthetic liners, or other material that will safely contain the spill. Spill control devices may also include valves, slide gates, or other devices that can control and contain spilled material before it reaches the storm sewer system or receiving waters. Appropriate Uses Implement spill prevention, containment and control measures at municipal, commercial and industrial facilities in areas where materials may be spilled in quantities that may adversely impact receiving waters when discharged directly or through the storm sewer system. Check local, state, and/or federal regulations to determine when spill containment and control measures are required by law. Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plans may be required for certain facilities handling oil and hazardous substances sunder Section 311(j)(1)(C) of the federal Clean Water Act. Practice Guidelines Spill Prevention Measures  Train employees on potential sources of pollution on-site and provide clear, common-sense spill prevention practices. Require that these practices be strictly followed.  Identify equipment that may be exposed to stormwater, pollutants that may be generated and possible sources of leaks or discharges.  Perform regular inspection and preventative maintenance of equipment to ensure proper operation and to check for leaks or evidence of discharge (stains). Provide clear procedures to ensure that needed repairs are completed and provide temporary leak containment until such repairs can be implemented. S-2 Spill Prevention, Containment and Control SPCC-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Drain or replace motor oil and other automotive fluids in a designated area away from storm sewer inlets. Collect spent fluids and recycle or dispose of properly. Never dispose of these fluids in the storm sewer or sanitary sewer.  In fueling areas, clean up spills with dry methods (absorbents) and use damp cloths on gas pumps and damp mops on paved surfaces. Never use a hose to “wash down” a fuel spill.  Where practical, reduce stormwater contact with equipment and materials by implementing indoor or covered storage, implementing stormwater run-on control measures and following good housekeeping practices. Identification of Spill Areas Identify potential spill areas, potential spill volumes, material types, frequency of material use, and drainage paths from spill areas with relation to storm sewer inlets, adjacent waterbodies, structural BMPs, and containment structures. Use this information to determine the types of spill prevention and control measures needed specific to the site conditions. Examples of potential spill locations include:  Loading and unloading areas  Outdoor storage areas  Outdoor manufacturing or processing activities  Waste disposal/storage areas  Areas that generate significant dust or particulates (that may be subsequently deposited on the ground)  Salt piles  Areas prone to spills based on past experience at the site  Locations where other routine maintenance activities occur such as equipment maintenance and cleaning, pesticide/fertilizer application, etc. Additionally, areas where smaller leaks may occur such as parking should also have basic spill cleanup procedures. Material Handling Procedures From a water quality perspective, the primary principle behind effective material handling practices is to minimize exposure to stormwater. This can be accomplished by storing the material indoors under weather-resistant covering, elevating the material off the ground by using pallets, and diverting stormwater around materials storage areas. Representative outdoor materials handling procedures include:  Keep bulk solid materials such as raw materials, sand, gravel, topsoil, compost, concrete, packing materials, metal products and other materials covered and protected from stormwater.  When practical, store materials on impermeable surfaces.  Store hazardous materials according to federal, state, and local hazardous materials requirements. Good Housekeeping S-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District GH-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph GH-1. Use dry clean-up methods to remove spilled materials. Photo courtesy of Colorado Nonpoint Source Program. Description Good housekeeping practices are designed to maintain a clean and orderly work environment. The most effective first steps towards preventing pollution in stormwater from work sites simply involve using common sense to improve the facility’s basic housekeeping methods. Poor housekeeping practices result in increased waste and potential for stormwater contamination. A clean and orderly work site reduces the possibility of accidental spills caused by mishandling of chemicals and equipment and should reduce safety hazards to personnel. A well-maintained material and chemical storage area will reduce the possibility of stormwater mixing with pollutants. Some simple procedures a facility can use to promote good housekeeping include improved operation and maintenance of machinery and processes, material storage practices, material inventory controls, routine and regular clean-up schedules, maintaining well organized work areas, signage, and educational programs for employees and the general public about all of these practices. Appropriate Uses Good housekeeping practices require education and training, typically targeted to industries and businesses, municipal employees, as well as the general public. Practice Guidelines Good housekeeping practices include these general areas:  Operation and Maintenance  Material Storage  Material Inventory  Training and Participation. Operation and Maintenance Consider implementing the following practices:  Maintain dry and clean floors and ground surfaces by using brooms, shovels, vacuums or cleaning machines, rather than wet clean-up methods.  Regularly collect and dispose of garbage and waste material. S-5 Good Housekeeping GH-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Routinely inspect equipment to ensure that it is functioning properly without leaking and conduct preventative maintenance and needed repairs.  Train employees on proper clean up and spill response procedures.  Designate separate areas of the site for auto parking, vehicle refueling and routine maintenance.  Promptly clean up leaks, drips and other spills.  Cover and maintain dumpsters and waste receptacles. Add additional dumpsters or increase frequency of waste collection if overflowing conditions reoccur.  Where outdoor painting and sanding occur, implement these practices: o Conduct these activities in designated areas that provide adequate protection to prevent overspray and uncontrolled emissions. All operations should be conducted on paved surfaces to facilitate cleanup. o Use portable containment as necessary for outside operations. o Clean up and properly dispose of excess paint, paint chips, protective coatings, grit waste, etc.  Maintain vegetation on facility grounds in a manner that minimizes erosion. Follow the Landscape Maintenance and Pesticide, Herbicide and Fertilizer Usage BMPs to ensure that minimum amounts of chemicals needed for healthy vegetation are applied in a manner that minimizes transport of these materials in runoff. Material Storage Practices Proper storage techniques include the following:  Provide adequate aisle space to facilitate material transfer and ease of access for inspection.  Store containers, drums, and bags away from direct traffic routes to reduce container damage resulting in accidental spills.  Stack containers according to manufacturer’s instructions to avoid damaging the containers from improper weight distribution. Also store materials in accordance with directions in Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs).  Store containers on pallets or similar devices to prevent corrosion of containers that results from containers coming in contact with moisture on the ground.  Store toxic or hazardous liquids within curbed areas or secondary containers. Material Inventory Practices An up-to-date materials inventory can keep material costs down by preventing overstocking, track how materials are stored and handled onsite, and identify which materials and activities pose the most risk to the environment. Assign responsibility of hazardous material inventory to individuals trained to handle such materials. A material inventory should include these steps:  Identify all chemical substances present at work site. Perform a walk-through of the site, review Good Housekeeping S-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District GH-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 purchase orders, list all chemical substances used and obtain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals.  Label all containers. Labels should provide name and type of substance, stock number, expiration date, health hazards, handling suggestions, and first aid information. Much of, this information can be found on an MSDS.  Clearly identify special handling, storage, use and disposal considerations for hazardous materials on the material inventory.  Institute a shelf-life program to improve material tracking and inventory that can reduce the amount of materials that are overstocked and ensure proper disposal of expired materials. Careful tracking of materials ordered can result in more efficient materials use. Decisions on the amounts of hazardous materials that are stored on site should include an evaluation of any emergency control systems that are in place. All storage areas for hazardous materials should be designed to contain spills. Training and Participation Frequent and proper training in good housekeeping techniques reduces the likelihood that chemicals or equipment will be mishandled. To promote good housekeeping, consider implementing these practices:  Discuss good housekeeping practices in training programs and meetings.  Publicize pollution prevention concepts through posters or signs.  Post bulletin boards with updated good housekeeping procedures, tips and reminders. Spill Prevention, Containment and Control S-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SPCC-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Adopt procedures that reduce the chance of spills or leaks during filling or transfer of materials.  Substitute less toxic or non-toxic materials for toxic materials.  Store containers that are easily punctured or damaged away from high traffic areas (i.e., adopt a materials flow/plant layout plan).  Add waste-capture containers such as collection pans for lubricating fluids.  Store drums and containers with liquid materials on impermeable surfaces and provide secondary containment where appropriate. Drums stored outdoors should be located on pallets to minimize contact with runoff. Spill Response Procedures and Equipment Spill response procedures should be tailored to site-specific conditions and industry-specific regulatory requirements. General spill response procedures include:  Containment and cleanup of spills should begin promptly after the spill is observed.  Sweep up small quantities of dry chemical or solids to reduce exposure to runoff. Shoveling may be used for larger quantities of materials.  Absorbents should be readily accessible in fueling areas or other areas susceptible to spills.  Wipe up small spills with a shop rag, store shop rags in appropriate containers, dispose of rags properly or use a professional industrial cleaning service.  Contain medium-sized spills with absorbents (e.g., kitty litter, sawdust) and use inflatable berms or absorbent “snakes” as temporary booms for the spill. Store and dispose of absorbents properly. Wet/dry vacuums may also be used, but not for volatile fluids.  Develop procedures and locations for containing and storing leaking containers.  Install drip pans below minor equipment leaks and properly dispose of collected material until a repair can be made.  For large spills, first contain the spill and plug storm drain inlets where the liquid may migrate off- site, then clean up the spill.  Excavation of spill areas to removed contaminated material may be required where large liquid spills occur on unpaved surfaces.  An inventory of cleanup materials should be maintained onsite and strategically located based on the types and quantities of chemicals present. Structural Spill Containment Measures Two general approaches are often used when implementing spill containment measures. The first approach is designed to contain the entire spill. The second approach uses curbing to route spilled material to a collection basin. Both containment berming and curbing should be sized to safely contain or convey to a collection basin a spill from the largest storage tank, rail car, tank truck, or other containment device in the possible spill area. The spill containment area must have an impermeable surface (e.g., S-2 Spill Prevention, Containment and Control SPCC-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Key Spill Notification Contacts in Colorado  Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Toll- Free 24-hour Environmental Emergency Spill Reporting Line: 1-877-518-5608  National Response Center: 1- 800-424-8802 (24-hour)  Local Emergency Planning Committee (OEM): 303-273- 162  Division of Oil & Public Safety- Storage Tanks: 303-318-8547  Oil and Gas Conservation Commission: 303-894-2100 or 1-888-235-1101 (toll-free spill/complaint line) impermeable liner, asphalt or concrete) to prevent groundwater contamination. The containment system must be designed to enable collection and removal of spilled material through a pump or vacuum trucks, use of sorbent or gelling material, or other measures. Material removed from the spill area must be disposed of or recycled according to local, state, and federal standards. If the capacity of the containment berming or the collection basin is exceeded, supplemental spill control measures should be available such as a portable containment device, sorbent materials, or gelling agents that eventually solidify the material. Water that collects within containment areas due to rainfall or snowmelt must be appropriately treated before release from the spill area. Spill Plan Development Many industries are required by federal law to have a Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan (SPCC) that meets specific regulatory criteria when certain types and quantities of materials are used or processed at a site. These plans can be instrumental in developing a spill control plan for stormwater management purposes. Even if an SPCC plan is not legally required at a site, a spill control plan for stormwater management purposes may be necessary. Representative information appropriate for a spill control plan, building on concepts previously introduced in this Fact Sheet, includes:  Site plan showing where materials are stored and handled, and where associated activities occur.  Notification procedures to be used in the event of an accident  Instructions for clean-up procedures.  A designated person with spill response and clean-up authority.  Training of key personnel in plan and clean-up procedures.  Signs posted at critical locations providing a summary of SPCC plan information, phone numbers, contacts, equipment locations, etc.  Provisions requiring spills to be cleaned up, corrective actions taken, or countermeasures implemented immediately.  Provisions for absorbents to be made available for use in fuel areas, and for containers to be available for used absorbents.  Prohibition on washing absorbents into the storm drainage system or into the sanitary sewer system via floor drains.  Provision for emergency spill containment and clean-up kits in accessible and convenient locations. Kits should contain the appropriate clean-up materials applicable to the materials stored at the site. Vehicle Maintenance, Fueling and Storage S-7 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VFM-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VF-1. Use drip pans to collect leaks from vehicles until repairs can be completed. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. Description Areas where vehicles are fueled, maintained, and stored/parked can be pollutant "hot spots" that can result in hydrocarbons, trace metals, and other pollutants being transported in stormwater runoff. Proper fueling operations, storage of automotive fluids and effective spill cleanup procedures can help reduce contamination of stormwater runoff from vehicle maintenance and fueling facilities. Fuel-related spills can occur due to inattention during fueling or "topping off" fuel tanks. Common activities at commercial, industrial and municipal maintenance shops include parts cleaning, vehicle fluid replacement, and equipment replacement and repair. Some of the wastes generated at automobile maintenance facilities include solvents (degreasers, paint thinners, etc.), antifreeze, brake fluid and brake pad dust, battery acid, motor oil, fuel, and lubricating grease. Fleet storage areas and customer and employee parking can also be a source of vehicle-related contamination from leaks, antifreeze spills, etc. Appropriate Uses These BMP guidelines are applicable to vehicle maintenance, fueling, fleet storage and parking facilities. Be aware that washing vehicles and equipment outdoors or in areas where wash water flows onto the ground can pollute stormwater. Vehicle wash water is considered process wastewater that should not be discharged to the storm sewer system. Consult state and federal discharge permit requirements for proper disposal of vehicle washwater, which is typically accomplished through discharge to the sanitary sewer system. Practice Guidelines 1  Perform maintenance activities inside or under cover. When repairs cannot be performed indoors, be sure to use drip pans or absorbents. Vehicle Maintenance The most effective way to minimize wastes generated by automotive maintenance activities is to prevent their production in the first place. Consider adopting these practices:  Keep equipment clean and free of excessive oil and grease buildup. 1 Guidelines adapted from the USEPA Menu of BMPs. S-7 Vehicle Maintenance, Fueling and Storage VFM-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3  Promptly cleanup spills using dry methods and properly dispose of waste. When water is required, use as little as possible to clean spills, leaks, and drips.  Use a solvent collection service to collect spent solvent used for parts cleaning. Where practical, use detergent-based, steam cleaning, or pressure-based cleaning systems instead of organic solvent degreasers when practical. (Be aware that cleaning water discharged into the sanitary sewer may require pre-treatment prior to discharge.)  When using liquids for cleaning, use a centralized station to ensure that solvents and residues stay in one area. Locate drip pans and draining boards to direct solvents back into a solvent sink or holding tank for reuse.  Store used oil for recycling in labeled tanks. Locate used oil tanks and drums away from storm drains, flowing streams, and preferably indoors.  Use non-hazardous or less hazardous alternatives when practical. For example, replace chlorinated organic solvents with non-chlorinated ones like kerosene or mineral spirits.  Properly recycle or dispose of grease, oil, antifreeze, brake fluid, cleaning solutions, hydraulic fluid, batteries, transmission fluid, worn parts, filters, and rags.  Drain and crush oil filters before recycling or disposal.  Drain all fluids and remove batteries from salvage vehicles and equipment.  Closely monitor parked vehicles for leaks and place pans under any leaks to collect the fluids for proper disposal or recycling.  Install berms or other measures to contain spills and prevent work surface runoff from entering storm drains.  Develop and follow a spill prevention plan. This includes a variety of measures such as spill kits and knowing where storm drains are located and how to protect them (e.g., drain mat, berm) when larger spills occur. (See the Spill Prevention, Containment and Control BMP for more information.)  Conduct periodic employee training to reinforce proper disposal practices.  Promptly transfer used fluids to recycling drums or hazardous waste containers.  Store cracked batteries in leak-proof secondary containers.  Inspect outdoor storage areas regularly for drips, spills and improperly stored materials (unlabeled containers, auto parts that might contain grease or fluids, etc.). This is particularly important for parking areas for vehicles awaiting repair.  Structural stormwater BMPs in vehicle hotspot areas require routine cleanout of oil and grease, sometimes monthly or more frequently. During periods of heavy rainfall, cleanout is required more often to ensure that pollutants are not washed through the trap. Sediment removal is also required on a regular basis to keep the BMP working efficiently. Vehicle Maintenance, Fueling and Storage S-7 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VFM-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Vehicle Fueling  Designated fueling areas should be designed to prevent stormwater runoff and spills. For example, fuel-dispensing areas should be paved with concrete or an equivalent impervious surface, with an adequate slope to prevent ponding, and separated from the rest of the site by a grade break or berm that prevents run-on of stormwater.  Fuel dispensing areas should be covered. The cover's minimum dimensions must be equal to or greater than the area within the grade break or the fuel dispensing area so that the fueling area is completely covered. It may be necessary to install and maintain an oil capture device in catch basins that have the potential to receive runoff from the fueling area.  For facilities where equipment is being fueled with a mobile fuel truck, establish a designated fueling area. Place temporary "caps" over nearby catch basins or manhole covers so that if a spill occurs, it is prevented from entering the storm drain. A form of secondary containment should be used when transferring fuel from the tank truck to the fuel tank. Storm drains in the vicinity should also be covered. Install vapor recovery nozzles to help control drips, as well as reduce air pollution.  Keep spill response information and spill cleanup materials onsite and readily available.  Fuel-dispensing areas should be inspected regularly and repair promptly completed. Inspectors should: o Check for external corrosion and structural failure in aboveground tanks. o Check for spills and overfills due to operator error. o Check for failure of any piping systems. o Check for leaks or spills during pumping of liquids or gases from a truck or rail car to a storage facility or vice versa. o Visually inspect new tank or container installations for loose fittings, poor welds, and improper or poorly fitted gaskets. o Inspect tank foundations, connections, coatings, tank walls, and piping systems. Look for corrosion, leaks, cracks, scratches, and other physical damage that may weaken the tank or container system.  Aboveground and belowground tanks should be tested periodically for integrity by a qualified professional.  Dry cleanup methods should be employed when cleaning up fuel-dispensing areas. Such methods include sweeping to remove litter and debris and using rags and absorbents for leaks and spills. Water should not be used to wash these areas. During routine cleaning, use a damp cloth on the pumps and a damp mop on the pavement, rather than spraying with a hose. Fuel dispensing nozzles should be fitted with "hold-open latches" (automatic shutoff) except where prohibited by local fire departments. Signs can be posted at the fuel dispenser or island warning vehicle owners/operators against "topping off" vehicle fuel tanks.  Written procedures that describe these BMPs should be provided to employees who will be using fueling systems. Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers S-8 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District PHF-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph PHF-1. Pesticide, fertilizer, and herbicide applications should be applied in the minimum quantities necessary to achieve specific landscaping objectives, while keeping chemicals out of storm drain systems. Photo courtesy of WWE. Description Pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, fuel and other landscape maintenance chemicals must be properly applied, stored, handled and disposed of to prevent contamination of surface water and groundwater. Misuse of pesticides and herbicides can result in adverse impacts to aquatic life, even at low concentrations. Misuse of fertilizer can result in increased algae growth in waterbodies due to excessive phosphorus and nitrogen loading. Appropriate Uses This BMP applies to both commercial and municipal landscaping operations, as well as to homeowners and homeowner associations. For commercial operations, the scale of chemical usage and handling is greater; therefore, additional measures are often required under federal and state law. Practice Guidelines 1 Public education regarding appropriate landscape chemical application and handling is an important action that local governments can take to reduce the likelihood that landscape chemicals are washed into storm drains and receiving waters through runoff. Local governments can make landscape care information available on websites, in utility mailers, lawn care centers, and other locations. A variety of professional organizations for lawn care professionals already exist and can be contacted for additional information or partnered with for both public education and landscape professional educational efforts and certification programs (See www.ext.colostate.edu and www.greenco.org.). General Guidelines for Pesticide, Herbicide, and Fertilizer Application  Apply fertilizers, pesticides, and other chemicals according to manufacturer's directions. The label is the law for pesticide usage. Apply pesticides and herbicides only when needed and use in a manner to minimize off-target effects. See the Landscape Management Fact Sheet for fertilizer application guidelines.  Accurately diagnose the pest. Disease and insect symptoms can mimic each other in many plants. A fungicide will not control an insect, and an insecticide will not control a disease.  Be aware that commercial chemical applicators must receive thorough training, licensure and proper certification prior to chemical use. Consult Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDA) Regulations for specific requirements. 1 These practice guidelines have been adapted from the GreenCO Best Management Practices for the Conservation and Protection of Water Quality in Colorado: Moving Toward Sustainability (GreenCO and WWE 2008). See that manual for additional detail and references. S-8 Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers PHF-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Integrated pest management (IPM) (also known as Plant Health Care) is the practice of using targeted biological, chemical, cultural, and physical measures to manage pests while minimizing or eliminating the use of chemical pesticides. IPM measures benefit the landscape and help reduce the likelihood that lawn chemicals will be washed into storm drainage systems in stormwater runoff. The pros and cons of various tools should be weighed and used in an integrated manner to achieve pest control objectives in a safe, effective, and cost-effective manner. Basic IPM practices that can be adopted include:  Consider spot treatments of pests rather than treating the entire area.  Consider pest occurrence and history when developing pest management strategies.  Time pesticide application to minimize host plant damage and maximize pest control.  Rotate annual garden plants to reduce the buildup of soil-borne pests. Clean up plant litter and remove weeds before they go to seed. Remove infested plant residue from the garden in the fall so that pests do not over-winter there.  Implement cultural controls such as proper plant selection, planting time, and planting method to reduce susceptibility to insects, pests, and diseases, thereby reducing pesticide usage.  Implement mechanical and physical controls where practical as an alternative to chemical application. Examples include a wide variety of practices such as "collars" around seedlings, mulching, solar heating, syringing, handpicking, mowing, hoeing, and traps.  Use biological controls where appropriate to reduce pesticide usage. For example, introduce natural enemies of pests such as lady beetles and green lacewings. (Note: pesticides may kill these natural enemies.)  Consider applying environmentally friendly chemical alternatives such as insecticidal soaps, horticultural oils, and other such measures when practical and effective and when mechanical approaches are impractical.  Know characteristics of the application site, including soil type and depth to groundwater to avoid migration of chemicals into groundwater.  Select pesticides and herbicides best suited to the characteristics of the target site and the particular pest or weed. Half-life, solubility, and adsorption should be compared to site characteristics to determine the safest chemical. Choose least toxic and less persistent sprays whenever possible based on comparison of labels and associated material safety data sheets.  Employ application techniques that increase efficiency and allow the lowest effective application rate. Carefully calibrate application equipment and follow all label instructions.  Recognize that it is not realistic for a landscape to be completely pest-free or weed-free. Consider using Integrated Pest Management (IPM) strategies to minimize chemical usage.  Keep pesticide and fertilizer equipment properly calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions and in good repair. Recalibrate equipment periodically to compensate for wear in pumps, nozzles and metering systems. Calibrate sprayers when new nozzles are installed.  All mixing and loading operations must occur on an impervious surface. Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers S-8 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District PHF-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Managing Mosquitoes in Stormwater Facilities (Adapted from: Peairs and Cranshaw 2007) The key to mosquito control is larval management. Larvae occur in specific areas and can be controlled by modifying the habitat through drainage or insecticides applied to larval breeding sites. Weekly mosquito inspections at stormwater facilities with targeted treatments are frequently less costly and more effective than regular widespread application of insecticides. These inspections can be performed by a mosquito control source and typically start in mid-May and extend to mid-September. Mosquito control measures must be cost effective and environmentally sound. Consider alternatives before application of conventional chemical insecticides.  Habitat Modification: Eliminating breeding sites, or habitat modification, is an effective and long-term solution. Proper maintenance of stormwater BMPs to avoid shallow standing water is important.  Natural Predators: Fish, dragonfly nymphs, and diving beetles are natural predators of mosquito larvae; dragonflies, birds, and bats feed on adults. Consult the Colorado Division of Wildlife for recommendations, restrictions and regulations regarding mosquito-eating fish.  Insecticides: Microbial insecticides such as the bacteria "Bti" (Bacillus thuringiensis israeliensis) can be as effective as chemical insecticides. Bti is toxic only to mosquito and midge larvae. It is not hazardous to non-target organisms but can reduce midge populations that serve as fish food. "Soft" chemical insecticides, such as the insect growth regulator methoprene, are toxic only to insects and other arthropods. They are similar to certain insect hormones and create imbalances in the levels of hormones needed for proper mosquito growth and development. They do not directly harm fish or other wildlife but can reduce the amount of available food. Mosquito larvae also can be controlled by the application of larvicidal oils or chemical insecticides to the water where they occur or are suspected to occur. Remember, several alternatives to conventional chemical larvicides have been developed because of concerns about applying chemicals to water that might be used for drinking or that contains fish and other aquatic life. If larval control fails, adult mosquito control may be necessary. Adult control generally is done with insecticide applications using ground equipment or aircraft. For more information visit: www.ext.colostate.edu/westnile/mosquito_mgt.html or www.ext.colostate.edu/westnile/faq.html. Application Practices  Keep records of pesticide application and provide signage as required by law.  Do not apply pesticides or herbicides during high temperatures, windy conditions or immediately prior to heavy rainfall or irrigation.  Treat for and control noxious weeds prior to installing the landscape using an herbicide targeted to the weeds that are present and applied in accordance with the product label.  Be aware that some pesticide formulations are not compatible with other pesticides and combining them may result in increased potency and phytotoxicity. S-8 Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers PHF-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Figure PHF-1. Example Combined Pesticide and Fertilizer Storage and Mixing Area. Figure courtesy of Designing Facilities for Pesticides and Fertilizer Containment, Midwest Planning Service, Agricultural Engineering, Iowa State University 1991.  Maintain a buffer zone around wells or surface water where pesticides are not applied. Consult local regulations and landscape ordinances, as well as the product label, for distances, which may vary depending on the type of chemical and the sensitivity of the waterbody. The purpose of this practice is to keep pesticides and herbicides out of surface waterbodies. Storage Practices  Storage areas should be secure and covered, preventing exposure to rain and unauthorized access. Commercial and municipal facilities should provide basic safety equipment such as fire extinguishers, warning signs (e.g., "no smoking"), adequate light and ventilation, and spill clean-up materials should be present. Floors and shelves should be non-porous (e.g., metal, concrete) to prevent sorption of chemicals. If possible, temperature control should be provided to avoid excessive heat or cold. Storage areas should be kept clear of combustible material and debris.  Commercial operations handling large quantities of pesticides and fertilizers should consult the Colorado Department of Agriculture for storage and handling requirements. Commercial greenhouses and nurseries that are storing recycled water laden with fertilizer may need to provide secondary containment to contain the water in the event of a tank rupture or leak.  Store chemicals in their original containers, tightly closed, with labels intact. Also inspect them regularly for leaks. Store nitrate-based and other oxidizing fertilizers separately from solvents, fuels, and pesticides to reduce fire risk. Follow the general principle of storing like chemicals together. Dry chemicals should be stored above liquids and on pallets to ensure that they do not get wet.  Locate chemical storage and maintenance areas, as well as vehicle refueling and maintenance areas, away from wells and surface waterbodies in accordance with local regulations, typically at least 50 to 100 feet away. Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers S-8 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District PHF-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 For More Information on Legal Requirements Many federal and state regulations address pesticide, herbicide, and other chemical usage. These sources should be consulted for the most current legal requirements related to chemical handling, storage, application, disposal, and reporting of chemical spills. Examples include the federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA), the Emergency Planning and Community-Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA), and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, particularly the Hazard Communication Standard. Colorado-related regulations include the Colorado Pesticide Applicator's Act, and the Colorado Water Quality Control Act (25-8-601 and 25-8-606), Senate Bill 90-126, and The Agricultural Chemicals and Groundwater Protection Act, which identifies special requirements for facilities handling more than 3,000 pounds (or 500 gallons) of bulk-formulated pesticides.  Make available all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) in a readily accessible area. A list of all hazardous chemicals in the work place must be completed to ensure that all MSDSs are readily available.  Do not store large quantities of pesticides for long periods of time. Adopt the "first in, first out" principle, using the oldest products first to ensure that the shelf life does not expire. Buy smaller quantities of pesticides and fertilizers, thereby reducing storage issues. Spills and Disposal  Never pour lawn and garden chemicals or rinse water down storm drains (or sanitary drains) and keep chemicals off impervious surfaces (e.g., streets, gutters) during application.  Follow label directions for disposal. This typically involves triple-rinsing empty containers, puncturing and crushing. All visible chemicals should be cleaned from the container prior to disposal. Use local recycling or hazardous waste collection centers to dispose of unused chemicals.  Properly manage chemical spills by cleaning them up as soon as possible, controlling actively spilling or leaking materials, containing the spilled material (e.g., with absorbents, sand), collecting the spilled material, storing or disposing of the spilled material, and following relevant spill reporting requirements. "Washing down" a spill with water is not an appropriate cleanup approach.  Commercial operations should be aware of and comply with basic spill reporting requirements required by law, and keep chemical spill cleanup equipment, personal protective equipment and emergency phone numbers available when handling chemicals and their containers. Street Sweeping and Cleaning S-11 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SWC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SSC-1. Monthly street sweeping from April through November removed nearly 40,690 cubic yards of sediment/debris from Denver streets in 2009. Photo courtesy of Denver Public Works. Description Street sweeping uses mechanical pavement cleaning practices to reduce sediment, litter and other debris washed into storm sewers by runoff. This can reduce pollutant loading to receiving waters and in some cases reduce clogging of storm sewers and prolong the life of infiltration oriented BMPs and reduce clogging of outlet structures in detention BMPs. Different designs are available with typical sweepers categorized as a broom and conveyor belt sweeper, wet or dry vacuum-assisted sweepers, and regenerative-air sweepers. The effectiveness of street sweeping is dependent upon particle loadings in the area being swept, street texture, moisture conditions, parked car management, equipment operating conditions and frequency of cleaning (Pitt et al. 2004). Appropriate Uses Street sweeping is an appropriate technique in urban areas where sediment and litter accumulation on streets is of concern for aesthetic, sanitary, water quality, and air quality reasons. From a pollutant loading perspective, street cleaning equipment can be most effective in areas where the surface to be cleaned is the major source of contaminants. These areas include freeways, large commercial parking lots, and paved storage areas (Pitt et al. 2004). Where significant sediment accumulation occurs on pervious surfaces tributary to infiltration BMPs, street sweeping may help to reduce clogging of infiltration media. In areas where construction activity is occurring, street sweeping should occur as part of construction site stormwater management plans. Vacuuming of permeable pavement systems is also considered a basic routine maintenance practice to maintain the BMP in effective operating condition. See the maintenance chapter for more information on permeable pavement systems. Not all sweepers are appropriate for this application. Practice Guidelines 1 1. Post street sweeping schedules with signs and on local government websites so that cars are not parked on the street during designated sweeping days. 2. Sweeping frequency is dependent on local government budget, staffing, and equipment availability, but monthly sweeping during non-winter months is a common approach in the metro Denver urban 1 Practice guidelines adapted from CASQA (2003) California Stormwater BMP Handbook, Practice SC-70 Road and Street Maintenance. S-11 Street Sweeping and Cleaning SWC-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Changes in Street Sweeper Technology (Source: Center for Watershed Protection 2002) At one time, street sweepers were thought to have great potential to remove stormwater pollutants from urban street surfaces and were widely touted as a stormwater treatment practice in many communities. Street sweeping gradually fell out of favor, largely as a result of performance monitoring conducted as part of the National Urban Runoff Program (NURP). These studies generally concluded that street sweepers were not very effective in reducing pollutant loads (USEPA, 1983). The primary reason for the mediocre performance was that mechanical sweepers of that era were unable to pick up fine-grained sediment particles that carry a substantial portion of the stormwater pollutant load. In addition, the performance of sweepers is constrained by that portion of a street’s stormwater pollutant load delivered from outside street pavements (e.g., pollutants that wash onto the street from adjacent areas or are directly deposited on the street by rainfall). Street sweeping technology, however, has evolved considerably since the days of the NURP testing. Today, communities have a choice in three basic sweeping technologies to clean their urban streets: traditional mechanical sweepers that utilize a broom and conveyor belt, vacuum-assisted sweepers, and regenerative-air sweepers (those that blast air onto the pavement to loosen sediment particles and vacuum them into a hopper). For more information, see http://www.cwp.org/Resource_Library/Center_Docs/PWP/ELC_PWP121.pdf area. Consider increasing sweeping frequency based on factors such as traffic volume, land use, field observations of sediment and trash accumulation, proximity to watercourses, etc. For example:  Increase the sweeping frequency for streets with high pollutant loadings, especially in high traffic and industrial areas.  Conduct street sweeping prior to wetter seasons to remove accumulated sediments.  Increase the sweeping frequency for streets in special problem areas such as special events, high litter or erosion zones. 3. Perform street cleaning during dry weather if possible. 4. Avoid wet cleaning the street; instead, utilize dry methods where possible. 5. Maintain cleaning equipment in good working condition and purchase replacement equipment as needed. Old sweepers should be replaced with more technologically advanced sweepers (preferably regenerative air sweepers) that maximize pollutant removal. 6. Operate sweepers at manufacturer recommended optimal speed levels to increase effectiveness. 7. Regularly inspect vehicles and equipment for leaks and repair promptly. 8. Keep accurate logs of the number of curb-miles swept and the amount of waste collected. 9. Dispose of street sweeping debris and dirt at a landfill. 10. Do not store swept material along the side of the street or near a storm drain inlet. Silt Fence (SF) SC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SF-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SF-1. Silt fence creates a sediment barrier, forcing sheet flow runoff to evaporate or infiltrate. Description A silt fence is a woven geotextile fabric attached to wooden posts and trenched into the ground. It is designed as a sediment barrier to intercept sheet flow runoff from disturbed areas. Appropriate Uses A silt fence can be used where runoff is conveyed from a disturbed area as sheet flow. Silt fence is not designed to receive concentrated flow or to be used as a filter fabric. Typical uses include:  Down slope of a disturbed area to accept sheet flow.  Along the perimeter of a receiving water such as a stream, pond or wetland.  At the perimeter of a construction site. Design and Installation Silt fence should be installed along the contour of slopes so that it intercepts sheet flow. The maximum recommended tributary drainage area per 100 lineal feet of silt fence, installed along the contour, is approximately 0.25 acres with a disturbed slope length of up to 150 feet and a tributary slope gradient no steeper than 3:1. Longer and steeper slopes require additional measures. This recommendation only applies to silt fence installed along the contour. Silt fence installed for other uses, such as perimeter control, should be installed in a way that will not produce concentrated flows. For example, a "J-hook" installation may be appropriate to force runoff to pond and evaporate or infiltrate in multiple areas rather than concentrate and cause erosive conditions parallel to the silt fence. See Detail SF-1 for proper silt fence installation, which involves proper trenching, staking, securing the fabric to the stakes, and backfilling the silt fence. Properly installed silt fence should not be easily pulled out by hand and there should be no gaps between the ground and the fabric. Silt fence must meet the minimum allowable strength requirements, depth of installation requirement, and other specifications in the design details. Improper installation of silt fence is a common reason for silt fence failure; however, when properly installed and used for the appropriate purposes, it can be highly effective. Silt Fence Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management No SC-1 Silt Fence (SF) SF-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SF-2. When silt fence is not installed along the contour, a "J-hook" installation may be appropriate to ensure that the BMP does not create concentrated flow parallel to the silt fence. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. Maintenance and Removal Inspection of silt fence includes observing the material for tears or holes and checking for slumping fence and undercut areas bypassing flows. Repair of silt fence typically involves replacing the damaged section with a new section. Sediment accumulated behind silt fence should be removed, as needed to maintain BMP effectiveness, typically before it reaches a depth of 6 inches. Silt fence may be removed when the upstream area has reached final stabilization. Silt Fence (SF) SC-1 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SF-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SC-1 Silt Fence (SF) SF-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photographs SCL-1 and SCL-2. Sediment control logs used as 1) a perimeter control around a soil stockpile; and, 2) as a "J-hook" perimeter control at the corner of a construction site. Description A sediment control log is a linear roll made of natural materials such as straw, coconut fiber, or compost. The most common type of sediment control log has straw filling and is often referred to as a "straw wattle." All sediment control logs are used as a sediment barrier to intercept sheet flow runoff from disturbed areas. Appropriate Uses Sediment control logs can be used in the following applications to trap sediment:  As perimeter control for stockpiles and the site.  As part of inlet protection designs.  As check dams in small drainage ditches. (Sediment control logs are not intended for use in channels with high flow velocities.)  On disturbed slopes to shorten flow lengths (as an erosion control).  As part of multi-layered perimeter control along a receiving water such as a stream, pond or wetland. Sediment control logs work well in combination with other layers of erosion and sediment controls. Design and Installation Sediment control logs should be installed along the contour to avoid concentrating flows. The maximum allowable tributary drainage area per 100 lineal feet of sediment control log, installed along the contour, is approximately 0.25 acres with a disturbed slope length of up to 150 feet and a tributary slope gradient no steeper than 3:1. Longer and steeper slopes require additional measures. This recommendation only applies to sediment control logs installed along the contour. When installed for other uses, such as perimeter control, it should be installed in a way that will not produce concentrated flows. For example, a "J-hook" installation may be appropriate to force runoff to pond and evaporate or infiltrate in multiple areas rather than concentrate and cause erosive conditions parallel to the BMP. Sediment Control Log Functions Erosion Control Moderate Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management No SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Although sediment control logs initially allow runoff to flow through the BMP, they can quickly become a barrier and should be installed as if they are impermeable. Design details and notes for sediment control logs are provided in the following details. Sediment logs must be properly installed per the detail to prevent undercutting, bypassing and displacement. When installed on slopes, sediment control logs should be installed along the contours (i.e., perpendicular to flow). Improper installation can lead to poor performance. Be sure that sediment control logs are properly trenched (if lighter than 8 lb/foot), anchored and tightly jointed. Maintenance and Removal Be aware that sediment control logs will eventually degrade. Remove accumulated sediment before the depth is one-half the height of the sediment log and repair damage to the sediment log, typically by replacing the damaged section. Once the upstream area is stabilized, remove and properly dispose of the logs. Areas disturbed beneath the logs may need to be seeded and mulched. Sediment control logs that are biodegradable may occasionally be left in place (e.g., when logs are used in conjunction with erosion control blankets as permanent slope breaks). However, removal of sediment control logs after final stabilization is typically appropriate when used in perimeter control, inlet protection and check dam applications. Compost from compost sediment control logs may be spread over the area and seeded as long as this does not cover newly established vegetation. Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SC-2 November 2015 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SCL-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SC-2 Sediment Control Log (SCL) SCL-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2015 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rock Sock (RS) SC-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RS-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph RS-1. Rock socks placed at regular intervals in a curb line can help reduce sediment loading to storm sewer inlets. Rock socks can also be used as perimeter controls. Description A rock sock is constructed of gravel that has been wrapped by wire mesh or a geotextile to form an elongated cylindrical filter. Rock socks are typically used either as a perimeter control or as part of inlet protection. When placed at angles in the curb line, rock socks are typically referred to as curb socks. Rock socks are intended to trap sediment from stormwater runoff that flows onto roadways as a result of construction activities. Appropriate Uses Rock socks can be used at the perimeter of a disturbed area to control localized sediment loading. A benefit of rock socks as opposed to other perimeter controls is that they do not have to be trenched or staked into the ground; therefore, they are often used on roadway construction projects where paved surfaces are present. Use rock socks in inlet protection applications when the construction of a roadway is substantially complete and the roadway has been directly connected to a receiving storm system. Design and Installation When rock socks are used as perimeter controls, the maximum recommended tributary drainage area per 100 lineal feet of rock socks is approximately 0.25 acres with disturbed slope length of up to 150 feet and a tributary slope gradient no steeper than 3:1. A rock sock design detail and notes are provided in Detail RS-1. Also see the Inlet Protection Fact Sheet for design and installation guidance when rock socks are used for inlet protection and in the curb line. When placed in the gutter adjacent to a curb, rock socks should protrude no more than two feet from the curb in order for traffic to pass safely. If located in a high traffic area, place construction markers to alert drivers and street maintenance workers of their presence. Maintenance and Removal Rock socks are susceptible to displacement and breaking due to vehicle traffic. Inspect rock socks for damage and repair or replace as necessary. Remove sediment by sweeping or vacuuming as needed to maintain the functionality of the BMP, typically when sediment has accumulated behind the rock sock to one-half of the sock's height. Once upstream stabilization is complete, rock socks and accumulated sediment should be removed and properly disposed. Rock Sock Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management No SC-5 Rock Sock (RS) RS-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Rock Sock (RS) SC-5 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District RS-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Vegetated Buffers (VB) SC-9 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VB-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VB-1. A vegetated buffer is maintained between the area of active construction and the drainage swale. Photo courtesy of WWE. Description Buffer strips of preserved natural vegetation or grass help protect waterways and wetlands from land disturbing activities. Vegetated buffers improve stormwater runoff quality by straining sediment, promoting infiltration, and slowing runoff velocities. Appropriate Uses Vegetated buffers can be used to separate land disturbing activities and natural surface waters or conveyances. In many jurisdictions, local governments require some type of setback from natural waterways. Concentrated flow should not be directed through a buffer; instead, runoff should be in the form of sheet flow. Vegetated buffers are typically used in combination with other perimeter control BMPs such as sediment control logs or silt fence for multi- layered protection. Design and Installation Minimum buffer widths may vary based on local regulations. Clearly delineate the boundary of the natural buffer area using construction fencing, silt fence, or a comparable technique. In areas that have been cleared and graded, vegetated buffers such as sod can also be installed to create or restore a vegetated buffer around the perimeter of the site. Maintenance and Removal Inspect buffer areas for signs of erosion such as gullies or rills. Stabilize eroding areas, as needed. If erosion is due to concentrated flow conditions, it may be necessary to install a level spreader or other technique to restore sheet flow conditions. Inspect perimeter controls delineating the vegetative buffer and repair or replace as needed. Vegetated Buffers Functions Erosion Control Moderate Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes Protection of Existing Vegetation (PV) SM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District PV-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph PV-1. Protection of existing vegetation and a sensitive area. Photo courtesy of CDOT. Description Protection of existing vegetation on a construction site can be accomplished through installation of a construction fence around the area requiring protection. In cases where upgradient areas are disturbed, it may also be necessary to install perimeter controls to minimize sediment loading to sensitive areas such as wetlands. Existing vegetation may be designated for protection to maintain a stable surface cover as part of construction phasing, or vegetation may be protected in areas designated to remain in natural condition under post-development conditions (e.g., wetlands, mature trees, riparian areas, open space). Appropriate Uses Existing vegetation should be preserved for the maximum practical duration on a construction site through the use of effective construction phasing. Preserving vegetation helps to minimize erosion and can reduce revegetation costs following construction. Protection of wetland areas is required under the Clean Water Act, unless a permit has been obtained from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) allowing impacts in limited areas. If trees are to be protected as part of post-development landscaping, care must be taken to avoid several types of damage, some of which may not be apparent at the time of injury. Potential sources of injury include soil compaction during grading or due to construction traffic, direct equipment-related injury such as bark removal, branch breakage, surface grading and trenching, and soil cut and fill. In order to minimize injuries that may lead to immediate or later death of the tree, tree protection zones should be developed during site design, implemented at the beginning of a construction project, as well as continued during active construction. Design and Installation General Once an area has been designated as a preservation area, there should be no construction activity allowed within a set distance of the area. Clearly mark the area with construction fencing. Do not allow stockpiles, equipment, trailers or parking within the protected area. Guidelines to protect various types of existing vegetation follow. Protection of Existing Vegetation Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Moderate Site/Material Management Yes SM-2 Protection of Existing Vegetation (PV) PV-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Surface Cover During Phased Construction Install construction fencing or other perimeter controls around areas to be protected from clearing and grading as part of construction phasing. Maintaining surface cover on steep slopes for the maximum practical duration during construction is recommended. Open Space Preservation Where natural open space areas will be preserved as part of a development, it is important to install construction fencing around these areas to protect them from compaction. This is particularly important when areas with soils with high infiltration rates are preserved as part of LID designs. Preserved open space areas should not be used for staging and equipment storage. Wetlands and Riparian Areas Install a construction fence around the perimeter of the wetland or riparian (streamside vegetation) area to prevent access by equipment. In areas downgradient of disturbed areas, install a perimeter control such as silt fence, sediment control logs, or similar measure to minimize sediment loading to the wetland. Tree Protection 1  Before beginning construction operations, establish a tree protection zone around trees to be preserved by installing construction fences. Allow enough space from the trunk to protect the root zone from soil compaction and mechanical damage, and the branches from mechanical damage (see Table PV-1). If low branches will be kept, place the fence outside of the drip line. Where this is not possible, place fencing as far away from the trunk as possible. In order to maintain a healthy tree, be aware that about 60 percent of the tree's root zone extends beyond the drip line. Table PV-1 Guidelines for Determining the Tree Protection Zone (Source: Matheny and Clark, 1998; as cited in GreenCO and WWE 2008) Distance from Trunk (ft) per inch of DBH Species Tolerance to Damage Young Mature Over mature Good 0.5' 0.75' 1.0' Moderate 0.75' 1.0' 1.25' Poor 1.0' 1.25' 1.5' Notes: DBH = diameter at breast height (4.5 ft above grade); Young = <20% of life expectancy; Mature = 20%-80% of life expectancy; Over mature =>80% of life expectancy  Most tree roots grow within the top 12 to 18 inches of soil. Grade changes within the tree protection zone should be avoided where possible because seemingly minor grade changes can either smother 1 Tree Protection guidelines adapted from GreenCO and WWE (2008). Green Industry Best Management Practices (BMPs) for the Conservation and Protection of Water Resources in Colorado: Moving Toward Sustainability, Third Release. See www.greenco.org for more detailed guidance on tree preservation. Protection of Existing Vegetation (PV) SM-2 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District PV-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 roots (in fill situations) or damage roots (in cut situations). Consider small walls where needed to avoid grade changes in the tree protection zone.  Place and maintain a layer of mulch 4 to 6-inch thick from the tree trunk to the fencing, keeping a 6-inch space between the mulch and the trunk. Mulch helps to preserve moisture and decrease soil compaction if construction traffic is unavoidable. When planting operations are completed, the mulch may be reused throughout planting areas.  Limit access, if needed at all, and appoint one route as the main entrance and exit to the tree protection zone. Within the tree protection zone, do not allow any equipment to be stored, chemicals to be dumped, or construction activities to take place except fine grading, irrigation system installation, and planting operations. These activities should be conducted in consultation with a landscaping professional, following Green Industry BMPs.  Be aware that soil compaction can cause extreme damage to tree health that may appear gradually over a period of years. Soil compaction is easier to prevent than repair. Maintenance and Removal Repair or replace damaged or displaced fencing or other protective barriers around the vegetated area. If damage occurs to a tree, consult an arborist for guidance on how to care for the tree. If a tree in a designated preservation area is damaged beyond repair, remove and replace with a 2-inch diameter tree of the same or similar species. Construction equipment must not enter a wetland area, except as permitted by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). Inadvertent placement of fill in a wetland is a 404 permit violation and will require notification of the USACE. If damage to vegetation occurs in a protected area, reseed the area with the same or similar species, following the recommendations in the USDCM Revegetation chapter. Construction Fence (CF) SM-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District CF-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph CF-1. A construction fence helps delineate areas where existing vegetation is being protected. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description A construction fence restricts site access to designated entrances and exits, delineates construction site boundaries, and keeps construction out of sensitive areas such as natural areas to be preserved as open space, wetlands and riparian areas. Appropriate Uses A construction fence can be used to delineate the site perimeter and locations within the site where access is restricted to protect natural resources such as wetlands, waterbodies, trees, and other natural areas of the site that should not be disturbed. If natural resource protection is an objective, then the construction fencing should be used in combination with other perimeter control BMPs such as silt fence, sediment control logs or similar measures. Design and Installation Construction fencing may be chain link or plastic mesh and should be installed following manufacturer’s recommendations. See Detail CF-1 for typical installations. Do not place construction fencing in areas within work limits of machinery. Maintenance and Removal  Inspect fences for damage; repair or replace as necessary.  Fencing should be tight and any areas with slumping or fallen posts should be reinstalled.  Fencing should be removed once construction is complete. Construction Fence Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control No Site/Material Management Yes SM-3 Construction Fence (CF) CF-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Construction Fence (CF) SM-3 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District CF-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VTC-1. A vehicle tracking control pad constructed with properly sized rock reduces off-site sediment tracking. Description Vehicle tracking controls provide stabilized construction site access where vehicles exit the site onto paved public roads. An effective vehicle tracking control helps remove sediment (mud or dirt) from vehicles, reducing tracking onto the paved surface. Appropriate Uses Implement a stabilized construction entrance or vehicle tracking control where frequent heavy vehicle traffic exits the construction site onto a paved roadway. An effective vehicle tracking control is particularly important during the following conditions:  Wet weather periods when mud is easily tracked off site.  During dry weather periods where dust is a concern.  When poorly drained, clayey soils are present on site. Although wheel washes are not required in designs of vehicle tracking controls, they may be needed at particularly muddy sites. Design and Installation Construct the vehicle tracking control on a level surface. Where feasible, grade the tracking control towards the construction site to reduce off-site runoff. Place signage, as needed, to direct construction vehicles to the designated exit through the vehicle tracking control. There are several different types of stabilized construction entrances including: VTC-1. Aggregate Vehicle Tracking Control. This is a coarse-aggregate surfaced pad underlain by a geotextile. This is the most common vehicle tracking control, and when properly maintained can be effective at removing sediment from vehicle tires. VTC-2. Vehicle Tracking Control with Construction Mat or Turf Reinforcement Mat. This type of control may be appropriate for site access at very small construction sites with low traffic volume over vegetated areas. Although this application does not typically remove sediment from vehicles, it helps protect existing vegetation and provides a stabilized entrance. Vehicle Tracking Control Functions Erosion Control Moderate Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph VTC-2. A vehicle tracking control pad with wheel wash facility. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. VTC-3. Stabilized Construction Entrance/Exit with Wheel Wash. This is an aggregate pad, similar to VTC-1, but includes equipment for tire washing. The wheel wash equipment may be as simple as hand-held power washing equipment to more advance proprietary systems. When a wheel wash is provided, it is important to direct wash water to a sediment trap prior to discharge from the site. Vehicle tracking controls are sometimes installed in combination with a sediment trap to treat runoff. Maintenance and Removal Inspect the area for degradation and replace aggregate or material used for a stabilized entrance/exit as needed. If the area becomes clogged and ponds water, remove and dispose of excess sediment or replace material with a fresh layer of aggregate as necessary. With aggregate vehicle tracking controls, ensure rock and debris from this area do not enter the public right-of-way. Remove sediment that is tracked onto the public right of way daily or more frequently as needed. Excess sediment in the roadway indicates that the stabilized construction entrance needs maintenance. Ensure that drainage ditches at the entrance/exit area remain clear. A stabilized entrance should be removed only when there is no longer the potential for vehicle tracking to occur. This is typically after the site has been stabilized. When wheel wash equipment is used, be sure that the wash water is discharged to a sediment trap prior to discharge. Also inspect channels conveying the water from the wash area to the sediment trap and stabilize areas that may be eroding. When a construction entrance/exit is removed, excess sediment from the aggregate should be removed and disposed of appropriately. The entrance should be promptly stabilized with a permanent surface following removal, typically by paving. Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) SM-4 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District VTC-5 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control (VTC) VTC-6 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SM-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SSA-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SSA-1. Example of a staging area with a gravel surface to prevent mud tracking and reduce runoff. Photo courtesy of Douglas County. Description A stabilized staging area is a clearly designated area where construction equipment and vehicles, stockpiles, waste bins, and other construction-related materials are stored. The contractor office trailer may also be located in this area. Depending on the size of the construction site, more than one staging area may be necessary. Appropriate Uses Most construction sites will require a staging area, which should be clearly designated in SWMP drawings. The layout of the staging area may vary depending on the type of construction activity. Staging areas located in roadways due to space constraints require special measures to avoid materials being washed into storm inlets. Design and Installation Stabilized staging areas should be completed prior to other construction activities beginning on the site. Major components of a stabilized staging area include:  Appropriate space to contain storage and provide for loading/unloading operations, as well as parking if necessary.  A stabilized surface, either paved or covered, with 3-inch diameter aggregate or larger.  Perimeter controls such as silt fence, sediment control logs, or other measures.  Construction fencing to prevent unauthorized access to construction materials.  Provisions for Good Housekeeping practices related to materials storage and disposal, as described in the Good Housekeeping BMP Fact Sheet.  A stabilized construction entrance/exit, as described in the Vehicle Tracking Control BMP Fact Sheet, to accommodate traffic associated with material delivery and waste disposal vehicles. Over -sizing the stabilized staging area may result in disturbance of existing vegetation in excess of that required for the project. This increases costs, as well as requirements for long-term stabilization following the construction period. When designing the stabilized staging area, minimize the area of disturbance to the extent practical. Stabilized Staging Area Functions Erosion Control Yes Sediment Control Moderate Site/Material Yes SM-6 Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SSA-2 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 See Detail SSA-1 for a typical stabilized staging area and SSA-2 for a stabilized staging area when materials staging in roadways is required. Maintenance and Removal Maintenance of stabilized staging areas includes maintaining a stable surface cover of gravel, repairing perimeter controls, and following good housekeeping practices. When construction is complete, debris, unused stockpiles and materials should be recycled or properly disposed. In some cases, this will require disposal of contaminated soil from equipment leaks in an appropriate landfill. Staging areas should then be permanently stabilized with vegetation or other surface cover planned for the development. Minimizing Long-Term Stabilization Requirements  Utilize off-site parking and restrict vehicle access to the site.  Use construction mats in lieu of rock when staging is provided in an area that will not be disturbed otherwise.  Consider use of a bermed contained area for materials and equipment that do not require a stabilized surface.  Consider phasing of staging areas to avoid disturbance in an area that will not be otherwise disturbed. Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SM-6 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SSA-3 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 SM-6 Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) SSA-4 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District November 2010 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming (SS) SM-7 November 2010 Urban Drainage and Flood Control District SS-1 Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual Volume 3 Photograph SS-1. A street sweeper removes sediment and potential pollutants along the curb line at a construction site. Photo courtesy of Tom Gore. Description Street sweeping and vacuuming remove sediment that has been tracked onto roadways to reduce sediment transport into storm drain systems or a surface waterway. Appropriate Uses Use this practice at construction sites where vehicles may track sediment offsite onto paved roadways. Design and Installation Street sweeping or vacuuming should be conducted when there is noticeable sediment accumulation on roadways adjacent to the construction site. Typically, this will be concentrated at the entrance/exit to the construction site. Well-maintained stabilized construction entrances, vehicle tracking controls and tire wash facilities can help reduce the necessary frequency of street sweeping and vacuuming. On smaller construction sites, street sweeping can be conducted manually using a shovel and broom. Never wash accumulated sediment on roadways into storm drains. Maintenance and Removal  Inspect paved roads around the perimeter of the construction site on a daily basis and more frequently, as needed. Remove accumulated sediment, as needed.  Following street sweeping, check inlet protection that may have been displaced during street sweeping.  Inspect area to be swept for materials that may be hazardous prior to beginning sweeping operations. Street Sweeping/ Vacuuming Functions Erosion Control No Sediment Control Yes Site/Material Management Yes Tab 7 Materials Handling, Waste Management and Disposal, and Spill Prevention and Response Plan Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 MATERIALS HANDLING (§I.C.2.f) Consistent with the permit requirements, all potential pollutants other than sediment will be handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Non -sediment pollutants that may be present during construction activities include, but are not limited to: • Exposed storage of building materials, • Petroleum products including fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, and form oil (this includes storage, leaks, and fueling), • Condensate, • Antifreeze, • Pipe joining materials and waste, • Landscaping materials, • Fertilizers or chemicals, • Sanitary waste materials, • Trash and equipment maintenance, • Concrete, mortar, or similar products, and • Solvents, paints, or similar products. If these materials are used, then the following practices will be implemented. These materials, and other materials used during construction with the potential to impact stormwater, will be stored, managed, used, and disposed of in a manner that minimizes the potential for releases to the environment and especially into the stormwater system. Several of these activities and their controls are also described in Tab 4 as potential sources of pollut ion. a) Vehicle Maintenance: Vehicles entering the construction site should be properly maintained to prevent spills or leaks of hazardous fluids that would be exposed to stormwater. Vehicles used on -site will be inspected for leaks. Leaking vehicles will not be allowed to stay on-site or will use drip pans until the leak is repaired. The vehicle operator will be responsible for immediately commencing any necessary containment and clean up. Vehicles will not be parked in or near retention areas, natural drainage areas or surface waters. Drip pans will be used for secondary protection of on-site vehicles, if necessary. Maintenance and fueling areas, if needed, will be indicated on the Site Map. A spill kit will be available on site to clean up any spills or leaks. b) Stockpiles: Different types of earth material may need to be stockpiled on the job site during the earth moving activities. All stockpiles will have erosion and/or sediment control measures implemented around the toe of the pile or will be located within an area with perimeter controls . c) Solid Waste: Large amounts of solid waste are not anticipated to be generated during this project. The majority of solid waste will be collected in worker vehicles, removed from site, and properly disposed of . If larger quantities are generated than can be handled by individuals on site, then dumpsters will be provided in convenient, level locations away from traffic areas, storm drains, drainage areas, or retention areas. A licensed company will be contracted to empty the dumpsters, as needed. The site project managers will be responsible for monitoring the site to ensure that all site personnel and subcontractors use the proper waste disposal practices and facilities. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 d) Concrete Washout Activities: A concrete washout is designed to capture wastewater and waste products resulting from the cleaning of concrete and masonry equipment and is the main control measure for concrete washout waste . A concrete washout may not be necessary if all washout operations are performed off -site. If a concrete washout is needed, it will be installed or provided prior to any construction activities that include the handling of materials containing cement (e.g., concrete, masonry, etc.). Concrete washouts may include small excavations located within the limits of disturbance or watertight vessels such as, small dumpsters, buckets, or a mobile disposal unit, etc. Concrete washouts require appropriate access control, tracking and containment. Signs should be placed at the washout area and elsewhere, as necessary, to clearly indicate the location of the concrete washout. If needed, the designated washout facility or facilities will be installed on site and the locations added to the Site Map . Concrete pours are not anticipated in the laydown yard , however, CWA waste associated with the transmission line construction may be temporarily staged in the laydown yard until hauled off for disposal. Maintenance may include the removal and proper disposal of excess material, cleaning or replacing the tracking material and general structural integrity of the installation, as needed. Concrete washouts will be cleaned of excess water and solids on a regular basis to maintain the proper function of the control measure. The hardened concrete and/or excess wash water will be hauled away by an approved contractor to a designated facility designed to receive such materials. No concrete waste will be discharged directly onto the ground without a containment feature and the washing activities cannot contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff . Discharges that may reach groundwater must flow through soil that has buffering capacity prior to reaching groundwater as necessary to meet the effluent limitations of the permit. Concrete washout water will not be discharged to state surface waters or to storm sewer systems. If unlined pits are used to contain concrete washout water, the following management practices must be implemented: • The washout site must be temporary (less than 1 year), • The washout site may not be located in an area where shallow groundwater may be present, such as near natural drainages, springs, or wetlands , and • Upon termination of use of the washout site, accumulated solid waste, including concrete waste and any contaminated soils, must be removed from the site to prevent on -site disposal of solid waste. e) Portable Sanitary Facilities: Portable sanitary facilit y locations will be evaluated in the field and the most appropriate locations determined. Some factors that may influence the location will be access, convenience, level ground, traffic patterns , curb flowlines, paved surfaces, storm drains, and waterways or other stormwater conveyance areas. A licensed company will be hired to maintain and clean the units, inspect for any deficiencies, and keep the units in good working order. Portable sanitary facilities will be adequately anchored to prevent tipping over. SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN (§I.B.1.a.ii.) a) Spill Prevention: Spills and leaks must be minimized. Upon identification, spills and leaks must immediately be contained and mitigated per the spill prevention and response plan, as applicable (i.e. oil, grease, fluids associated with vehicle and equipment maintenance, toxic chemicals, hazardous substances, etc.). Spills and leaks will not be hosed down unless the wash water is adequately captured and appropriately disposed of. The contractors on site will take all measures necessary to prevent spills that could impact stormwater. This includes, but is not limited to: Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 • Proper storage of all materials and chemicals , • Proper maintenance and protection of all containers , and • Proper handing/dispensing materials and chemicals. Bulk storage, 55 gallons or greater, for petroleum products and other liquid chemicals will have secondary containment, or equivalent protection, in order to contain spills and to prevent spilled material from entering state waters. b) Spill Response Procedures and Notifications: Spill response procedures are outlined in Environmental Directive for Contractors , a copy of which is at the end of this tab. Additional contacts are listed below. Contacts and Notifications for Spills or Releases : Xcel Environmental Group – 303-571-7100 (Xcel Environmental will make all necessary notifications to regulatory agencies including CDPHE.) Local Emergency Number – 911 CDPHE – 1-877-518-5608 NRC – 1-800-424-8802 Contaminated Soil Process Soils contaminated with hazardous materials or wastes can be encountered during installation of new electric or gas underground services and while maintaining existing services. This fact sheet outlines the process by which crews and planners should respond to contaminated soil. How to Determine if Contaminated Soil is Present Resources on XpressNet •Industrial Hygiene webpage HAZWOPER resources and HAZWOPER written program and Environmental Pages (‘All Media Checklist’) •http://xpressnet/Safety/Workplace_Safety/Programs_G_-_O/Industrial_Hygiene_Program For guidance/assistance when encountering contaminated soils contact Environmental Services on call #: NSP - (612) 330-7873, PSCO - (303) 571-7100, SPS - (806) 674-1890 **Environmental Services will contact Industrial Hygiene and Safety •Contaminated soil may exhibit staining or unusual odors. •Contaminated soil may be encountered in industrial areas, landfills or other areas of known environmental impacts like underground storage tanks from gas station operations, or associated with buried containers. Last Revised 11/3/2022 1 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current ENV 8.150 G01 Rev 3.2 Environmental Directives For Contractors Xcel Energy Environmental Services November 3, 2022 Last Revised 11/3/2022 2 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Xcel Energy Environmental Directives for Suppliers Supplier has entered into one or more contracts (the “Contract”) with Xcel Energy Inc., or its subsidiaries or affiliates (referred to herein as “Xcel Energy”). As provided in the Contract, Supplier must comply with all applicable provisions of Xcel Energy's plant, Project, facility or Site policies and procedures, including but not limited to any instructions and procedures pertaining to plant or facility Site security, industrial safety, environmental directives, work authorization, equipment control and hazardous materials. As such, Supplier must comply with these Environmental Directives for Suppliers (“Directives”). Xcel Energy expects Supplier to support environmental compliance through its own policies and procedures, maintain all compliance, ensure the protection of human health and the environment, and to promote Xcel Energy’s reputation as an environmental leader in the communities Xcel Energy serves. Supplier should consider energy efficiency, pollution prevention, conservation, and performing operations in an environmentally responsible manner in all decision-making and work activities. Supplier must communicate these same values and requirements to its employees and subcontractors. The information in these Directives does not supersede any specific requirements listed in the Contract. Supplier is required to comply with all federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and requirements and any additional requirements or policies that may be required by Xcel Energy for the specific work at issue in the Contract. The subject areas listed in these Directives are not meant to provide an exhaustive list or complete summary of the types of safety, environmental or other concerns that Supplier must consider. Supplier is an independent Supplier. By providing these Directives to Supplier, Xcel Energy in no way assumes any of the duties, obligations, or liabilities attributed to Supplier under the Supplier or any obligations that Supplier must comply with federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and requirements to the extent there is a conflict between these Directives and the Contract, the Contract shall control. The Xcel Energy Contract Manager will identify the appropriate Xcel Energy Environmental Services (XEES) staff to serve as the contact(s) for the project. XEES staff may be located in one of Xcel Energy’s Corporate offices, a field office or service center, or at a power plant. Due to the complexity of some activities and the regulations, Supplier may have contact with more than one Xcel Energy “Subject Matter Expert” during performance of a Contract. Environmental and emergency contact numbers are listed at the end of these Directives for any inquires or notifications Supplier may have. Adherence to these Directives does not constitute completion of Supplier’s obligations under Xcel Energy’s Supplier Safety Program or Safety Program requirements identified by Xcel Energy’s Corporate Safety Department. Supplier is responsible for meeting all applicable safety requirements, including, but not limited to, the appropriate use of Personal Protective Equipment. Last Revised 11/3/2022 3 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Supplier’s Responsibilities A. Planning Planning includes everything that happens before a Supplier begins work in the field. Supplier is tasked with several activities during this planning phase of work. The scope of work developed for various projects will determine the level of involvement and define roles and responsibilities for each contract and/or project. During the planning stages of a project, the Supplier should review all applicable laws, rules, regulations, permit requirements, and site- specific conditions that may impact or apply to the work. Supplier should also prepare for any spills, leaks, or accidents (or any unforeseen project emergency) that could occur during project implementation, so that Supplier is prepared to implement the appropriate response measures. Further details are provided below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. Before starting work, Supplier should identify an Emergency Coordinator and know the work location (the physical address where Supplier will be working) in the event an emergency arises. Before starting work, Supplier must also contact the XEES representative that has been designated as the representative for the project to discuss steps the Supplier is taking to ensure all activities are compliant with applicable environmental laws and regulations. B. Hazard Analysis Many activities performed by Supplier may be in or near areas that are contaminated or that were previously contaminated and have been remediated. To the extent practical, these areas should be identified in advance to avoid problem and delays caused by unforeseen site conditions. Supplier should conduct an appropriate site hazard analyses or undertake appropriate environmental due diligence prior to commencement of the work. Supplier should also have contingency plans in place in the event hazards are encountered. When unexpected contamination is discovered in the field - stop work, and immediately provide notification to your Xcel Energy Contract Manager and XEES representative to coordinate any immediate response actions and/or agency reporting. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. C. Permitting Permits apply to specific activities at specific locations and may have requirements that are more stringent than environmental laws and regulations. Supplier is responsible for identifying all necessary permits for Supplier work affecting Xcel Energy facilities or operations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Contract, before starting work, Supplier must contact the designated XEES representative for the project to discuss whether Supplier or Xcel Energy will be the named applicant on the permit and whether the Supplier or Xcel Energy will be responsible for conducting permit research or preparing the permit application. Xcel Energy must be involved with any communications with regulatory agencies or made aware of any such communications prior to Supplier outreach to the regulatory agencies. Communication with regulatory agencies for Xcel Energy must include XEES and not be performed by the Supplier without XEES presence or permission. This includes permit discussions, application submittals, negotiation on permit conditions, and/or permit agreements. Supplier bears the responsibility for compliance with the permit terms and specified actions, limitations, notifications, and reporting requirements for Supplier’s and its Subcontractor’s activities. Failure to comply may subject the Supplier to significant fines and penalties as well as to project delays and potential shutdowns. Last Revised 11/3/2022 4 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current D. Chemical Control Supplier must review, approve, and track all chemicals used while working on Xcel Energy projects. This helps ensure that employees and Suppliers are not exposed to overly hazardous products, Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) are available for each product, and information for all required agency reporting is available. When selecting chemicals for use, Supplier should consider reducing disposal costs, reducing safety risks, buying only quantities needed to do the job, storing chemicals properly, checking expiration dates, and considering alternative products that may be an appropriate less-hazardous option. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that chemicals are used in accordance with all labels. Supplier must remove all unused chemicals and products at the completion of each job and as specified in the Contract. Supplier is not to abandon unused products at any Xcel Energy facility or jobsite. Unless Supplier receives permission from XEES, Supplier will not use products containing chemicals present on Xcel Energy’s Targeted Ingredients List and Supplier will not use products that it knows, or should know, contains Per and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (also referred to as PFAS or PFCs) including PFOA, PFOS, GenX and other replacement PFAS. The listing of a chemical on the Targeted Ingredients List indicates that its use is restricted. This means that specific requirements must be met in order to use the product in a manner that complies with the applicable regulations. Xcel Energy’s Targeted Ingredients List can be found in Appendix D of Xcel Energy’s Chemical Hazard Communication Program or can be obtained from XEES or the designated Contract Manager upon Supplier’s request. If the Supplier desires to use a chemical or product that contains PFAS or is on the Targeted Ingredient List, before using the chemical or product Supplier must provide documentation to XEES explaining why the use of the product or chemical is necessary and why chemical alternatives that are not on the Targeted Ingredients List with a lower overall risk are not suitable for the specified application, as well as any other information that Xcel Energy may reasonably request, such as any safety precautions Supplier intends to adopt. Proposed restricted chemicals cannot be used until permission to proceed has been given by XEES. By giving permission to proceed with the use of a chemical or product, Xcel Energy in no way assumes any of the duties, obligations, or liabilities attributed to Supplier under the Contract and in no way is endorsing the use of the chemical for any particular application. E. Protected Species Supplier must follow all requirements associated with Protected Species. Protected Species means all plants and animals that are listed as a threatened or endangered species under the Endangered Species Act, or are otherwise protected under federal, state or local laws and may include birds, animals, plants, or fish, as well as their nests and habitat. Supplier is responsible for knowing if its work is being performed in an area where Protected Species may be present. Supplier must adhere to all requirements for working in areas with Protected Species and/or habitat and must not remove or destroy an active nest of a Protected Species. Any incident involving death, injury or removal of a Protected Species or an active nest shall be immediately reported to XEES. Supplier should assume that all birds are a Protected Species and shall confer with XEES for determination of the bird’s status as a Protected Species. F. Waste Supplier must comply with all applicable regulatory requirements, as well as Xcel Energy policies, for waste handling, including, but not limited to, hazardous wastes, universal wastes, Last Revised 11/3/2022 5 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current solid wastes, and special wastes. Supplier must coordinate closely with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager as well as directly with XEES. Supplier requirements include the following: • Correctly identify wastes by type and keep wastes separate, accumulate wastes in appropriate containers, label all containers according to XEES requirements or the appropriate regulations, and conduct inspections as required. • Store wastes only in areas that have been approved by the Xcel Energy Contract Manager or XEES. Storage areas for liquid wastes shall not be adjacent to storm intercepts, wetlands or surface waters. Storage areas must be inspected at least monthly. • Supplier should segregate scrap metals and other recyclable wastes. Supplier must contact Xcel Energy Contract Manager for handling instructions if not previously arranged. • Supplier may be responsible for handling and disposal of non-hazardous refuse (construction and demolition debris, scrap lumber, office waste, etc.). All such disposal must be at an appropriately permitted landfill. • Supplier is responsible for notifying Xcel Energy Contract Manager and coordinating with XEES all handling and disposal of Hazardous, Universal, and/or special wastes. • Supplier shall use waste vendors on Xcel Energy’s Approved Vendor List when feasible. Supplier shall provide XEES with 30 days’ advanced notice if it intends to use a vendor that is not on the Approved Vendor List. Supplier may obtain Xcel Energy’s Approved Vendor List form the designated Xcel Energy Contract Manger. Note that many Supplier-generated wastes are specific to a particular project and must be managed as specified in the Contract. Supplier should consider, and use commercially reasonable efforts to: • Use nonhazardous materials instead of hazardous materials • Reduce waste generation • Recycle and reuse materials rather than dispose G. Electrical Equipment (Oil-Filled) Transformers, capacitors, and other electrical equipment often contain oil. The oil in this equipment may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). PCBs are highly regulated, and the Supplier must know the regulations associated with PCB management. Supplier shall immediately alert the Contract Manager or XEES representative of any spills or releases from oil-filled electrical equipment. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. Supplier crews should assume that electrical equipment contains PCB in regulated concentrations until it is determined that it does not contain PCBs in regulated concentrations (i.e., known to be <50 ppm.) The Supplier is to deliver electrical equipment to the designated service center or disposal outlet as specified by the Contract. H. Gas Pipeline and Gas Liquids Management Gas liquids (gas condensate) are defined as liquid hydrocarbons that condense from natural gas because of changes in temperature, pressure, and/or flow. Xcel Energy has specific requirements identified in the Gas Standards Manual (in addition to applicable Federal, State, and other requirements) concerning handling of gas liquids. These requirements are available to the Supplier upon request. Prior to any gas work, removing gas liquids from the system, or performing work that may result in the removal of such from the system, Supplier must Last Revised 11/3/2022 6 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current coordinate activities with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES. Supplier must assume that PCBs are present in the gas liquids, the liquids are ignitable, and pipe wrap coatings have asbestos unless and until it is verified that these conditions are not present. When gas liquids are present within these systems, samples must be collected for analysis and proper disposal. I. Tank Management Supplier is expected to comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations and requirements for aboveground and underground storage tanks. Most States and localities have adopted regulations for tanks that, while similar to Federal regulations, may be different and more stringent. Local requirements may include the Uniform Fire Code or National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) guidelines. Supplier must be aware of local requirements and contact the Fire Marshall, fire department, or appropriate local response agency as necessary, specified in the Contract or agreed upon with XEES. In addition, Xcel Energy may impose certain requirements for tanks above and beyond these regulations due to various circumstances. These requirements will be noted prior to contracting and will not supersede Contract conditions. Additionally, Supplier must follow all applicable Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) requirements associated with any tank activities. Prior to installing a new tank, modifying an existing tank, adding materials, or performing maintenance, the Supplier must contact the Contract Manager or XEES representative to discuss steps Supplier has taken to ensure all applicable requirements have been met. These requirements can also include unique site-specific requirements for hazardous materials and tanks. In the event of a release to the environment of any regulated substance, Supplier must perform cleanup activities associated with the spill. See further information below regarding spill response and reporting procedures. J. Demolition Activities Supplier shall conduct a building hazard assessment prior to demolishing any building at Xcel Energy facilities. This assessment shall be conducted by a qualified professional as defined by the regulatory body governing such activities. Assessments shall include a determination as to whether regulated materials, including, but not limited to, lead, asbestos, or radioactive sources exist. These regulated materials must be properly managed prior to the demolition of the building. K. Storm Water Management Supplier is expected to comply with all applicable regulations, requirements, plans, and permits for the management of industrial and construction storm water. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that activities including but not limited to material handling and storage, maintenance and cleaning, construction, industrial processing and other operations occur in a manner consistent with the site’s or facility’s existing industrial or construction storm water management plan (SWMP). Supplier is responsible for controlling runoff from areas affected by its work to prevent the discharge of pollutants into nearby waterbodies or indirectly via storm sewer systems. Supplier shall complete routine site inspections of the worksite on a schedule consistent with the site’s existing SWMP. Supplier is responsible for taking immediate corrective action on identified deficiencies associated with its storm water control measures. Many states and localities have adopted industrial and construction storm water regulations that are consistent with, but more stringent than the federal requirements. If not specified in the Last Revised 11/3/2022 7 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current Contract, Supplier is responsible for working with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES to define who is responsible for obtaining construction storm water permit coverage for the proposed activity, paying permitting fees, submitting the Notice of Intent, installing and inspecting the best management practices (BMPs) and completing the Notice of Termination. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract, the Supplier is responsible for temporary stabilization of the site until final restoration is completed. Supplier is expected to immediately report uncontrolled releases or damages to BMPs to the Xcel Energy Contract Manager. L. Dewatering Activities Dewatering activities need to be addressed as project planning is occurring. Supplier is responsible for contacting its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES in advance of dewatering activities to ensure that the proper authorizations are obtained. XEES is responsible for evaluating treatment options and assessing whether a dewatering permit is necessary, and if so, obtaining the permit. The Supplier is responsible for ensuring that the required sampling intervals are met, when applicable. Supplier is responsible for coordinating dewatering events with its Xcel Energy Contract Manager, site manager, and XEES to ensure that the required sampling can be arranged. M. Other Common Substances and Hazards Supplier understands that the project site may currently or historically have been used for electric or gas gathering, storage, transmission, distribution, or related facilities. Natural gas facilities may now transport and may continue to transport natural gas at significant pressures. Electric facilities may now transmit and may continue to transmit electric current at significant voltages, and conductors on electric lines may not be insulated. Power may have been generated historically or may currently be generated onsite by various means, including for example, nuclear, coal, wind, solar, hydro, gas or other means. Supplier may encounter hazardous or other regulated materials, including, but not limited to, petroleum, volatile organic compounds, coal ash, oil, lead, asbestos, naturally occurring radioactive materials, radioactive sources, or PCBs. Supplier must take necessary precautions for ensuring its work is performed safely and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to these potential site conditions. N. Spill Response and Reporting Spill Prevention. Supplier must become familiar with Xcel Energy facility formal spill response plans and procedures. If a spill plan is not required or does not exist (as is often the case for non-Xcel Energy locations or Rights-of-Way), Supplier must still be prepared to take appropriate prevention and response measures. Supplier should have spill response kits and Personal Protective Equipment readily available on site to respond to spills. • Good spill prevention measures should be implemented including, for example, good housekeeping – work area should be cleaned up immediately after the completion of jobs, minimize amount of chemicals in storage, etc. • Store chemicals properly – store in fireproof cabinets or in designated areas, store drums away from traffic and run-off or sewers/waterways, keep drums closed, etc. • Storage areas should be inspected on a regular basis to identify containers that may be in poor condition or leaking. • Absorbent materials/pads should be available during all handling and transfer operations. Last Revised 11/3/2022 8 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current • Properly labeled drip pans should be in place when dispensing products from drums. • Pump connections and hoses should be inspected for integrity and proper connection prior to each use. • All chemicals or oil transfer operations must be continuously monitored to prevent overfill and spills. • Know location of spills kits – replace any items used. Spill Response. Supplier personnel performing an emergency response must be trained appropriately and cleanup spills, even small spills, immediately. Supplier must (1) protect its employees, subcontractors, and the public, and (2) protect the environment if a spill occurs. If a spill occurs, Supplier must evacuate the area if necessary and appropriate. The Supplier must ensure that all persons are kept away from the area of contamination until additional assistance arrives. In addition, to the extent that it is safe, the Supplier must make every effort to prevent the spread of contamination. Containing the flow of liquids, preventing contamination from entering a sewer or waterway, and preventing physical contact with the spilled material are all important. Spill Reporting. There are federal, state, and local spill reporting laws that may apply in the event of a spill and Supplier may be responsible for spill reporting to federal, state, or local agencies. If it is an emergency, call “911” first to activate fire, police, or medical personnel as required. Next, notify the facility emergency number, if applicable. Finally, the Supplier must promptly notify the Xcel Energy Contract Manager and call the appropriate XEES emergency contact number identified below in Section P so that Xcel Energy can coordinate with the Supplier all spill reporting and communications with regulatory agencies and third parties about the spill. In the event of a chemical release or if a spill might reach or has reached water, a sewer, food, feed, garden, residential property, or school, or has otherwise gone off-site, contact XEES immediately (e.g., within 15 minutes of the spill)). If the Supplier activity identifies a potential historical release, work must be immediately stopped in the affected area to determine appropriate next steps. Upon identification of potential historical releases, Supplier shall immediately contact Xcel Energy Contract Manager and appropriate XEES staff. Once notified of a current or historic spill, Xcel Energy may decide to independently report the spill in addition to, or in lieu of, the Supplier. However, the Supplier remains responsible for all spill reporting obligations it may also have under applicable laws and regulations. Supplier shall make best efforts to coordinate with Xcel Energy on any communications to regulatory agencies and third parties about the spill, and Supplier shall keep Xcel Energy informed of all such communications. O. Regulatory Inspections Supplier shall notify the project manager and/or XEES when an authorized environmental governmental agency staff member is on site. Notice shall be provided as soon as the Supplier is aware that such a site visit or inspection will occur. XEES shall be provided the opportunity to participate in any scheduled site visit. Supplier will cooperate with authorized inspections at the direction of the XEES representative. Supplier will be prepared for inspections. Supplier must all ensure that records and documentation are kept up to date, and if appropriate or required by law, kept on site. Supplier will maintain good housekeeping practices for the work area. If agency sampling is planned, XEES staff will determine whether it is appropriate to take split samples and if so, who will take the samples. Last Revised 11/3/2022 9 2022 Xcel Energy, Inc. R:\ES-ESG-ES\EnvSvcsResources\Manuals\Environmental Directives for Contractors\Current P. Environmental and Emergency Contacts ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES EMERGENCY CONTACT NUMBERS Colorado Texas New Mexico Oklahoma Minnesota South Dakota North Dakota Wisconsin Michigan Emergency Phone / Pager: (303) 571-7100 (806) 674-1890 If no answer leave message with Name, Phone, Location, and Nature of Emergency. You will be contacted as soon as possible. Spill Hotline (612) 330-5972 (24 hrs.) Spill Hotline (715) 577-0003 24 Hour Hotline: (800) 541-0918 General Office Number: (303) 294-2213 (806) 378-2196 (612) 330-7873 (715) 737-1346 Tab 8 Final Stabilization and Long-Term Stormwater Management Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 FINAL STABILIZATION AND LONG-TERM STORMWATER MANAGEMENT (§I.B.1.a.iii and §I.C.2.j) a) Description of Final Stabilization Practices: Upon completion of earth-disturbing activities, the site will be restored with vegetation in areas that currently have vegetation and with hard surfaces in areas that are currently paved, graveled, or otherwise hard surfaced. Disturbed areas of private land will be restored with landscaping to match the original landscaping or as agreed to by the landowner. For disturbed areas that will be stabilized with vegetation, final stabilization will consist of seeding in combination with another stabilization measure, such as crimp mulching, and/or installation of rolled erosion control products as appropriate for the site slope. Stabilization must be implemented within 14 days of achieving final grade or temporary stabilization measures must be employed. Areas where s tabilization measures have been employed will be inspected and maintained until final stabilization is achieved . The Site Map (Tab 2) will be updated to indicate which c ontrol measures will be used at specific locations during final stabilization. The Site Map is a dynamic document changing with field conditions. Proposed control measures are initially placed on the Site Map and then it is updated in the field to reflect changes as the project moves forward and final stabilization measures occur. In some cases, several maps are prepared indicating initial, interim and final control measures . Final stabilization for disturbed areas within roadways or road shoulders will be to return areas to their original condition – compacted with applicable re-installation of rock or gravel materials or paved with asphalt or concrete. b) Final Stabilization Methods: Final stabilization includes those measures taken to control pollutants in stormwater after soil disturbing activities are complete. Practices implemented to achieve final stabilization include: • Seed mix selection and application methods , • Soil preparation and possible amendment of the soil prior to seed application , • Use of salvaged topsoil preserved during construction , • Soil stabilization methods (e.g., crimped mulch or rolled erosion control products), • Permanent pavement, hardscaping, xeriscape, stabilized driving surfaces, and other alternative stabilization practices as applicable , • Conversion of construction site back to prior cropland use. The permittee is not required to plant to crop prior to termination. • Maintenance of appropriate erosion and sediment control measures until final stabilization is achieved , and • Removal of temporary control measures once work is completed and final stabilization achieved. c) Seed M ixes and Application Rate: The seed mix provided in the revegetation plan to be submitted to the County for approval will be utilized, see tab 14. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 d) Final Stabilization Achievement: Final stabilization is achieved when construction activities at the site have been completed, permanent stabilization has been installed in all areas and has met the thresholds described below, and temporary control measures are removed. Areas being stabilized with a vegetative cover must have evenly distributed perennial vegetation, which may include trees and shrubs. The vegetation coverage must be, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site. Areas not stabilized with vegetative cover must receive equivalent permanent, physical erosion reduction methods. When final stabilization is achieved, temporary erosion and sediment control measures will be removed. e) Long-Term Stormwater Management: Long -term stormwater management for this project will be restoring the site to pre -condition conditions. There are no anticipated post -construction detention or water quality c ontrol measures that will be installed as part of this project. Tab 9 Inspections and Maintenance Inspection Frequency Inspection Scope Blank Inspection Report Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE (§I.D.1 through 5 and §I.B.1.b and c) a) Inspection Frequency (§1.D.2): The site will be inspected thoroughly by a Qualified Stormwater Manager at one of the following frequencies : • At least one inspection every 7 calendar days. Or • At least one inspection every 14 calendar days, if post -storm event inspections are conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Post -storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14 -day routine inspection requirement. The first site inspection should start within 7 calendar days of the commencement of construction activities. Or • An alternate schedule approved by the CDPHE Water Quality Control Division. • An alternate schedule approved by Garfield County . b) Reduced Inspection Frequency (§I.D.4): The site will be inspected thoroughly by a qualified stormwater manager at the following reduced frequencies when one of the following conditions exists: • Post -Storm Inspections at Temporarily Idle Sites – For permittees choosing to combine 14 -day inspections and post -storm event inspections, if no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post -storm event inspections must be conducted prior to re -commencing construction activities, but no later than 72 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. The delay of any post -storm event inspection must be documented in the inspection record. Routine inspections must still be conducted at least every 14 calendar days. • Inspections at Sites Awaiting Final Stabilization – When the site, or portions of a site are awaiting establishment of a vegetative ground cover and final stabilization, the permittee must conduct a thorough inspection of the construction site and control measures at least once every 30 days. Post -storm event inspections are not required under this schedule. This reduced inspection schedule is allowed if all of the following criteria are met: o All construction activities resulting in ground disturbance are complete , o All activities required for final stabilization, in accordance with the SWMP, have been completed, with the exception of the application of sod or seed that has not occurred due to seasonal conditions or the necessity for additional seed application to augment previous efforts , and o The SWMP has been amended to locate those areas to be inspected in accordance with the reduced schedule allowed for in this paragraph. • Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion – Typically, this exclusion applies to elevations or locations where snow melt does not occur in the winter months. Inspections are not required for sites that meet all of the following conditions: construction activities are temporarily halted for the winter season, snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period (i.e. high-elevation winter season), and melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This inspection exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 7-day, 14-day and monthly inspections, as well as the post -storm-event inspections. When this inspection exclusion is implemented, the following information must be documented and retained: o D ates when snow cover existed , o D ate when construction activities ceased , and o D ate melting conditions began. Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 c) Inspection Scope (§I.D.5): 1) Areas to be Inspected (§I.D.5.a): The following items will be examined for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters during the inspection and reported o n the inspection reports (§I.D.5.a): • Construction site perimeter, • All disturbed areas including areas that are temporarily stabilized, • Designated haul routes , • Material and/or waste storage areas that are exposed to precipitation, • Locations of pumped stormwater, • Locations where stormwater has the potential to discharge offsite , and • Locations where vehicles exit the site. All erosion and sediment control practices identified in the SWMP will be evaluated to ensure that they are maintained and operating correctly. 2) Inspection Requirements (§I.D.5.b): • Visually verify whether all implemented control measures are in effective operational condition and are working as designed in their specifications to minimize pollutant discharges. • Determine if there are new potential sources of pollutants. • Assess the adequacy of control measures at the site to identify areas requiring new or modified control measures to minimize pollutant discharges. • Identify all areas of non–compliance with the permit requirements and, if necessary, implement corrective action in accordance with the permit. 3) Inspection Report (§I.D.5.c): The inspection report form is located at the end of the tab. Inspection reports must identify any incidents of non-compliance with the terms and conditions of the general permit. The inspection record will note evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters. Inspection records must be retained for three years from the expiration or inactivation of permit coverage. However, PSCo’s internal policy requires all records associated with this permit to be maintained for 10 years. The inspection report will include: • The inspection date, • Name(s) and title(s) of personnel making the inspection , • Weather conditions at time of inspection, • Phase of construction at time of inspection , • Estimated acreage of disturbance at time of inspection , • Location(s) of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site , • Location(s) of control measures that are still operating but need to be maintained , • Location(s) of control measures that failed to operate as designed or proved inadequate for a particular location, • Location(s) where additional control measures are needed that were not in place at the time of inspection, Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 • D escription of the minimum inspection frequency utilized when conducting each inspection, • Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule , and • After adequate corrective action(s) have been taken, or where a report does not identify any incidents requiring corrective action, the report must contain the flowing statement and provide the date of the statement: “I verify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that if any corrective action items were identified during the inspection, those corrective actions are complete, and the site is currently in compliance with the permit.”; and • Inspection reports must be signed by the individual(s) designated as a Qualified Stormwater Manager. d) Control Measure Routine Maintenance (§I.B.1.b): All erosion and sediment control practices and other protective measures identified in the SWMP will be maintained in effective operating condition. Control measures that are not adequately maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices are considered to be no longer operating effectively and will be modified or replaced. Control measures implemented at the site must be adequately designed and maintained to provide control for potential pollutant sources associated with the construction activity to prevent pollution or degradation of state waters. Observations leading to the required maintenance of control measures can be made during a site inspection, or during general observations of site conditions. The necessary repairs or modifications to a control measure requiring routine maintenance must be conducted to maintain an effective operating condition. Routine maintenance of control measures will occur anytime that the condition of the control measure or the accumulation of sediment or debris adversely impacts the functioning of the control measure. e) Corrective Actions/Replacement and Failed Control Measures (§I.B.1.c): Adequate site assessment will be performed as part of comprehensive inspection and maintenance procedures, to assess the adequacy of control measures at the site, and the necessity of changes to those control measures to ensure continued effective performance. Where site assessment results in the determination that new or replacement control measures are necessary, the control measures will be installed or maintained in accordance with this SWMP. Where control measures have failed, resulting in noncompliance, they will be addressed as soon as possible, immediately in most cases, to minimize the discharge of pollutants. When new control measures are installed or control measures are replaced, the SWMP will be updated. If a control cannot be repaired or installed immediately a statement of why this could not occur will be added to the SWMP along with a proposed schedule. If any unauthorized release or discharge of sediment or other materials has occurred, it will be cleaned up to the extent feasible to minimize discharges in subsequent storm events. CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER INSPECTON REPORT Project Name: Project Location (i.e. address, cross streets): Xcel Project Manager/Construction Supervisor: Xcel Onsite QC Inspector (if applicable): Construction Contractor Supervisor/Foreman: Qualified Stormwater Manager: Stormwater Inspector – Alternate SW Manager (name & title) Control Measure/BMP Installation Contractor: Is the Inspector a Qualified Stormwater Manager? Yes No Date of Inspection: NPDES/CDPS Certification #: Local/MS4/GESC Permit #: Inspection Start Time: Inspection Stop Time: Current weather at time of inspection: Phase of Construction Pre-Construction Initial Interim Final/Waiting for Growth Permit Closeout Estimated Acreage of Disturbance at time of Inspection: Type of Inspection Routine 7 day Inspection. At least one inspection every 7 calendar days (note that local MS4 may still require post storm inspections). Routine 14 day Inspection. At least one inspection every 14 calendar days, if post-storm event inspections are conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Post-storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14-day routine inspection requirement. Inspection for Discharges to Outstanding Waters. (Permittees must conduct site inspections at least once every 7 calendar days for sites that discharge to a water body designated as an Outstanding Water by the Water Quality Control Commission). Runoff Event (Post-storm event inspections must be conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event with potential to cause surface erosion. If no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post-storm event inspections will be conducted prior to re-commencing construction activities, but no later than 72 hours following the storm event). Storm Start Date: _______________ Storm Stop Date: _______________ Approximate Amount:_______________ Inspections at Completed Sites/Areas. When the site or portions of a site are awaiting establishment of a vegetative ground cover and final stabilization, the permittee must conduct a thorough inspection of the stormwater management system at least once every 30 days. (Post-storm event inspections are not required under this schedule but the local MS4 may still require post storm inspections). Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion. Inspections are not required for sites that meet all of the following conditions: construction activities are temporarily halted, snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period, and melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This inspection exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 7-day, 14-day and monthly inspections, as well as the post-storm-event inspections. When this inspection exclusion is implemented, the following information must be documented: dates when snow cover existed, date when construction activities ceased, and date melting conditions began. Other: When site conditions make the schedule required in this section impractical, the permittee may petition the Division to grant an alternate inspection schedule. The alternative inspection schedule may not be implemented prior to written approval by the division and incorporation into the SWMP. The primary Qualified Stormwater Manager must approve any schedule deviations and subsequent petition to the Division. SWMP Management Yes No N/A Comments Is the Permit(s) (Federal, State and/or Local/MS4/GESC) retained in the SWMP Notebook? Is the SWMP Notebook located onsite? If not, provide a copy of documentation that was submitted requesting and granting alternate location? Location of SWMP Is a site specific EPA SPCC Plan included in the SWMP (applies to bulk storage of hydrocarbon products greater than 1,320 gallons)? Are changes to the SWMP Documents noted (i.e. new or altered narratives, control measure details, site map updates, haul roads/routes, access points, etc)? Are inspection reports retained in the SWMP Notebook? Are corrective actions/maintenance items from previous inspection complete (if not show items on page 2)? Are there any new potential sources of pollutants onsite? Control Measures at time of inspection In SWMP Design In Use Not Needed at this time In SWMP Design In Use Not Needed at this time Erosion Control Measures Sediment Control Measures Seeding Stabilized Construction Entrance (i.e. VTC, mud mat, VTRAX, FOD, other) Mulch/Mulch Tackifier Sediment Basin/Trap Soil Binder Inlet Protection Retention Blankets (i.e. ECB/TRM) Outlet Protection Embankment Protector Sediment Control Log Grading (i.e. Surface Roughening, etc) Silt Fence Berm/Diversion (i.e. water bars) Rock Socks Protection of Existing Vegetation Velocity dissipation device (i.e. check dams, water bars) Hot or Cold Patch: Big Reds/Dandy Recyclers Other: (specify) Vegetation and Topography Other: (specify) Other: (specify) Control Measures for Special Conditions Materials Handling, Spill Prevention, Waste Management and General Pollution Prevention Dewatering Structure Stockpile Management Temporary Stream Crossing Erodible building materials Clear Water Diversion Concrete Waste Management Sensitive Area Fencing Solid Waste/Trash Access/Boundary Controls (i.e. construction fence) Vehicle and Equipment Management 50 foot vegetative buffer to receiving water Liquids (stored in secondary containment) Other: (specify) Sweeping Other: (specify) Sanitary Facility Other: (specify) Other: (specify) Other: (specify) Other: (specify) GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION SITE ASSESSMENT ***off site Pollutant Discharges are a violation of the Permit and Reason for Stop Work*** When conducting a site inspection, the following areas, if applicable, must be inspected for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system, or discharging to state waters: construction site perimeter, all disturbed areas, designated haul routes, material and waste storage areas exposed to precipitation, locations where stormwater has the potential to discharge offsite, and locations where vehicles exit the site. The permittee must ensure all control measures remain in effective operating condition and are working as designed in their specifications to minimize pollutant discharges. Determine if there are new potiential sources of pollutants. Assess the adequacy of control measures at the site to identify areas requiring new or modified control measures to minimize pollutant discharges. Identify all areas of non-compliance with the permit requirements and, if necessary, implement corrective actions. Control Measures must be maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Control Measure Requiring Routine Maintenance is defined as any control measure that is still operating in accordance with its design and the requirements of this permit, but requires maintenance to prevent a breach of the control measure. See also inadequate control measure. The permittee must assess the adequacy of control measures at the site, and the need for changes to those control measures to ensure continued effective performance. When an inadequate control measure is identified (i.e., new or replacement control measures become necessary), the following corrective action requirements apply. The permittee is in noncompliance with the permit until the inadequate control measure is replaced or corrected and returned to effective operating condition in compliance. If the inadequate control measure results in noncompliance that meets the conditions of Part II.L., the permittee must also meet the requirements of that section. Inadequate Control Measure is defined as any control measure that is not designed or implemented in accordance with the requirements of the permit and/or any control measure that is not implemented to operate in accordance with its design. If a new control measures is needed the inspector must determine if that new control measure is categorized as “inadequate or maintenance” based on the definitions above. All control measures identified in the SWMP shall be evaluated to ensure that they are maintained and operating correctly. Identify the condition of the control measure as either inadequate or in need of maintenance as defined above. Continuous and proactive maintenance is required on all Control Measures. Control Measures that are not operating effectively, have proven to be inadequate, or failed must be addressed as soon as possible, immediate in most cases. Date of Initial Finding Location (station #, pole #, intersection, etc) Control Measure Condition (Inadequate/Maintenance) Description of Corrective Action/Comment Date Complete & Initials CONSTRUCTION SITE ASSESSMENT ***off site Pollutant Discharges are a violation of the Permit and Reason for Stop Work*** (a) Is there evidence of discharge of sediment or other pollutants from the site? Yes No *If yes, explain the location of discharge and the corrective actions in the Construction Site Assessment section or General Notes (b) Has sediment or other pollutants discharging from the site reached state waters or municipal separate storm sewer system? Yes No *If yes, contact Xcel Energy’s Environmental Services (303)294-2189. No individual shall notify local or State offices on Xcel Energy’s behalf. INSPECTION CERTIFICATION I certify this inspection is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information. Qualified Stormwater Manager/Inspector (Name, Title, Company & Signature) Date: COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATON I verify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, all corrective action and maintenance items identified during the inspection are complete, and the site is currently in compliance with the permit. Qualified Stormwater Manager/Designee (Name, Title, Company & Signature) Date: Tab 10 SWMP General Requirements, Review and Revisions Non-Compliance Notification Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 SWMP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (§I.C.1) a) SWMP Development (§I.C.1.a): A SWMP will be developed for each construction site covered by this permit. The SWMP must be prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. b) SWMP Implementation (§I.C.1.b): The permittee must implement the provisions of the SWMP as written and updated, from commencement of construction activity until final stabilization is complete. The division may review the SWMP. For public emergency related sites, a SWMP will be created no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. c) SWMP Retention (§I.C.1.c): A copy of the SWMP must be retained on-site unless another location, specified by the permittee, is approved by the Division. The plan and inspection reports may be prepared, signed, and kept electronically, rather than in paper form, if the records are: • In a format that can be read in a similar manner as a paper record; and • Immediately accessible to the inspector during an inspection to the same extent as a paper copy stored at the site would be. PSCo stores its SWMPs digitally in StormPro. Due to the nature of this utility project, a request may be made to keep a copy of this SWMP at a central location and copies at the site when there is active construction. SWMP REVIEW AND REVISIONS (§I.C.3) The SWMP will be revised: 1. When there is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the site, which would require the implementation of new or revised c ontrol measures , or 2. If the SWMP proves to be ineffective in achieving the general objectives of controlling pollutants in stormwater discharges associated with construction activity , or 3. When control measures are no longer necessary and are removed , or 4. Corrective actions are taken onsite that result in a change to the SWMP. For SWMP revisions made following a change(s) onsite, including revisions to sections addressing site conditions and control measures, a notation must be included in the SWMP prior to the onsite change that identifies the time and date of the site change, the control measure removed, or modified, the location(s) of those control measures, and the proposed changes to the control measure . The methods for notation may include notations on site maps, a log of changes, redline changes in the, or other measures . The permittee must ensure the site changes are reflected in the SWMP. The permittee is noncompliant with the permit until the SWMP revisions have been made. SWMP AVAILABILITY (§I.C.4) A copy of the SWMP will be provided upon request to the Water Quality Control Division, EPA, or any local agency in charge of approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater Xcel T-Line: 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard August 2024 management plans, and within the time frame specified in the request. If the SWMP is required to be submitted to any of these entities, it must include a signed certification in accordance with Part I.A.3 and Part II.K of the permit, certifying that the SWMP is complete and meets all permit requirements. This SWMP will be available to the public under Section 308(b) of the CWA and Section 61.5(4) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. PSCo will make plans available to members of the public upon request. However, PSCo may claim any portion of a SWMP as confidential in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2. NONCOMPLIANCE NOTIFICATION (§II.L.7): a) What to Report: The following instances of noncompliance will be reported to the PSCo Project Manager as soon as they are discovered (§II.L.6): 1. Any noncompliance which may end anger health or the environment , 2. Any unanticipated bypass which exceeds any effluent limitations in the permit , 3. Any upset which causes an exceedance of any effluent limitation in the permit , or Daily maximum violations for any of the pollutants limited by Part I.A of the state discharge permit, including any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance or any pollutant specifically identified as the method to control any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance. The report shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause; the period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. b) Verbal Notification: It is PSCo’s policy that the Environmental Services Group performs all regulatory reporting for all of PSCo’s activities. If an instance of noncompliance such as those listed above occurs at the site, immediately contact the PSCo Project manager, who will then call the Environmental Services Emergency Number. This number is 303-571-7100. This phone number is staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week by Environmental Services personnel. They will assist in determining the severity of the event and they will then make the appropriate notifications. Under no circumstance are non-Environmental Service personnel authorized to contact regulatory agencies. c) Written Notification: The Environmental Services Group must also report all instances of noncompliance at the time monitoring reports are due. If no monitoring reports are required, these reports are due at least annually . The annual report must contain all instances of non -compliance. T ab 1 1 Pre-Construction Photos TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-1 1. View W from NE corner. 2. View SW from NE corner. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-2 3. View W from NE corner. 4. View S from NW corner. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-3 5. View SE from NW corner. 6. View E from the NW corner. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-4 7. View NE from the center. 8. View N from the center. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-5 9. View W from center. 10. View SW from center. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-6 11. View S from center. 12. View SE from center. TAB 11: Pre-Construction Photos 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Staging Yard Site Visit Date: June 17th, 2024 11-7 13. Vegetation density at center, d ensity 40%. This the typical vegetation density cover for the yard boundary area. Tab 1 2 Environmental Permits COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT Water Quality Control Division CDPS GENERAL PERMIT STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE COLORADO DISCHARGE PERMIT SYSTEM (CDPS) COR400000 In compliance with the provisions of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act, (25-8-101 et seq., CRS, 1973 as amended) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1 251 et seq.; the "Act"), this permit authorizes the discharge of stormwater associated with construction activities (and specific allowable non-stormwater discharges in accordance with Part I.A.1. of the permit) certified under this permit, from those locations specified throughout the State of Colorado to specified waters of the State. Such discharges shall be in accordance with the conditions of this permit. This permit specifically authorizes the facility listed on the certification to discharge in accordance with permit requirements and conditions set forth in Parts I and II hereof. All discharges authorized herein shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit. This permit becomes effective on April 1, 2019, and shall expire at midnight March 31, 2024. Issued and signed this 28th day of January, 2021. Meg Parish, Permits Section Manager Water Quality Control Division COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT Permit History Minor Modification Issued January 28, 2021 Effective February 1, 2021 Modification Issued December 31, 2020 Effective February 1, 2021 Originally signed and issued October 31, 2018; effective April 1, 2019 Page 2 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Table of Contents PART I ............................................................................................................................................ 3 A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT .................................................................................................. 3 1. Authorized Discharges ...................................................................................................... 3 2. Limitations on Coverage ................................................................................................... 3 3. Permit Certification and Submittal Procedures ....................................................................... 4 B. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS ............................................................................................................ 8 1. Requirements for Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations ........................................... 8 2. Discharges to an Impaired Waterbody .................................................................................. 11 3. General Requirements .................................................................................................... 12 C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) REQUIREMENTS ................................................................ 12 1. SWMP General Requirements ............................................................................................ 12 2. SWMP Content .............................................................................................................. 13 3. SWMP Review and Revisions .............................................................................................. 15 4. SWMP Availability .......................................................................................................... 16 D. SITE INSPECTIONS .................................................................................................................. 16 1. Person Responsible for Conducting Inspections ...................................................................... 16 2. Inspection Frequency ...................................................................................................... 16 3. Inspection Frequency for Discharges to Outstanding Waters ....................................................... 17 4. Reduced Inspection Frequency .......................................................................................... 17 5. Inspection Scope ........................................................................................................... 17 E. DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................................... 19 F. MONITORING ........................................................................................................................ 22 G. OIL AND GAS CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................... 22 PART II: STANDARD PERMIT CONDITIONS .................................................................................................. 24 A. DUTY TO COMPLY .................................................................................................................. 24 B. DUTY TO REAPPLY ................................................................................................................. 24 C. NEED TO HALT OR REDUCE ACTIVITY NOT A DEFENSE ....................................................................... 24 D. DUTY TO MITIGATE ................................................................................................................ 24 E. PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................... 24 F. PERMIT ACTIONS .................................................................................................................... 24 G. PROPERTY RIGHTS ................................................................................................................. 24 H. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ............................................................................................... 25 I. INSPECTION AND ENTRY ........................................................................................................... 25 J. MONITORING AND RECORDS ...................................................................................................... 25 K. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 26 1. Authorization to Sign: ..................................................................................................... 26 2. Electronic Signatures ...................................................................................................... 26 Page 2 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 3. Change in Authorization to Sign ......................................................................................... 26 L. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 27 1. Planned Changes ........................................................................................................... 27 2. Anticipated Non-Compliance ............................................................................................. 27 3. Transfer of Ownership or Control ....................................................................................... 27 4. Monitoring reports ......................................................................................................... 27 5. Compliance Schedules .................................................................................................... 27 6. Twenty-four Hour Reporting ............................................................................................. 28 7. Other Non-Compliance .................................................................................................... 28 8. Other Information .......................................................................................................... 28 M. BYPASS ............................................................................................................................... 28 1. Bypass Not Exceeding Limitations ....................................................................................... 28 2. Notice of Bypass ............................................................................................................ 28 3. Prohibition of Bypass ...................................................................................................... 28 N. UPSET ................................................................................................................................ 29 1. Effect of an upset .......................................................................................................... 29 2. Conditions Necessary for Demonstration of an Upset ............................................................... 29 3. Burden of Proof ............................................................................................................ 29 O. RETENTION OF RECORDS ......................................................................................................... 29 1. Post-Expiration or Termination Retention ............................................................................. 29 2. On-site Retention .......................................................................................................... 29 P. REOPENER CLAUSE ................................................................................................................. 30 1. Procedures for Modification or Revocation ............................................................................ 30 2. Water Quality Protection ................................................................................................. 30 Q. SEVERABILITY ....................................................................................................................... 30 R. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 30 1. Notification to Parties .................................................................................................... 30 S. RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................................... 30 1. Reduction, Loss, or Failure of Treatment Facility ................................................................... 30 T. OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LIABILITY ................................................................................... 30 U. EMERGENCY POWERS .............................................................................................................. 31 V. CONFIDENTIALITY .................................................................................................................. 31 W. FEES ................................................................................................................................. 31 X. DURATION OF PERMIT ............................................................................................................. 31 Y. SECTION 307 TOXICS ............................................................................................................... 31 P a g e Page 3 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Part I Note: At the first mention of terminology that has a specific connotation for the purposes of this permit, the terminology is electronically linked to the definitions section of the permit in Part I.E. A. COVERAGE UNDER THIS PERMIT Authorized Discharges This general permit authorizes permittee(s) to discharge the following to state waters: stormwater associated with construction activity and specified non-stormwater associated with construction activity. The following types of stormwater and non-stormwater discharges are authorized under this permit: a. Allowable Stormwater Discharges i. Stormwater discharges associated with construction activity. ii. Stormwater discharges associated with producing earthen materials, such as soils, sand, and gravel dedicated to providing material to a single contiguous site, or within ¼ mile of a construction site (e.g. borrow or fill areas). iii. Stormwater discharges associated with dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations (Coverage under this permit is not required if alternative coverage has been obtained.) b. Allowable Non-Stormwater Discharges The following non-stormwater discharges are allowable under this permit if the discharges are identified in the stormwater management plan in accordance with Part I.C and if they have appropriate control measures in accordance with Part I.B.1. i. Discharges from uncontaminated springs that do not originate from an area of land disturbance. ii. Discharges to the ground of concrete washout water associated with the washing of concrete tools and concrete mixer chutes. Discharges of concrete washout water must not leave the site as surface runoff or reach receiving waters as defined by this permit. Concrete on-site waste disposal is not authorized by this permit except in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.ii(b). iii. Discharges of landscape irrigation return flow. iv. Discharges from diversions of state waters within the permitted site. c. Emergency Fire Fighting Discharges resulting from emergency firefighting activities during the active emergency response are authorized by this permit. Limitations on Coverage Discharges not authorized by this permit include, but are not limited to, the discharges and activities listed below. Permittees may seek individual or alternate general permit coverage for the discharges, as appropriate and available. a. Discharges of Non-Stormwater Discharges of non-stormwater, except the authorized non-stormwater discharges listed in Part P a g e Page 4 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 I.A.1.b., are not eligible for coverage under this permit. b. Discharges Currently Covered by another Individual or General Permit c. Discharges Currently Covered by a Water Quality Control Division (division) Low Risk Guidance Document Permit Certification and Submittal Procedures a. Duty to Apply The following activities shall apply for coverage under this permit: i. Construction activity that will disturb one acre or more; or ii. Construction activity that is part of a common plan of development or sale; or iii. Stormwater discharges that are designated by the division as needing a stormwater permit because the discharge: Contributes to a violation of a water quality standard; or Is a significant contributor of pollutants to state waters. b. Application Requirements To obtain authorization to discharge under this permit, applicants applying for coverage following the effective date of the renewal permit shall meet the following requirements: i. Owners and operators submitting an application for permit coverage will be co- permittees subject to the same benefits, duties, and obligations under this permit. ii. Signature requirements: Both the owner and operator (permittee) of the construction site, as defined in Part I.E., must agree to the terms and conditions of the permit and submit a completed application that includes the signature of both the owner and the operator. In cases where the duties of the owner and operator are managed by the owner, both application signatures may be completed by the owner. Both the owner and operator are responsible for ensuring compliance with all terms and conditions of the permit, including implementation of the stormwater management plan. iii. The applicant(s) must develop a stormwater management plan (SWMP) in accordance with the requirements of Part I.C. The applicant(s) must also certify that the SWMP is complete, or will be complete, prior to commencement of any construction activity. iv. In order to apply for certification under this general permit, the applicant(s) must submit a complete, accurate, and signed permit application form as provided by the division by electronic delivery at least 10 days prior to the commencement of construction activity, except those construction activities that are in response to a public emergency related site; public emergency related sites shall apply for coverage no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. The provisions of this part in no way remove a violation of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act if a point source discharge occurs prior to the issuance of a CDPS permit. v. The application in its entirety must be submitted via the division’s online permitting system unless a waiver is granted by the division. If a waiver is granted, the application in its entirety, including signatures by both the owner and operator, must be submitted to: P a g e Page 5 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Water Quality Control Division Permits Section, WQCD-PS-B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246 vi. The applicant(s) must receive written notification that the division granted permit coverage prior to conducting construction activities except for construction activities that are in response to a public emergency related site. c. Division Review of Permit Application Within 10 days of receipt of the application, and following review of the application, the division may: i. Issue a certification of coverage; ii. Request additional information necessary to evaluate the discharge; iii. Delay the authorization to discharge pending further review; iv. Notify the applicant that additional terms and conditions are necessary; or v. Deny the authorization to discharge under this general permit. d. Alternative Permit Coverage i. Division Required Alternative Permit Coverage: The division may require an applicant or permittee to apply for an individual permit or an alternative general permit if it determines the discharge does not fall under the scope of this general permit, including if any additional terms and conditions are necessary in order to ensure that discharges authorized by this permit shall not cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or measurably contribute to an exceedance of any applicable water quality standard, including narrative standards for water quality. In this case, the division will notify the applicant or permittee that an individual permit application is required. ii. Permittee Request for Alternative Permit Coverage: A permittee authorized to discharge stormwater under this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under this general permit by applying for an individual permit. In this case, the permittee must submit an individual application, with reasons supporting the request, to the division at least 180 days prior to any discharge. When an individual permit is issued, the permittee’s authorization to discharge under this permit is terminated on the effective date of the individual permit. e. Submittal Signature Requirements Documents required for submittal to the division in accordance with this permit, including applications for permit coverage and other documents as requested by the division, must include signatures by both the owner and the operator, except for instances where the duties of the owner and operator are managed by the owner. Signatures on all documents submitted to the division as required by this permit must meet the Standard Signatory Requirements in Part II.K of this permit in accordance with 40 C.F.R. 122.41(k). i. Signature Certification Any person(s) signing documents required for submittal to the division must make the following P a g e Page 6 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 certification: “I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachm ents were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.” f. Compliance Document Signature Requirements Documents which are required for compliance with the permit, but for which submittal to the division is not required unless specifically requested by the division, must be signed by the individual(s) designated as the Qualified Stormwater Manager, as defined in Part I.E. i. Any person(s) signing inspection documents required for compliance with the permit per Part I.D.5.c.xiii must make the following statement and provide the date of the statement: “I verify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that if any corrective action items were identified during the inspection, those corrective actions are complete, and the site is currently in compliance with the permit.” g. Field Wide Permit Coverage for Oil and Gas Construction At the discretion of the division, a single permit certification may be issued to a single oil and ga s permittee to cover construction activity related discharges from an oil and gas field at multiple locations that are not necessarily contiguous. h. Permit Coverage without Application Qualifying Local Program: When a small construction site is within the jurisdiction of a qualifying local program, the owner and operator of the construction activity are authorized to discharge stormwater associated with small construction activity under this general permit without the submittal of an application to the division. Sites covered by a qualifying local program are exempt from the following sections of this general permit: Part I.A.3.a.; Part I.A.3.b.; Part I.A.3.c.; Part I.A.3.d.; Part I.A.3.g.; Part I.A.3.i.; Part I.A.3.j.; Part I.A.3.k. Sites covered by a qualifying local program are subject to the following requirements: i. Local Agency Authority: This permit does not pre-empt or supersede the authority of local agencies to prohibit, restrict, or control discharges of stormwater to storm drain systems or other water courses within their jurisdiction. ii. Permit Coverage Termination: When a site under a Qualifying Local Program is finally stabilized, coverage under this permit is automatically terminated. iii. Compliance with Qualifying Local Program: Qualifying Local Program requirements that are equivalent to the requirements of this permit are incorporated by reference. Permittees authorized to discharge under this permit, must comply with the equivalent requirements of the Qualifying Local Program that has jurisdiction over the site as a condition of this permit. iv. Compliance with Remaining Permit Conditions. Requirements of this permit that are in addition to or more stringent than the requirements of the Qualifying Local Program apply in addition to the requirements of the Qualifying Local Program. v. Written Authorization of Coverage: The division or local municipality may require any permittee within the jurisdiction of a Qualifying Local Program covered under this permit to P a g e Page 7 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 apply for, and obtain written authorization of coverage under this permit. The permittee must be notified in writing that an application for written authorization of coverage is required. i. Permittee Initiated Permit Actions Permittee initiated permit actions, including but not limited to modifications, contact changes, transfers, and terminations, shall be conducted following Part II.L, division guidance and using appropriate division-provided forms. j. Sale of Residence to Homeowner Residential construction sites only: The permittee may remove residential lots from permit coverage once the lot meets the following criteria: i. The residential lot has been sold to the homeowner(s) for private residential use; ii. A certificate of occupancy, or equivalent, is maintained on-site and is available during division inspections; iii. The lot is less than one acre of disturbance; iv. All construction activity conducted on the lot by the permittee is complete; v. The permittee is not responsible for final stabilization of the lot; and vi. The SWMP was modified to indicate the lot is no longer part of the construction activity. If the residential lot meets the criteria listed above then activities occurring on the lot are no longer considered to be construction activities with a duty to apply and maintain permit coverage. Therefore, the permittee is not required to meet the final stabilization requirements and may terminate permit coverage for the lot. k. Permit Expiration and Continuation of Permit Coverage Authorization to discharge under this general permit shall expire at midnight on March 31, 2024. While Regulation 61.4 requires a permittee to submit an application for continuing permit coverage 180 days before the permit expires, the division is requiring that permittees desiring continued coverage under this general permit must reapply at least 90 days in advance of this permit expiration. The division will determine if the permittee may continue to discharge stormwater under the terms of the general permit. An individual permit may be required for any facility not reauthorized to discharge under the reissued general permit. If this permit is not reissued or replaced prior to the expiration date, it will be administratively continued and remain in force and effect. For permittees that have applied for continued permit coverage, discharges authorized under this permit prior to the expiration date will automatically remain covered by this permit until the earliest of: i. An authorization to discharge under a reissued permit, or a replacement of this permit, following the timely and appropriate submittal of a complete application requesting authorization to discharge under the new permit and compliance with the requirements of the new permit; or ii. The issuance and effect of a termination issued by the division; or iii. The issuance or denial of an individual permit for the facility’s discharges; or iv. A formal permit decision by the division not to reissue this general permit, at which time the division will identify a reasonable time period for covered dischargers to seek coverage under P a g e Page 8 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 an alternative general permit or an individual permit. Coverage under this permit will cease when coverage under another permit is granted/authorized; or v. The division has informed the permittee that discharges previously authorized under this permit are no longer covered under this permit. B. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS Requirements for Control Measures Used to Meet Effluent Limitations The permittee must implement control measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants from all potential pollutant sources at the site. Control measures must be installed prior to commencement of construction activities. Control measures must be selected, designed, installed and maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices . Control measures implemented at the site must be designed to prevent pollution or degradation of state waters. a. Stormwater Pollution Prevention The permittee must implement structural and/or nonstructural control measures that effectively minimize erosion, sediment transport, and the release of other pollutants related to construction activity. i. Control Measures for Erosion and Sediment Control Control measures for erosion and sediment control may include, but are not limited to, wattles/sediment control logs, silt fences, earthen dikes, drainage swales, sediment traps, subsurface drains, pipe slope drains, inlet protection, outlet protection, gabions, sediment basins, temporary vegetation, permanent vegetation, mulching, geotextiles, sod stabilization, slope roughening, maintaining existing vegetation, protection of trees, and preservation of mature vegetation. Specific control measures must meet the requirements listed below. Structural and nonstructural vehicle tracking controls shall be implemented to minimize vehicle tracking of sediment from disturbed areas and may include tracking pads, minimizing site access, wash racks, graveled parking areas, maintaining vehicle traffic to paved areas, street sweeping and sediment control measures. Stormwater runoff from all disturbed areas and soil storage areas must utilize or flow to one or more control measures to minimize erosion or sediment in the discharge. The control measure(s) must be selected, designed, installed and adequately sized in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices for the intended application. The control measure(s) must contain or filter flows in order to prevent the bypass of flows without treatment and must be appropriate for stormwater runoff from disturbed areas and for the expected flow rate, duration, and flow conditions (e.g. sheet or concentrated flow). Selection of control measures should prioritize the use of structural and nonstructural control measures that minimize the potential for erosion (i.e. covering materials). Selection should also prioritize phasing construction activities to minimize the amount of soil disturbance at any point in time throughout the duration of construction. Outlets that withdraw water from or near the surface shall be installed when discharging from basins and impoundments, unless infeasible. Maintain pre-existing vegetation or equivalent control measures for areas within 50 horizontal feet of receiving waters as defined by this permit, unless infeasible. P a g e Page 9 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Soil compaction must be minimized for areas where infiltration control measures will occur or where final stabilization will be achieved through vegetative cover. Unless infeasible, topsoil shall be preserved for those areas of a site that will utilize vegetative final stabilization. Minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity, including the disturbance of steep slopes. Diversion control measures must minimize soil transport and erosion within the entire diversion, minimize erosion during discharge, and minimize run-on into the diversion. The permittee must minimize the discharge of pollutants throughout the installation, implementation and removal of the diversion. Diversions must meet one or more of the following conditions: Lined or piped structures that result in no erosion in all flow conditions. Diversion channels, berms, and coffer dams must be lined or composed of a material that minimizes potential for soil loss in the entire wetted perimeter during anticipated flow conditions (e.g. vegetated swale, non-erosive soil substrate). The entire length of the diversion channel must be designed with all of the following considerations: maximum flow velocity for the type of material(s) exposed to the anticipated flows to ensure that the calculated maximum shear stress of flows in the channel is not expected to result in physical damage to the channel or liner and result in discharge of pollutants. Additionally, the conditions relied on to minimize soil loss must be maintained for the projected life of the diversion (i.e. a vegetated swale must be limited to a period of time that ensures vegetative growth, minimizes erosion and maintains stable conditions). An alternative diversion criteria, approved by the division prior to implementation. The diversion method must be designed to minimize the discharge of pollutants and to prevent the potential for pollution or degradation to state waters as a result of the diverted flow through the diversion structure. In addition, the alternative diversion method must minimize the discharge of pollutants throughout the installation, implementation and removal of the diversion. ii. Practices for Other Common Pollutants Bulk storage, individual containers of 55 gallons or greater, for petroleum products and other liquid chemicals must have secondary containment, or equivalent protection, in order to contain spills and to prevent spilled material from entering state waters. Control measures designed for concrete washout waste must be implemented. This includes washout waste discharged to the ground as authorized under this permit and washout waste from concrete trucks and masonry operations contained on site. The permittee must ensure the washing activities do not contribute pollutants to stormwater runoff, or receiving waters in accordance Part I.A.1.b.ii. Discharges that may reach groundwater must flow through soil that has buffering capacity prior to reaching groundwater, as necessary to meet the effluent limits in this permit, including Part I.B.3.a. The concrete washout location must not be located in an area where shallow groundwater may be present and would result in buffering capacity not being adequate, such as near natural drainages, springs, or wetlands. This permit authorizes discharges to the ground of concrete washout waste, but does not authorize on-site waste disposal per Part I.B.3.d. In the event that water remains onsite and contains pollutants either from the P a g e Page 10 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 firefighting activities or picked up from the site (i.e. in a gutter, sediment basin, etc.) after active emergency response is complete, the permittee must ensure the remaining water containing pollutants is properly removed and disposed of in order to minimize pollutants from discharging from the site, unless infeasible. iii. Stabilization Requirements The following requirements must be implemented for each site. (a) Temporary stabilization must be implemented for earth disturbing activities on any portion of the site where ground disturbing construction activity has permanently ceased, or temporarily ceased for more than 14 calendar days. Temporary stabilization methods may include, but are not limited to, tarps, soil tackifier, and hydroseed. The permittee may exceed the 14-day schedule when either the function of the specific area of the site requires it to remain disturbed or physical characteristics of the terrain and climate prevent stabilization. The SWMP must document the constraints necessitating the alternative schedule, provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the site map. Minimum inspection frequency and scope, as directed in Part I.D., must be followed for temporarily stabilized areas. (b) Final stabilization must be implemented for all construction sites covered under this permit. Final stabilization is reached when (1), (2), and (3) below are complete: (1) All construction activities are complete. (2) Permanent stabilization methods are complete. Permanent stabilization methods include, but are not limited to, permanent pavement or concrete, hardscape, xeriscape, stabilized driving surfaces, vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent alternative stabilization methods. The division may approve alternative final stabilization criteria for specific operations. Vegetative cover must meet the following criteria: a. Evenly distributed perennial vegetation, and b. Coverage, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site, and The permittee must ensure all temporary control measures are removed from the construction site once final stabilization is achieved, except when the control measure specifications allow the control measure to be left in place (i.e. bio- degradable control measures). Final stabilization must be designed and installed as a permanent feature. Final stabilization measures for obtaining a vegetative cover or alternative stabilization methods include, but are not limited to, the following as appropriate: Seed mix selection and application methods; Soil preparation and amendments; Soil stabilization methods to provide adequate protection to minimize erosion (e.g. crimped straw, hydro mulch or rolled erosion control products); Appropriate sediment control measures as needed until final stabilization is achieved; P a g e Page 11 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Permanent pavement, hardscape, xeriscape, stabilized driving surfaces; Other alternative stabilization practices as applicable. b. Maintenance The permittee must ensure that all control measures remain in effective operating condition and are protected from activities that would reduce their effectiveness. Control measures must be maintained in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. Observations leading to the required maintenance of control measures can be made during a site inspection, or during general observations of site conditions. The necessary repairs or modifications to a control measure requiring routine maintenance, as defined in Part I.E., must be conducted to maintain an effective operating condition. This section is not subject to the requirements in Part I.B.1.c below. c. Corrective Actions The permittee must assess the adequacy of control measures at the site, and the need for changes to those control measures, to ensure continued effective performance. When an inadequate control measure, as defined in Part I.E., is identified (i.e., new or replacement control measures become necessary), the following corrective action requirements apply. The permittee is in noncompliance with the permit until the inadequate control measure is replaced or corrected and returned to effective operating condition in compliance with Part I.B.1 and the general requirements in Part I.B.3. If the inadequate control measure results in noncompliance that meets the conditions of Part II.L., the permittee must also meet the requirements of that section. i. The permittee must take all necessary steps to minimize or prevent the discharge of pollutants from the permitted area and manage any stormwater run-on onto the site until a control measure is implemented and made operational and/or an inadequate control measure is replaced or corrected and returned to effective operating condition. If it is infeasible to install or repair the control measure immediately after discovering the deficiency, the following must be documented in the SWMP in Part I.D.5.c and kept on record in accordance with the recordkeeping requirements in Part II. (a) Describe why it is infeasible to initiate the installation or repair immediately; and (b) Provide a schedule for installing or repairing the control measure and returning it to an effective operating condition as soon as possible. ii. If applicable, the permittee must remove and properly dispose of any unauthorized release or discharge within and from the permitted area (e.g., discharge of non-stormwater, untreated stormwater containing pollutants, spill, or leak not authorized by this permit.) The permittee must also clean up any contaminated surfaces, if feasible, to minimize discharges of the material in subsequent storm events, including water remaining from the response that contains pollutants after active emergency firefighting response is complete. Discharges to an Impaired Waterbody a. Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) If the discharge from the site of permit coverage flows to or could reasonably be expected to flow to any water body for which a TMDL has been approved, and stormwater discharges associated with construction activity were assigned a pollutant-specific Wasteload Allocation (WLA) under the TMDL, the division may: i. Ensure the WLA is implemented properly through alternative local requirements, such as by a P a g e Page 12 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 municipal stormwater permit; or ii. Notify the permittee of the WLA and amend the permittee’s certification to add specific effluent limits and other requirements, as appropriate. The permittee may be required to do the following: Under the permittee’s SWMP, implement specific control measures based on requirements of the WLA, and evaluate whether the requirements are met through implementation of existing stormwater control measures or if additional control measures are necessary. Document the calculations or other evidence demonstrating that the requirements are expected to be met; and If the evaluation shows that additional or modified control measures are necessary, describe the type and schedule for the control measure additions or modifications. iii. Discharge monitoring may also be required. The permittee may maintain coverage under the general permit provided they comply with the applicable requirements outlined above. The division reserves the right to require individual or alternate general permit coverage. General Requirements a. Discharges authorized by this permit shall not cause, have the reasonable potential to cause, or measurably contribute to an exceedance of any applicable water quality standard, including narrative standards for water quality. b. The division may require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis, in the event that there is reason to suspect that the SWMP is not adequately minimizing pollutants in stormwater or in order to measure the effectiveness of the control measures in removing pollutants in the effluent. Such monitoring may include Whole Effluent Toxicity testing. c. The permittee must comply with the lawful requirements of federal agencies, municipalities, counties, drainage districts and other local agencies including applicable requirements in Municipal Stormwater Management Programs developed to comply with CDPS permits. The permittee must comply with local stormwater management requirements, policies and guidelines including those for erosion and sediment control. d. All construction site wastes must be properly managed to prevent potential pollution of state waters. This permit does not authorize on-site waste disposal. e. This permit does not relieve the permittee of the reporting requirements in 40 CFR 110, 40 CFR 117 or 40 CFR 302. Any discharge of hazardous material must be handled in accordance with the division's Noncompliance Notification Requirements (see Part II.L of the permit). C. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) REQUIREMENTS SWMP General Requirements a. A SWMP shall be developed for each construction site listed under Part I.A.3.a, including but not limited to, construction activity that will disturb one acre or more and/or are part of a common plan of development or sale covered by this permit. The SWMP must be prepared in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices. i. For public emergency related sites, a SWMP shall be created no later than 14 days after the commencement of construction activities. b. The permittee must implement the provisions of the SWMP as written and updated, from commencement of construction activity until final stabilization is complete. The division may review the SWMP. P a g e Page 13 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 c. A copy of the SWMP must be retained onsite or be onsite when construction activities are occurring at the site unless the permittee specifies another location and obtains approval from the division. SWMP Content a. The SWMP, at a minimum, must include the following elements. i. Qualified Stormwater Manager. The SWMP must list individual(s) by title and name who are designated as responsible for implementing the SWMP in its entirety and meet the definition of a Qualified Stormwater Manager. This role may be filled by more than one individual. ii. Spill Prevention and Response Plan. The SWMP must have a spill prevention and response plan. The plan may incorporate by reference any part of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plan under section 311 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) or a Spill Prevention Plan required by a separate CDPS permit. The relevant sections of any referenced plans must be available as part of the SWMP consistent with Part I.C.4. iii. Other CDPS Permits. The SWMP must list the applicable CDPS permits associated with the permitted site and the activities occurring on the permitted site (e.g. a CDPS Dewatering Permit). iv. Materials Handling. The SWMP must describe handling procedures of all control measures implemented at the site to minimize impacts from handling significant materials that could contribute pollutants to runoff. These handling procedures can include control measures for pollutants and activities such as, exposed storage of building materials, paints and solvents, landscape materials, fertilizers or chemicals, sanitary waste material, trash and equipment maintenance or fueling procedures. v. Potential Sources of Pollution. The SWMP must list all potential sources of pollution which may reasonably be expected to affect the quality of stormwater discharges associated with construction activity from the site. This may include, but is not limited to, the following pollutant sources: Disturbed and stored soils; Vehicle tracking of sediments; Management of contaminated soils, if known to be present, or if contaminated soils are found during construction; Loading and unloading operations; Outdoor storage activities (erodible building materials, fertilizers, chemicals, etc.); Vehicle and equipment maintenance and fueling; Significant dust or particulate generating processes (e.g., saw cutting material, including dust); Routine maintenance activities involving fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, detergents, fuels, solvents, oils, etc.; On-site waste management practices (waste piles, liquid wastes, dumpsters); Concrete truck/equipment washing, including washing of the concrete truck chute and associated fixtures and equipment; Dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations; P a g e Page 14 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Non-industrial waste sources such as worker trash and portable toilets. vi. Implementation of Control Measures. The SWMP must include design specifications that contain information on the implementation of all the structural and nonstructural control measures in use on the site in accordance with good engineering, hydrologic and pollution control practices; including, as applicable, drawings, dimensions, installation information, materials, implementation processes, control measure-specific inspection expectations, and maintenance requirements. The SWMP must include a documented use agreement between the permittee and the owner or operator of any control measures located outside of the permitted area, that are utilized by the permittee’s construction site for compliance with this permit, but not under the direct control of the permittee. The permittee is responsible for ensuring that all control measures located outside of their permitted area, that are being utilized by the pe rmittee’s construction site, are properly maintained and in compliance with all terms and conditions of the permit. The SWMP must include all information required of and relevant to any such control measures located outside the permitted area, including location, installation specifications, design specifications and maintenance requirements. vii. Site Description. The SWMP must include a site description which includes, at a minimum, the following: The nature of the construction activity at the site; The proposed schedule for the sequence for major construction activities and the planned implementation of control measures for each phase. (e.g. clearing, grading, utilities, vertical, etc.); Estimates of the total acreage of the site, and the acreage expected to be disturbed by clearing, excavation, grading, or any other construction activities; A summary of any existing data and sources used in the development of the construction site plans or SWMP that describe the soil types found in the permitted area and the erodibility of the identified soil types; A description of the percent cover of native vegetation on the site if the site is undisturbed, or the percent cover of native vegetation in a similar, local undisturbed area or adequate reference area if the site is disturbed. Include the source or methodology for determining the percentage. If a percent cover is not appropriate for the site location (i.e. arid), describe the technique and justification for the identified cover of native vegetation; A description of any allowable non-stormwater discharges at the site, including those being discharged under a separate CDPS permit or a division low risk discharge guidance policy, and applicable control measures installed; A description of the drainage patterns from the site, including a description of the immediate source receiving the discharge and the receiving water(s) of the discharge, if different than the immediate source. If the stormwater discharge is to a municipal separate storm sewer system, include the name of the entity owning that system, the location(s) of the stormwater discharge, and the receiving water(s); A description of all stream crossings located within the construction site boundary; and A description of the alternate temporary stabilization schedule, if applicable (Part I.B.1.a.iii(a)). P a g e Page 15 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 A description of the alternative diversion criteria as approved by the division, if applicable (Part I.B.1.a.i(i)(3)). viii. Site Map. The SWMP must include a site map which includes, at a minimum, the following: Construction site boundaries; Flow arrows that depict stormwater flow directions on-site and runoff direction; All areas of ground disturbance including areas of borrow and fill; Areas used for storage of soil; Locations of all waste accumulation areas, including areas for liquid, concrete, masonry, and asphalt; Locations of dedicated asphalt, concrete batch plants and masonry mixing stations; Locations of all structural control measures; Locations of all non-structural control measures (e.g. temporary stabilization); Locations of springs, streams, wetlands, diversions and other state waters, including areas that require pre-existing vegetation be maintained within 50 feet of a receiving water, where determined feasible in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.i(e); Locations of all stream crossings located within the construction site boundary; and Locations where alternative temporary stabilization schedules apply. ix. Temporary Stabilization, Final Stabilization and Long Term Stormwater Management. The SWMP must document the constraints necessitating an alternative temporary stabilization schedule, as referenced in Part I.B.1.a.iii(a), provide the alternate stabilization schedule, and identify all locations where the alternative schedule is applicable on the site map. The SWMP must describe and locate the methods used to achieve final stabilization of all disturbed areas at the site, as listed in Part I.B.1.a.iii(b). The SWMP must describe the measures used to establish final stabilization through vegetative cover or alternative stabilization method, as referenced in Part I.B.1.a.iii(c), and describe and locate any temporary control measures in place during the process of final stabilization. The SWMP must describe and locate any planned permanent control measures to control pollutants in stormwater discharges that will occur after construction operations are completed, including but not limited to, detention/retention ponds, rain gardens, stormwater vaults, etc. x. Inspection Reports. The SWMP must include documented inspection reports in accordance with Part I.D.5.c. SWMP Review and Revisions Permittees must keep a record of SWMP changes made that includes the date and identification of the changes. The SWMP must be amended when the following occurs: a. A change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the site requiring implementation P a g e Page 16 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 of new or revised control measures; b. The SWMP proves ineffective in controlling pollutants in stormwater runoff in compliance with the permit conditions; c. Control measures identified in the SWMP are no longer necessary and are removed; and d. Corrective actions are taken onsite that result in a change to the SWMP. e. The site or areas of the site qualifying for reduced frequency inspections under Part I.D.4. For SWMP revisions made prior to or following a change(s) onsite, including revisions to sections addressing site conditions and control measures, a notation must be included in the SWMP that identifies the date of the site change, the control measure removed, or modified, the location(s) of those control measures, and any changes to the control measure(s). The permittee must ensure the site changes are reflected in the SWMP. The permittee is noncompliant with the permit until the SWMP revisions have been made. SWMP Availability A copy of the SWMP must be provided upon request to the division, EPA, and any local agency with authority for approving sediment and erosion plans, grading plans or stormwater management plans within the time frame specified in the request. If the SWMP is required to be submitted to any of these entities, the submission must include a signed certification in accordance with Part I.A.3.e, certifying that the SWMP is complete and compliant with all terms and conditions of the permit. All SWMPs required under this permit are considered reports that must be available to the public under Section 308(b) of the CWA and Section 61.5(4) of the CDPS regulations. The permittee must make plans available to members of the public upon request. However, the permittee may claim any portion of a SWMP as confidential in accordance with 40 CFR Part 2. D. SITE INSPECTIONS Site inspections must be conducted in accordance with the following requirements. The required inspection schedules are a minimum frequency and do not affect the permittee’s responsibility to implement control measures in effective operating condition as prescribed in the SWMP, Part I.C.2.a.vi, as proper maintenance of control measures may require more frequent inspections. Site inspections shall start within 7 calendar days of the commencement of construction activities on site. Person Responsible for Conducting Inspections The person(s) inspecting the site may be on the permittee’s staff or a third party hired to conduct stormwater inspections under the direction of the permittee(s). The permittee is responsible for ensuring that the inspector meets the definition of a Qualified Stormwater Manager. The inspector may be different than the individual(s) listed in Part I.C.2.a.i. Inspection Frequency Permittees must conduct site inspections in accordance with on the following minimum frequencies, unless the site meets the requirements of Part I.D.3. All inspections must be recorded per Part I.D.5.c. a. At least one inspection every 7 calendar days; or b. At least one inspection every 14 calendar days, if post-storm event inspections are conducted within 24 hours after the end of any precipitation or snowmelt event that causes surface erosion. Post-storm inspections may be used to fulfill the 14-day routine inspection requirement. c. When site conditions make the schedule required in this section impractical, the permittee may P a g e Page 17 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 petition the division to grant an alternate inspection schedule. The alternative inspection schedule must not be implemented prior to written approval by the division and incorporation into the SWMP. Inspection Frequency for Discharges to Outstanding Waters Permittees must conduct site inspections at least once every 7 calendar days for sites that discharge to a water body designated as an Outstanding Water by the Water Quality Control Commission. Reduced Inspection Frequency The permittee may perform site inspections at the following reduced frequencies when one of the following conditions exists: a. Post-Storm Inspections at Temporarily Idle Sites For permittees choosing an inspection frequency pursuant to Part I.D.2.b and if no construction activities will occur following a storm event, post-storm event inspections must be conducted prior to re-commencing construction activities, and no later than 72 hours following the storm event. If the post-storm event inspection qualifies under this section, the inspection delay must be documented in the inspection record per Part I.D.5.c. Routine inspections must still be conducted at least every 14 calendar days. b. Inspections at Completed Sites/Areas When the site, or portions of a site, are awaiting establishment of a vegetative ground cover and final stabilization, the permittee must conduct a thorough inspection of the stormwater management system at least once every 30 days. Post-storm event inspections are not required under this schedule. This reduced inspection schedule is allowed if all of the following criteria are met: i. All construction activities resulting in ground disturbance are complete; ii. All activities required for final stabilization, in accordance with Part I.B.1.a.iii(b) & (c) and with the SWMP, have been completed, with the exception of the application of seed that has not occurred due to seasonal conditions or the necessity for additional seed application to augment previous efforts; and iii. The SWMP has been amended to locate those areas to be inspected in accordance with the reduced schedule allowed for in this paragraph. c. Winter Conditions Inspections Exclusion Inspections are not required for sites that meet all of the following conditions: construction activities are temporarily halted, snow cover exists over the entire site for an extended period, and melting conditions posing a risk of surface erosion do not exist. This inspection exception is applicable only during the period where melting conditions do not exist, and applies to the routine 7-day, 14-day and monthly inspections, as well as the post-storm-event inspections. When this inspection exclusion is implemented, the following information must be documented in accordance with the requirements in Part I.C.3 and Part I.D.5.c: i. Dates when snow cover existed; ii. Date when construction activities ceased; and iii. Date melting conditions began. Inspection Scope P a g e Page 18 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 a. Areas to Be Inspected When conducting a site inspection the following areas, if applicable, must be inspected for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants leaving the construction site boundaries, entering the stormwater drainage system or discharging to state waters: i. Construction site perimeter; ii. All disturbed areas; iii. Locations of installed control measures; iv. Designated haul routes; v. Material and waste storage areas exposed to precipitation; vi. Locations where stormwater has the potential to discharge offsite; and vii. Locations where vehicles exit the site. b. Inspection Requirements i. Visually verify whether all implemented control measures are in effective operational condition and are working as designed in their specifications to minimize pollutant discharges. ii. Determine if there are new potential sources of pollutants. iii. Assess the adequacy of control measures at the site to identify areas requiring new or modified control measures to minimize pollutant discharges. iv. Identify all areas of non–compliance with the permit requirements and, if necessary, implement corrective action(s) in accordance with Part I.B.1.c. c. Inspection Reports The permittee must keep a record of all inspections conducted for each permitted site. Inspection reports must identify any incidents of noncompliance with the terms and conditions of this permit. All inspection reports must be signed and dated in accordance with Part I.A.3.f. Inspection records must be retained in accordance with Part II.O. At a minimum, the inspection report must include: i. The inspection date; ii. Name(s) and title(s) of personnel conducting the inspection; iii. Weather conditions at the time of inspection; iv. Phase of construction at the time of inspection; v. Estimated acreage of disturbance at the time of inspection; vi. Location(s) and identification of control measures requiring routine maintenance; vii. Location(s) and identification of discharges of sediment or other pollutants from the site; viii. Location(s) and identification of inadequate control measures; ix. Location(s) and identification of additional control measures needed that were not in place at the time of inspection; P a g e Page 19 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 x. Description of corrective action(s) for items vii, viii, ix, above, dates corrective action(s) were completed, including requisite changes to the SWMP, as necessary; xi. Description of the minimum inspection frequency (either in accordance with Part I.D.2, Part I.D.3 or Part I.D.4.) utilized when conducting each inspection. xii. Deviations from the minimum inspection schedule as required i n Part I.D.2. This would include documentation of division approval for an alternate inspection schedule outlined in Part I.D.2.c; xiii. After adequate corrective action(s) have been taken, or where a report does not identify any incidents requiring corrective action, the report shall contain a statement as required in Part I.A.3.f. E. DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this permit: (1) Bypass the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(m)(1)(i) and Regulation 61.2(12). (2) Common Plan of Development or Sale - A contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules, but remain related. The division has determined that “contiguous” means construction activities located in close proximity to each other (within ¼ mile). Construction activities are considered to be “related” if they share the same development plan, builder or contractor, equipment, storage areas, etc. “Common plan of development or sale” includes construction activities that are associated with the construction of field wide oil and gas permits for facilities that are related. (3) Construction Activity - Ground surface disturbing and associated activities (land disturbance), which include, but are not limited to, clearing, grading, excavation, demolition, installation of new or improved haul roads and access roads, staging areas, stockpiling of fill materials, and borrow areas. Construction does not include routine maintenance to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of the facility. Activities to conduct repairs that are not part of routine maintenance or for replacement are construction activities and are not routine maintenance. Repaving activities where underlying and/or surrounding soil is exposed as part of the repaving operation are considered construction activities. Construction activity is from initial ground breaking to final stabilization regardless of ownership of the construction activities. (4) Control Measure - Any best management practice or other method used to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants to state waters. Control measures include, but are not limited to, best management practices. Control measures can include other methods such as the installation, operation, and maintenance of structural controls and treatment devices. (5) Control Measure Requiring Routine Maintenance - Any control measure that is still operating in accordance with its design and the requirements of this permit, but requires maintenance to prevent a breach of the control measure. See also inadequate control measure. (6) Dedicated Asphalt, Concrete Batch Plants and Masonry Mixing Stations – Are batch plants or mixing stations located on, or within ¼ mile of, a construction site and that provide materials only to that specific construction site. (7) Diversion – Discharges of state waters that are temporarily routed through channels or structures (e.g. in-stream, uncontaminated springs, non-pumped groundwater, temporary rerouting of surface waters). (8) Final Stabilization - The condition reached when construction activities at the site have been P a g e Page 20 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 completed, permanent stabilization methods are complete, and temporary control measures are removed. Areas being stabilized with a vegetative cover must have evenly distributed perennial vegetation. The vegetation coverage must be, at a minimum, equal to 70 percent of what would have been provided by native vegetation in a local, undisturbed area or adequate reference site. (9) Good Engineering, Hydrologic and Pollution Control Practices: are methods, procedures, and practices that: a. Are based on basic scientific fact(s). b. Reflect best industry practices and standards. c. Are appropriate for the conditions and pollutant sources. d. Provide appropriate solutions to meet the associated permit requirements, including practice based effluent limits. (10) Inadequate Control Measure - Any control measure that is not designed or implemented in accordance with the requirements of the permit and/or any control measure that is not implemented to operate in accordance with its design. See also Control Measure Requiring Routine Maintenance. (11) Infeasible – Not technologically possible, or not economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practices. (12) Minimize - reduce or eliminate to the extent achievable using control measures that are technologically available and economically practicable and achievable in light of best industry practice. (13) Municipality - A city, town, county, district, association, or other public body created by, or under, State law and having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes, or a designated and approved management agency under section 208 of CWA (1987). (14) Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) - A conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains): a. Owned or operated by a State, city, town, county, district, association, or other public body (created by or pursuant to State law) having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, stormwater, or other wastes, including special districts under State law such as a sewer district, flood control district or drainage district, or similar entity, or a designated and approved management agency under section 208 of the CWA that discharges to state waters; i. Designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater; ii. Are not a combined sewer; and iii. Are not part of a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW). See 5 CCR 1002- 61.2(62). (15) Municipal Stormwater Management Program - A stormwater program operated by a municipality, typically to meet the requirements of the municipalities MS4 discharge certification. (16) Operator - The party that has operational control over day-to-day activities at a project site which are necessary to ensure compliance with the permit. This party is authorized to direct individuals at a site to carry out activities required by the permit (i.e. the general contractor). P a g e Page 21 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 (17) Outstanding Waters - Waters designated as outstanding waters pursuant to Regulation 31, Section 31.8(2)(a). The highest level of water quality protection applies to certain waters that constitute an outstanding state or national resource. (18) Owner - The party that has overall control of the activities and that has funded the implementation of the construction plans and specifications. This is the party that may have ownership of, a long term lease of, or easements on the property on which the construction activity is occurring (e.g. the developer). (19) Permittee(s) - The owner and operator named in the discharge certification issued under this permit for the construction site specified in the certification. (20) Point Source - Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including, but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding operation, or vessel or other floating craft, from which pollutants are or may be discharged. Point source does not include irrigation return flow. See 5 CCR 102-61.2(75). (21) Pollutant - Dredged spoil, dirt, slurry, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, sewage sludge, garbage, trash, chemical waste, biological nutrient, biological material, radioactive material, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, or any industrial, municipal or agricultural waste. See 5 CCR 1002-61.2(76). (22) Presentation of credentials – a government issued form of identification, if in person; or (ii) providing name, position and purpose of inspection if request to enter is made via telephone, email or other form of electronic communication. A Permittee’s non-response to a request to enter upon presentation of credentials constitutes a denial to such request, and may result in violation of the Permit. (23) Process Water - Any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into contact with or results from the production of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, by product or waste product. (24) Public Emergency Related Site - a project initiated in response to an unanticipated emergency (e.g., mud slides, earthquake, extreme flooding conditions, disruption in essential public services), for which the related work requires immediate authorization to avoid imminent endangerment to human health or the environment, or to reestablish essential public services. (25) Qualified Stormwater Manager - An individual knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control and pollution prevention, and with the skills to assess conditions at construction sites that could impact stormwater quality and to assess the effectiveness of stormwater controls implemented to meet the requirements of this permit. (26) Qualifying Local Program - A municipal program for stormwater discharges associated with small construction activity that was formally approved by the division as a qualifying local program. (27) Receiving Water - Any classified or unclassified surface water segment (including tributaries) in the State of Colorado into which stormwater associated with construction activities discharges. This definition includes all water courses, even if they are usually dry, such as borrow ditches, arroyos, and other unnamed waterways. (28) Severe Property Damage - substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production. See 40 CFR 122.41(m)(1)(ii). (29) Significant Materials - Include, but not limited to, raw materials; fuels; materials such as solvents, detergents, and plastic pellets; finished materials such as metallic products; raw materials used in P a g e Page 22 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 food processing or production; hazardous substances designated under section 101(14) of CERCLA; any chemical the permittee is required to report under section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA); fertilizers; pesticides; and waste products such as ashes, slag and sludge that have the potential to be released with stormwater discharges. (30) Small Construction Activity - The discharge of stormwater from construction activities that result in land disturbance of equal to, or greater than, one acre and less than five acres. Small construction activity also includes the disturbance of less than one acre of total land area that is part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the larger common plan ultimately disturbs equal to, or greater than, one acre and less than five acres. (31) Spill - An unintentional release of solid or liquid material which may pollute state waters. (32) State Waters - means any and all surface and subsurface waters which are contained in or flow in or through this state, but does not include waters in sewage systems, waters in treatment works of disposal systems, waters in potable water distribution systems, and all water withdrawn for use until use and treatment have been completed. (33) Steep Slopes: where a local government, or industry technical manual (e.g. stormwater BMP manual) has defined what is to be considered a “steep slope”, this permit’s definition automatica lly adopts that definition. Where no such definition exists, steep slopes are automatically defined as those that are 3:1 or greater. (34) Stormwater - Precipitation runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. See 5 CCR 1002-61.2(103). (35) Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) -The sum of the individual wasteload allocations (WLA) for point sources and load allocations (LA) for nonpoint sources and natural background. For the purposes of this permit, a TMDL is a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still meet water quality standards, and an allocation of that amount to the pollutant's sources. A TMDL includes WLAs, LAs, and must include a margin of safety (MOS), and account for seasonal variations. See section 303(d) of the CWA and 40 C.F.R. 130.2 and 130.7. (36) Upset - an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventative maintenance, or careless or improper operation in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(n) and Regulation 61.2(114). F. MONITORING The division may require sampling and testing, on a case-by-case basis. If the division requires sampling and testing, the division will send a notification to the permittee. Reporting procedures for any monitoring data collected will be included in the notification. If monitoring is required, the following applies: 1. The thirty (30) day average must be determined by the arithmetic mean of all samples collected during a thirty (30) consecutive-day period; and 2. A grab sample, for monitoring requirements, is a single “dip and take” sample. G. OIL AND GAS CONSTRUCTION Stormwater discharges associated with construction activities directly related to oil and gas exploration, production, processing, and treatment operations or transmission facilities are regulated under the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations (5 CCR 1002-61), and require coverage under this permit in accordance with that regulation. However, references in this permit to specific authority under the CWA do not apply to P a g e Page 23 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 stormwater discharges associated with these oil and gas related construction activities, to the extent that the references are limited by the federal Energy Policy Act of 2005. P a g e Page 24 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Part II: Standard Permit Conditions A. DUTY TO COMPLY The permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Water Quality Control Act and is grounds for: 1. Enforcement action; 2. Permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or 3. Denial of a permit renewal application. B. DUTY TO REAPPLY If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit, the permittee must apply for and obtain authorization as required by Part I.A.3.k. of the permit. C. NEED TO HALT OR REDUCE ACTIVITY NOT A DEFENSE It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit. D. DUTY TO MITIGATE A permittee must take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge in violation of this permit which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. E. PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A permittee must at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems which are installed by the permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. This requirement can be met by meeting the requirements for Part I.B., I.C., and I.D. above. See also 40 C.F.R. § 122.41(e). F. PERMIT ACTIONS This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause. The permittee request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition. Any request for modification, revocation, reissuance, or termination under this permit must comply with all terms and conditions of Regulation 61.8(8). G. PROPERTY RIGHTS In accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(g) and 5 CCR 1002-61, 61.8(9): 1. The issuance of a permit does not convey any property or water rights in either real or personal property, or stream flows or any exclusive privilege. 2. The issuance of a permit does not authorize any injury to person or property or any invasion of personal rights, nor does it authorize the infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. 3. Except for any toxic effluent standard or prohibition imposed under Section 307 of the Federal act or any standard for sewage sludge use or disposal under Section 405(d) of the Federal act, compliance with a permit during its term constitutes compliance, for purposes of enforcement, with Sections 301, P a g e Page 25 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 302, 306, 318, 403, and 405(a) and (b) of the Federal act. However, a permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated during its term for cause as set forth in Section 61.8(8) of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations. H. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION The permittee shall furnish to the division, within a reasonable time, any information which the division may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit, or to determine compliance with this permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the division, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(h) and/or Regulation 61.8(3)(q). I. INSPECTION AND ENTRY The permittee shall allow the division and the authorized representative, upon the presentation of credentials as required by law, to allow for inspections to be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(i), Regulation 61.8(3), and Regulation 61.8(4): 1. To enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or in which any records are required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit; 2. At reasonable times to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit; 3. At reasonable times, inspect any monitoring equipment or monitoring method required in the permit; and 4. To enter upon the permittee's premises in a reasonable manner and at a reasonable time to inspect or investigate, any actual, suspected, or potential source of water pollution, or any violation of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act. The investigation may include: sampling of any discharges, stormwater or process water, taking of photographs, interviewing site staff on alleged violations and other matters related to the permit, and assessing any and all facilities or areas within the site that may affect discharges, the permit, or an alleged violation. The permittee shall provide access to the division or other authorized representatives upon presentation of proper credentials. A permittee’s non-response to a request to enter upon presentation of credentials constitutes a denial of such request, and may result in a violation of the permit. J. MONITORING AND RECORDS 1. Samples and measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring must be representative of the volume and nature of the monitored activity. 2. The permittee must retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit, for a period of at least three years from the date the permit expires or the date t he permittee’s authorization is terminated. This period may be extended by request of the division at any time. 3. Records of monitoring information must include: a. The date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; b. The individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements; c. The date(s) analyses were performed P a g e Page 26 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 d. The individual(s) who performed the analyses; e. The analytical techniques or methods used; and f. The results of such analyses. 4. Monitoring must be conducted according to test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136, unless other test procedures have been specified in the permit. K. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS Authorization to Sign: All documents required to be submitted to the division by the permit must be signed in accordance with the following criteria: a. For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of this subsection, a responsible corporate officer means: i. A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy- or decision-making functions for the corporation, or ii. The manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities, provided, the manager is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment recommendations, and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long term environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit application requirements; and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures. b. For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively; or c. For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency: By either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of this subsection, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes i. The chief executive officer of the agency, or ii. A senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency. (e.g. Regional Administrator of EPA) Electronic Signatures For persons signing applications for coverage under this permit electronically, in addition to meeting other applicable requirements stated above, such signatures must meet the same signature, authentication, and identity-proofing standards set forth at 40 CFR § 3.2000(b) for electronic reports (including robust second-factor authentication). Compliance with this requirement can be achieved by submitting the application using the Colorado Environmental Online Service (CEOS) system. Change in Authorization to Sign If an authorization is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization must be submitted to the division, prior to the re-authorization, or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative. P a g e Page 27 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 L. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Planned Changes The permittee shall give advance notice to the division, in writing, of any planned physical alterations or additions to the permitted facility in accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(l) and Regulation 61.8(5)(a). Notice is required only when: a. The alteration or addition to a permitted facility may meet one of the criteria for determining whether a facility is a new source in 40 CFR 122.29(b); or b. The alteration or addition could significantly change the nature or increase the quantity of pollutants discharged. This notification applies to pollutants which are subject neither to effluent limitations in the permit, nor to notification requirements under 40 CFR 122.41(a)(1). Anticipated Non-Compliance The permittee shall give advance notice to the division, in writing, of any planned changes in the permitted facility or activity that may result in noncompliance with permit requirements. The timing of notification requirements differs based on the type of non-compliance as described in subparagraphs 5, 6, 7, and 8 below. Transfer of Ownership or Control The permittee shall notify the division, in writing, ten (10) calendar days in advance of a proposed transfer of the permit. This permit is not transferable to any person except after notice is given to the division. a. Where a facility wants to change the name of the permittee, the original permittee (the first owner or operators) must submit a Notice of Termination. b. The new owner or operator must submit an application. See also signature requirements in Part II.K, above. c. A permit may be automatically transferred to a new permittee if: i. The current permittee notifies the division in writing 30 calendar days in advance of the proposed transfer date; and ii. The notice includes a written agreement between the existing and new permittee(s) containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage and liability between them; and iii. The division does not notify the existing permittee and the proposed new permittee of its intent to modify, or revoke and reissue the permit. iv. Fee requirements of the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations, Section 61.15, have been met. Monitoring reports Monitoring results must be reported at the intervals specified in this permit per the requirements of 40 CFR 122.41(l)(4). Compliance Schedules Reports of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, interim and final requirements contained in any compliance schedule in the permit, shall be submitted on the date listed P a g e Page 28 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 in the compliance schedule section. The fourteen (14) calendar day provision in Regulation 61.8(4)(n)(i) has been incorporated into the due date. Twenty-four Hour Reporting In addition to the reports required elsewhere in this permit, the permittee shall report the following circumstances orally within twenty-four (24) hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances, and shall mail to the division a written report containing the information requested within five (5) working days after becoming aware of the following circumstances: a. Circumstances leading to any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment regardless of the cause of the incident; b. Circumstances leading to any unanticipated bypass which exceeds any effluent limitations in the permit; c. Circumstances leading to any upset which causes an exceedance of any effluent limitation in the permit; d. Daily maximum violations for any of the pollutants limited by Part I of this permit. This includes any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance or any pollutant specifically identified as the method to control any toxic pollutant or hazardous substance. e. The division may waive the written report required under subparagraph 6 of this section if the oral report has been received within 24 hours. Other Non-Compliance A permittee must report all instances of noncompliance at the time monitoring reports are due. If no monitoring reports are required, these reports are due at least annually in accordance with Regulation 61.8(4)(p). The annual report must contain all instances of non-compliance required under either subparagraph 5 or subparagraph 6 of this subsection. Other Information Where a permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application, or in any report to the Permitting Authority, it has a duty to promptly submit such facts or information. M. BYPASS Bypass Not Exceeding Limitations The permittees may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded, but only if it also is for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation. These bypasses are not subject to the provisions of Part II.M.2 of this permit. See 40 CFR 122.41(m)(2). Notice of Bypass a. Anticipated bypass. If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, the permittee must submit prior notice, if possible at least ten days before the date of the bypass. ee 40 CFR §122.41(m)(3)(i) and/or Regulation 61.9(5)(c). b. Unanticipated bypass. The permittee must submit notice of an unanticipated bypass in accordance with Part II.L.6. See 40 CFR §122.41(m)(3)(ii). Prohibition of Bypass P a g e Page 29 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 Bypasses are prohibited and the division may take enforcement action against the permittee for bypass, unless: a. The bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; b. There were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance; and c. Proper notices were submitted to the division. N. UPSET Effect of an upset An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with permit effluent limitations if the requirements of Part II.N.2. of this permit are met. No determination made during administrative review of claims that noncompliance was caused by upset, and before an action for noncompliance, is final administrative action subject to judicial review in accordance with Regulation 61.8(3)(j). Conditions Necessary for Demonstration of an Upset A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset shall demonstrate through properly signed contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that: a. An upset occurred and the permittee can identify the specific cause(s) of the upset; b. The permitted facility was at the time being properly operated and maintained; and c. The permittee submitted proper notice of the upset as required in Part II.L.6.(24- hour notice); and d. The permittee complied with any remedial measure necessary to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment. In addition to the demonstration required above, a permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset for a violation of effluent limitations based upon water quality standards shall also demonstrate through monitoring, modeling or other methods that the relevant standards were achieved in the receiving water. Burden of Proof In any enforcement proceeding, the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof. O. RETENTION OF RECORDS Post-Expiration or Termination Retention Copies of documentation required by this permit, including records of all data used to complete the application for permit coverage to be covered by this permit, must be retained for at least three years from the date that permit coverage expires or is terminated. This period may be extended by request of EPA at any time. On-site Retention The permittee must retain an electronic version or hardcopy of the SWMP at the construction site from P a g e Page 30 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 the date of the initiation of construction activities to the date of expiration or inactivation of permit coverage; unless another location, specified by the permittee, is approved by the division. P. REOPENER CLAUSE Procedures for Modification or Revocation Permit modification or revocation of this permit or coverage under this permit will be conducted according to Regulation 61.8(8). Water Quality Protection If there is evidence indicating that the stormwater discharges authorized by this permit cause, have the reasonable potential to cause or contribute to an excursion above any applicable water quality standard, the permittee may be required to obtain an individual permit, or the permit may be modified to include different limitations and/or requirements. Q. SEVERABILITY The provisions of this permit are severable. If any provisions or the application of any provision of this permit to any circumstances, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances and the application of the remainder of this permit shall not be affected. R. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Notification to Parties All notification requirements, excluding information submitted using the CEOS portal, shall be directed as follows: a. Oral Notifications, during normal business hours shall be to: Clean Water Compliance Section Water Quality Control Division Telephone: (303) 692-3500 b. Written notification shall be to: Clean Water Compliance Section Water Quality Control Division Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment WQCD-WQP-B2 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246-1530 S. RESPONSIBILITIES Reduction, Loss, or Failure of Treatment Facility The permittee has the duty to halt or reduce any activity if necessary to maintain compliance with the effluent limitations of the permit. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would be necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit. T. OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LIABILITY Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties to which the permittee is or may be subject to under Section 311 (Oil and Hazardous Substance Liability) of the CWA. P a g e Page 31 of 32 Permit No. COR400000 U. EMERGENCY POWERS Nothing in this permit shall be construed to prevent or limit application of any emergency power of the division. V. CONFIDENTIALITY Any information relating to any secret process, method of manufacture or production, or sales or marketing data which has been declared confidential by the permittee, and which may be acquired, ascertained, or discovered, whether in any sampling investigation, emergency investigation, or otherwise, shall not be publicly disclosed by any member, officer, or employee of the Water Quality Control Commission or the division, but shall be kept confidential. Any person seeking to invoke the protection of this section shall bear the burden of proving its applicability. This section shall never be interpreted as preventing full disclosure of effluent data. W. FEES The permittee is required to submit payment of an annual fee as set forth in the 2016 amendments to the Water Quality Control Act. Section 25-8-502 (1.1) (b), and the Colorado Discharge Permit System Regulations 5 CCR 1002-61, Section 61.15 as amended. Failure to submit the required fee when due and payable is a violation of the permit and will result in enforcement action pursuant to Section 25-8-601 et. seq., C.R.S.1973 as amended. X. DURATION OF PERMIT The duration of a permit shall be for a fixed term and shall not exceed five (5) years. If the permittee desires to continue to discharge, a permit renewal application shall be submitted at least ninety (90) calendar days before this permit expires. Filing of a timely and complete application shall cause the expired permit to continue in force to the effective date of the new permit. The permit's duration may be extended only through administrative extensions and not through interim modifications. If the permittee anticipates there will be no discharge after the expiration date of this permit, the division should be promptly notified so that it can terminate the permit in accordance with Part I.A.3.i. Y. SECTION 307 TOXICS If a toxic effluent standard or prohibition, including any applicable schedule of compliance specified, is established by regulation pursuant to Section 307 of the Federal Act for a toxic pollutant which is present in the permittee's discharge and such standard or prohibition is more stringent than any limitation upon such pollutant in the discharge permit, the division shall institute proceedings to modify or revoke and reissue the permit to conform to the toxic effluent standard or prohibition Tab 1 3 Inspection Reports Tab 1 4 Miscellaneous Seed mix Restoration will consist of re-contouring staging areas per grading plans and reseeding the area with the following native seed mix. The timing of subsequent seeding efforts will be based on the life of the selected herbicide. Table 1. Semi-Desert Loam Revegetation Seed Mixture* Species Pounds per Acre** Number of Seeds*** Western wheatgrass (Pascopyrum smithii) 3.00 8 Indian ricegrass (Achnatherum hymenoides ) 2.00 6 Prairie junegrass (Koeleria macrantha) 0.50 26 Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda ssp. Sandbergii) 1.00 24 Galleta grass (Pleuraphis jamesii) 2.00 7 Bluebunch wheatgrass (Pseudoroegneria spicata ssp. Spicata) 2.00 6 Bottlebrush squirreltail (Elymus elymoides ) 2.00 9 Western yarrow (Achillea millefolium var. occidentalis ) 0.10 6 Sulfur flower (Eriogonum umbellatum) 1.00 5 American vetch (Vicia americana) 2.00 2 Prairie aster (Machaeranthera tanacetifolia) 0.50 6 Total 16.10 106 *The seed mix shown in Table 1 was developed by Granite Seed and Erosion Control based on existing native grasses that occur in this region. Seed mix may be obtained from other suppliers. ** Pure Live Seed ***Per Square Foot 6584 MITC -UTER Murray Yard U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Standards and Support Team, wetlands_team@fws.gov Wetlands Estuarine and Marine Deepwater Estuarine and Marine Wetland Freshwater Emergent Wetland Freshwater Forested/Shrub Wetland Freshwater Pond Lake Other Riverine August 14, 2024 0 0.25 0.50.125 mi 0 0.4 0.80.2 km 1:14,670 This page was produced by the NWI mapper National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) This map is for general reference only. The US Fish and Wildlife Service is not responsible for the accuracy or currentness of the base data shown on this map. All wetlands related data should be used in accordance with the layer metadata found on the Wetlands Mapper web site. United States Department of Agriculture A product of the National Cooperative Soil Survey, a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local participants Custom Soil Resource Report for Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard Natural Resources Conservation Service June 11, 2024 Preface Soil surveys contain information that affects land use planning in survey areas. They highlight soil limitations that affect various land uses and provide information about the properties of the soils in the survey areas. Soil surveys are designed for many different users, including farmers, ranchers, foresters, agronomists, urban planners, community officials, engineers, developers, builders, and home buyers. Also, conservationists, teachers, students, and specialists in recreation, waste disposal, and pollution control can use the surveys to help them understand, protect, or enhance the environment. Various land use regulations of Federal, State, and local governments may impose special restrictions on land use or land treatment. Soil surveys identify soil properties that are used in making various land use or land treatment decisions. The information is intended to help the land users identify and reduce the effects of soil limitations on various land uses. The landowner or user is responsible for identifying and complying with existing laws and regulations. Although soil survey information can be used for general farm, local, and wider area planning, onsite investigation is needed to supplement this information in some cases. Examples include soil quality assessments (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/ portal/nrcs/main/soils/health/) and certain conservation and engineering applications. For more detailed information, contact your local USDA Service Center (https://offices.sc.egov.usda.gov/locator/app?agency=nrcs) or your NRCS State Soil Scientist (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/contactus/? cid=nrcs142p2_053951). Great differences in soil properties can occur within short distances. Some soils are seasonally wet or subject to flooding. Some are too unstable to be used as a foundation for buildings or roads. Clayey or wet soils are poorly suited to use as septic tank absorption fields. A high water table makes a soil poorly suited to basements or underground installations. The National Cooperative Soil Survey is a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local agencies. The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) has leadership for the Federal part of the National Cooperative Soil Survey. Information about soils is updated periodically. Updated information is available through the NRCS Web Soil Survey, the site for official soil survey information. The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, disability, and where applicable, sex, marital status, familial status, parental status, religion, sexual orientation, genetic information, political beliefs, reprisal, or because all or a part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require 2 alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write to USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or call (800) 795-3272 (voice) or (202) 720-6382 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer. 3 Contents Preface....................................................................................................................2 How Soil Surveys Are Made..................................................................................5 Soil Map..................................................................................................................8 Soil Map (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard)...........................................................9 Legend................................................................................................................10 Map Unit Legend (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard)...........................................12 Map Unit Descriptions (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard)....................................12 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties............................14 51—Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes.....................................................14 55—Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes........................................................15 Soil Information for All Uses...............................................................................16 Soil Properties and Qualities..............................................................................16 Soil Erosion Factors........................................................................................16 K Factor, Whole Soil (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard)...............................16 Wind Erodibility Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard)............................20 Soil Qualities and Features.............................................................................24 Hydrologic Soil Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard).............................24 References............................................................................................................30 4 How Soil Surveys Are Made Soil surveys are made to provide information about the soils and miscellaneous areas in a specific area. They include a description of the soils and miscellaneous areas and their location on the landscape and tables that show soil properties and limitations affecting various uses. Soil scientists observed the steepness, length, and shape of the slopes; the general pattern of drainage; the kinds of crops and native plants; and the kinds of bedrock. They observed and described many soil profiles. A soil profile is the sequence of natural layers, or horizons, in a soil. The profile extends from the surface down into the unconsolidated material in which the soil formed or from the surface down to bedrock. The unconsolidated material is devoid of roots and other living organisms and has not been changed by other biological activity. Currently, soils are mapped according to the boundaries of major land resource areas (MLRAs). MLRAs are geographically associated land resource units that share common characteristics related to physiography, geology, climate, water resources, soils, biological resources, and land uses (USDA, 2006). Soil survey areas typically consist of parts of one or more MLRA. The soils and miscellaneous areas in a survey area occur in an orderly pattern that is related to the geology, landforms, relief, climate, and natural vegetation of the area. Each kind of soil and miscellaneous area is associated with a particular kind of landform or with a segment of the landform. By observing the soils and miscellaneous areas in the survey area and relating their position to specific segments of the landform, a soil scientist develops a concept, or model, of how they were formed. Thus, during mapping, this model enables the soil scientist to predict with a considerable degree of accuracy the kind of soil or miscellaneous area at a specific location on the landscape. Commonly, individual soils on the landscape merge into one another as their characteristics gradually change. To construct an accurate soil map, however, soil scientists must determine the boundaries between the soils. They can observe only a limited number of soil profiles. Nevertheless, these observations, supplemented by an understanding of the soil-vegetation-landscape relationship, are sufficient to verify predictions of the kinds of soil in an area and to determine the boundaries. Soil scientists recorded the characteristics of the soil profiles that they studied. They noted soil color, texture, size and shape of soil aggregates, kind and amount of rock fragments, distribution of plant roots, reaction, and other features that enable them to identify soils. After describing the soils in the survey area and determining their properties, the soil scientists assigned the soils to taxonomic classes (units). Taxonomic classes are concepts. Each taxonomic class has a set of soil characteristics with precisely defined limits. The classes are used as a basis for comparison to classify soils systematically. Soil taxonomy, the system of taxonomic classification used in the United States, is based mainly on the kind and character of soil properties and the arrangement of horizons within the profile. After the soil 5 scientists classified and named the soils in the survey area, they compared the individual soils with similar soils in the same taxonomic class in other areas so that they could confirm data and assemble additional data based on experience and research. The objective of soil mapping is not to delineate pure map unit components; the objective is to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. Each map unit is defined by a unique combination of soil components and/or miscellaneous areas in predictable proportions. Some components may be highly contrasting to the other components of the map unit. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The delineation of such landforms and landform segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. Soil scientists make many field observations in the process of producing a soil map. The frequency of observation is dependent upon several factors, including scale of mapping, intensity of mapping, design of map units, complexity of the landscape, and experience of the soil scientist. Observations are made to test and refine the soil-landscape model and predictions and to verify the classification of the soils at specific locations. Once the soil-landscape model is refined, a significantly smaller number of measurements of individual soil properties are made and recorded. These measurements may include field measurements, such as those for color, depth to bedrock, and texture, and laboratory measurements, such as those for content of sand, silt, clay, salt, and other components. Properties of each soil typically vary from one point to another across the landscape. Observations for map unit components are aggregated to develop ranges of characteristics for the components. The aggregated values are presented. Direct measurements do not exist for every property presented for every map unit component. Values for some properties are estimated from combinations of other properties. While a soil survey is in progress, samples of some of the soils in the area generally are collected for laboratory analyses and for engineering tests. Soil scientists interpret the data from these analyses and tests as well as the field-observed characteristics and the soil properties to determine the expected behavior of the soils under different uses. Interpretations for all of the soils are field tested through observation of the soils in different uses and under different levels of management. Some interpretations are modified to fit local conditions, and some new interpretations are developed to meet local needs. Data are assembled from other sources, such as research information, production records, and field experience of specialists. For example, data on crop yields under defined levels of management are assembled from farm records and from field or plot experiments on the same kinds of soil. Predictions about soil behavior are based not only on soil properties but also on such variables as climate and biological activity. Soil conditions are predictable over long periods of time, but they are not predictable from year to year. For example, soil scientists can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy that a given soil will have a high water table within certain depths in most years, but they cannot predict that a high water table will always be at a specific level in the soil on a specific date. After soil scientists located and identified the significant natural bodies of soil in the survey area, they drew the boundaries of these bodies on aerial photographs and Custom Soil Resource Report 6 identified each as a specific map unit. Aerial photographs show trees, buildings, fields, roads, and rivers, all of which help in locating boundaries accurately. Custom Soil Resource Report 7 Soil Map The soil map section includes the soil map for the defined area of interest, a list of soil map units on the map and extent of each map unit, and cartographic symbols displayed on the map. Also presented are various metadata about data used to produce the map, and a description of each soil map unit. 8 9 Custom Soil Resource Report Soil Map (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 43 7 8 7 9 0 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 100 200 400 600Feet 0 45 90 180 270Meters Map Scale: 1:3,080 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Map Unit Polygons Soil Map Unit Lines Soil Map Unit Points Special Point Features Blowout Borrow Pit Clay Spot Closed Depression Gravel Pit Gravelly Spot Landfill Lava Flow Marsh or swamp Mine or Quarry Miscellaneous Water Perennial Water Rock Outcrop Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Sinkhole Slide or Slip Sodic Spot Spoil Area Stony Spot Very Stony Spot Wet Spot Other Special Line Features Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 16, Aug 22, 2023 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 10 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 11 Map Unit Legend (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 51 Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 2.7 7.6% 55 Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes 33.1 92.4% Totals for Area of Interest 35.8 100.0% Map Unit Descriptions (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) The map units delineated on the detailed soil maps in a soil survey represent the soils or miscellaneous areas in the survey area. The map unit descriptions, along with the maps, can be used to determine the composition and properties of a unit. A map unit delineation on a soil map represents an area dominated by one or more major kinds of soil or miscellaneous areas. A map unit is identified and named according to the taxonomic classification of the dominant soils. Within a taxonomic class there are precisely defined limits for the properties of the soils. On the landscape, however, the soils are natural phenomena, and they have the characteristic variability of all natural phenomena. Thus, the range of some observed properties may extend beyond the limits defined for a taxonomic class. Areas of soils of a single taxonomic class rarely, if ever, can be mapped without including areas of other taxonomic classes. Consequently, every map unit is made up of the soils or miscellaneous areas for which it is named and some minor components that belong to taxonomic classes other than those of the major soils. Most minor soils have properties similar to those of the dominant soil or soils in the map unit, and thus they do not affect use and management. These are called noncontrasting, or similar, components. They may or may not be mentioned in a particular map unit description. Other minor components, however, have properties and behavioral characteristics divergent enough to affect use or to require different management. These are called contrasting, or dissimilar, components. They generally are in small areas and could not be mapped separately because of the scale used. Some small areas of strongly contrasting soils or miscellaneous areas are identified by a special symbol on the maps. If included in the database for a given area, the contrasting minor components are identified in the map unit descriptions along with some characteristics of each. A few areas of minor components may not have been observed, and consequently they are not mentioned in the descriptions, especially where the pattern was so complex that it was impractical to make enough observations to identify all the soils and miscellaneous areas on the landscape. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The objective of mapping is not to delineate Custom Soil Resource Report 12 pure taxonomic classes but rather to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. The delineation of such segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, however, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. An identifying symbol precedes the map unit name in the map unit descriptions. Each description includes general facts about the unit and gives important soil properties and qualities. Soils that have profiles that are almost alike make up a soil series. Except for differences in texture of the surface layer, all the soils of a series have major horizons that are similar in composition, thickness, and arrangement. Soils of one series can differ in texture of the surface layer, slope, stoniness, salinity, degree of erosion, and other characteristics that affect their use. On the basis of such differences, a soil series is divided into soil phases. Most of the areas shown on the detailed soil maps are phases of soil series. The name of a soil phase commonly indicates a feature that affects use or management. For example, Alpha silt loam, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is a phase of the Alpha series. Some map units are made up of two or more major soils or miscellaneous areas. These map units are complexes, associations, or undifferentiated groups. A complex consists of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas in such an intricate pattern or in such small areas that they cannot be shown separately on the maps. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar in all areas. Alpha-Beta complex, 0 to 6 percent slopes, is an example. An association is made up of two or more geographically associated soils or miscellaneous areas that are shown as one unit on the maps. Because of present or anticipated uses of the map units in the survey area, it was not considered practical or necessary to map the soils or miscellaneous areas separately. The pattern and relative proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar. Alpha-Beta association, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. An undifferentiated group is made up of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas that could be mapped individually but are mapped as one unit because similar interpretations can be made for use and management. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas in a mapped area are not uniform. An area can be made up of only one of the major soils or miscellaneous areas, or it can be made up of all of them. Alpha and Beta soils, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. Some surveys include miscellaneous areas. Such areas have little or no soil material and support little or no vegetation. Rock outcrop is an example. Custom Soil Resource Report 13 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 51—Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnym Elevation: 5,000 to 6,500 feet Farmland classification: Farmland of statewide importance Map Unit Composition Olney and similar soils:85 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Olney Setting Landform:Valley sides, alluvial fans Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 12 inches: loam H2 - 12 to 33 inches: sandy clay loam H3 - 33 to 43 inches: gravelly sandy clay loam H4 - 43 to 60 inches: very gravelly sandy loam Properties and qualities Slope:6 to 12 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: Medium Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high to high (0.60 to 2.00 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Moderate (about 7.6 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): 4e Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 4e Hydrologic Soil Group: B Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Hydric soil rating: No Custom Soil Resource Report 14 55—Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnyr Elevation: 5,000 to 7,000 feet Farmland classification: Prime farmland if irrigated Map Unit Composition Potts and similar soils:85 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Potts Setting Landform:Valley sides, benches, mesas Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 4 inches: loam H2 - 4 to 28 inches: clay loam H3 - 28 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope:3 to 6 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high (0.20 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 10.3 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): 3e Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 3c Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Hydric soil rating: No Custom Soil Resource Report 15 Soil Information for All Uses Soil Properties and Qualities The Soil Properties and Qualities section includes various soil properties and qualities displayed as thematic maps with a summary table for the soil map units in the selected area of interest. A single value or rating for each map unit is generated by aggregating the interpretive ratings of individual map unit components. This aggregation process is defined for each property or quality. Soil Erosion Factors Soil Erosion Factors are soil properties and interpretations used in evaluating the soil for potential erosion. Example soil erosion factors can include K factor for the whole soil or on a rock free basis, T factor, wind erodibility group and wind erodibility index. K Factor, Whole Soil (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Erosion factor K indicates the susceptibility of a soil to sheet and rill erosion by water. Factor K is one of six factors used in the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) and the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) to predict the average annual rate of soil loss by sheet and rill erosion in tons per acre per year. The estimates are based primarily on percentage of silt, sand, and organic matter and on soil structure and saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat). Values of K range from 0.02 to 0.69. Other factors being equal, the higher the value, the more susceptible the soil is to sheet and rill erosion by water. "Erosion factor Kw (whole soil)" indicates the erodibility of the whole soil. The estimates are modified by the presence of rock fragments. Factor K does not apply to organic horizons and is not reported for those layers. 16 17 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—K Factor, Whole Soil (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 43 7 8 7 9 0 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 100 200 400 600Feet 0 45 90 180 270Meters Map Scale: 1:3,080 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points .02 .05 .10 .15 .17 .20 .24 .28 .32 .37 .43 .49 .55 .64 Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 16, Aug 22, 2023 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 18 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 19 Table—K Factor, Whole Soil (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 51 Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes .32 2.7 7.6% 55 Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes .37 33.1 92.4% Totals for Area of Interest 35.8 100.0% Rating Options—K Factor, Whole Soil (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Higher Layer Options (Horizon Aggregation Method): Surface Layer (Not applicable) Wind Erodibility Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) A wind erodibility group (WEG) consists of soils that have similar properties affecting their susceptibility to wind erosion in cultivated areas. The soils assigned to group 1 are the most susceptible to wind erosion, and those assigned to group 8 are the least susceptible. Custom Soil Resource Report 20 21 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—Wind Erodibility Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 43 7 8 7 9 0 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 100 200 400 600Feet 0 45 90 180 270Meters Map Scale: 1:3,080 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points 1 2 3 4 4L 5 6 7 8 Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 16, Aug 22, 2023 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 22 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 23 Table—Wind Erodibility Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 51 Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 6 2.7 7.6% 55 Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes 5 33.1 92.4% Totals for Area of Interest 35.8 100.0% Rating Options—Wind Erodibility Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Soil Qualities and Features Soil qualities are behavior and performance attributes that are not directly measured, but are inferred from observations of dynamic conditions and from soil properties. Example soil qualities include natural drainage, and frost action. Soil features are attributes that are not directly part of the soil. Example soil features include slope and depth to restrictive layer. These features can greatly impact the use and management of the soil. Hydrologic Soil Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Hydrologic soil groups are based on estimates of runoff potential. Soils are assigned to one of four groups according to the rate of water infiltration when the soils are not protected by vegetation, are thoroughly wet, and receive precipitation from long-duration storms. The soils in the United States are assigned to four groups (A, B, C, and D) and three dual classes (A/D, B/D, and C/D). The groups are defined as follows: Group A. Soils having a high infiltration rate (low runoff potential) when thoroughly wet. These consist mainly of deep, well drained to excessively drained sands or gravelly sands. These soils have a high rate of water transmission. Group B. Soils having a moderate infiltration rate when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of moderately deep or deep, moderately well drained or well drained soils that have moderately fine texture to moderately coarse texture. These soils have a moderate rate of water transmission. Custom Soil Resource Report 24 Group C. Soils having a slow infiltration rate when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of soils having a layer that impedes the downward movement of water or soils of moderately fine texture or fine texture. These soils have a slow rate of water transmission. Group D. Soils having a very slow infiltration rate (high runoff potential) when thoroughly wet. These consist chiefly of clays that have a high shrink-swell potential, soils that have a high water table, soils that have a claypan or clay layer at or near the surface, and soils that are shallow over nearly impervious material. These soils have a very slow rate of water transmission. If a soil is assigned to a dual hydrologic group (A/D, B/D, or C/D), the first letter is for drained areas and the second is for undrained areas. Only the soils that in their natural condition are in group D are assigned to dual classes. Custom Soil Resource Report 25 26 Custom Soil Resource Report Map—Hydrologic Soil Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 43 7 8 7 9 0 43 7 8 1 6 0 43 7 8 2 3 0 43 7 8 3 0 0 43 7 8 3 7 0 43 7 8 4 4 0 43 7 8 5 1 0 43 7 8 5 8 0 43 7 8 6 5 0 43 7 8 7 2 0 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 269520 269590 269660 269730 269800 269870 269940 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 40'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 5 4 ' ' W 39° 31' 19'' N 10 7 ° 4 0 ' 3 4 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 13N WGS84 0 100 200 400 600Feet 0 45 90 180 270Meters Map Scale: 1:3,080 if printed on A portrait (8.5" x 11") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points A A/D B B/D C C/D D Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 16, Aug 22, 2023 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Aug 25, 2021—Sep 5, 2021 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 27 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 28 Table—Hydrologic Soil Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 51 Olney loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes B 2.7 7.6% 55 Potts loam, 3 to 6 percent slopes C 33.1 92.4% Totals for Area of Interest 35.8 100.0% Rating Options—Hydrologic Soil Group (6584-Mitch-UTER Murray Yard) Aggregation Method: Dominant Condition Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Higher Custom Soil Resource Report 29 References American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2004. Standard specifications for transportation materials and methods of sampling and testing. 24th edition. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard classification of soils for engineering purposes. ASTM Standard D2487-00. Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deep-water habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-79/31. Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. National Research Council. 1995. Wetlands: Characteristics and boundaries. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_054262 Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053577 Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053580 Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1985. Wetlands of Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Wetlands Section. United States Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers wetlands delineation manual. Waterways Experiment Station Technical Report Y-87-1. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National forestry manual. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/ home/?cid=nrcs142p2_053374 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National range and pasture handbook. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/ detail/national/landuse/rangepasture/?cid=stelprdb1043084 30 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National soil survey handbook, title 430-VI. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2006. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 296. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/? cid=nrcs142p2_053624 United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1961. Land capability classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 210. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs142p2_052290.pdf Custom Soil Resource Report 31 Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H4: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (including Site Plan) FILE NAME Sheet No. DWG No. MICROFILM No. SCALE CALL UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER OF COLORADO (UNCC) AT 811 BEFORE DIGGING. ALLOW MINIMUM 48-HOURS FOR UTILITY LOCATION SERVICES. REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM -SIZE REV East Rifle Cre e k 13 70 Rifle 6 Garfield Carbonate New Castle Glenwood Springs Murray Yard Ri sing Sun D i t c h Murray Yard 464-DE465466467468471472 0 10 20MILES 0 2,000 4,000FEET LOCATION MAPVICINITY MAP PROJECT AREA HDR Engineering, Inc. 1670 Broadway Street, Suite 3400 Denver, CO 80202 Project Manager: Brian Brown, PE (970) 416-4404 Xcel Energy 9191 S. Jamaica Street Englewood, CO 80112 Project Manager: Justin Eusoof (719) 331-9462 1 2 3 4 5 6 SHEET INDEX OF DRAWINGS XCEL TLINE: 6584 MITC-UTER MURRAY STAGING YARD 1.0 mile West-southwest of County Road 331 and County Road 346 Intersection Silt, CO 81652 (39.525634, -107.678685) November 2024 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD 1 COVER AND INDEX SHEET NOVEMBER 2024 XCEL TLINE: 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD COVER AND INDEX SHEET GENERAL NOTES INITIAL PHASE INTERIM PHASE FINAL PHASE VT MEMO TITLE OF SHEET AS SHOWN REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM FILE NAME SCALE SHEET No.MICROFILM No. SIZE DWG No.REV GENERAL NOTES THIS STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (SWMP) HAS BEEN DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD ENGINEERING, HYDROLOGIC, AND POLLUTION CONTROL PRACTICES TO MEET STANDARDS SET FORTH IN THE COLORADO DISCHARGE PERMIT SYSTEM (CDPS) GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY – PERMIT CERTIFICATION COR400000, EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 2024 AND EXPIRING MARCH 31, 2029. THE PERMITTEE AND THEIR CONTRACTORS MUST IMPLEMENT PROVISIONS OF THE SWMP AS WRITTEN AND UPDATED, FROM COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY UNTIL FINAL STABILIZATION IS ACHIEVED. THE PLAN MUST REMAIN ON SITE OR BE ON SITE WHEN CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE OCCURRING AT THE SITE UNLESS THE PERMITTEE HAS SPECIFIED AN ALTERNATE LOCATION AND OBTAINED APPROVAL FROM THE WATER QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION (WQCD). THIS SWMP SHOULD BE VIEWED AS A LIVING DOCUMENT CONTINUOUSLY REVIEWED AND MODIFIED AS PART OF THE OVERALL PROCESS OF ASSESSING AND MANAGING STORMWATER QUALITY ISSUES AT THE SITE. THE SWMP MUST BE AMENDED WHEN THE FOLLOWING OCCURS: SWMP REVISIONS MUST INCLUDE A NOTATION THAT IDENTIFIES: THE DATE OF SITE CHANGE, THE CM(s) REMOVED, OR MODIFIED; LOCATION(S) OF THOSE CMs; AND ANY CHANGES TO THE CMs. UNDOCUMENTED CHANGES AND OUTSTANDING REVISIONS RENDER THE SWMP NON-COMPLIANT WITH THE GENERAL PERMIT. ALL TEMPORARY STRUCTURAL PERIMETER CMs ON THE SWMP SHEETS WILL BE INSTALLED BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TAKE PLACE IN THAT AREA. CMs WILL BE FIELD FIT TO ON-SITE CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DISTURBANCES. DIMENSIONS OF STRUCTURAL CMs MAY BE DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED AND SHOULD BE REVISED ON THE PLAN ONCE INSTALLED. UNLESS INFEASIBLE, TOPSOIL WILL BE PRESERVED FOR AREAS OF THE SITE THAT WILL UTILIZE VEGETATIVE COVER FOR FINAL STABILIZATION. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR WILL MINIMIZE TO THE EXTENT FEASIBLE DISTURBANCES TO EXISTING VEGETATION AT THE SITE, INCLUDING LIMITING CONSTRUCTION FOOTPRINT WITHIN THE MAPPED LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE. TEMPORARY STABILIZATION MUST BE IMPLEMENTED FOR EARTH DISTURBING ACTIVITIES AT ANY PORTION OF THE SITE WHERE SUCH ACTIVITIES HAVE CEASED FOR MORE THAN 14 CALENDAR DAYS, UNLESS THE FUNCTION OF THE AREA REQUIRES IT TO REMAIN DISTURBED, OR PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TERRAIN OR CLIMATE PREVENT STABILIZATION. FOR AREAS WHICH EXCEED THE 14-DAY STABILIZATION TIMELINE, THE SWMP MUST DOCUMENT CONSTRAINTS NECESSITATING THE ALTERNATE SCHEDULES, PROVIDE THE ALTERNATE STABILIZATION SCHEDULE, AND IDENTIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE ALTERNATIVE SCHEDULES ARE APPLICABLE ON THE SITE MAP. BULK STORAGE (55 GALLONS OR GREATER) OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS OR OTHER CHEMICALS WILL HAVE ADEQUATE PROTECTION TO CONTAIN ALL SPILLS AND PREVENT ANY SPILLED MATERIAL FROM LEAVING THE SITE OR ENTERING THE STORMWATER SYSTEM OR SURFACE WATERS. SOLID WASTE, INDUSTRIAL WASTE, YARD WASTE, AND ANY OTHER POLLUTANTS MUST BE CONTROLLED USING CMs. THERE ARE NO STORMWATER INLETS WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA. LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE TO INCLUDE ALL GRADING AND SURFACE DISTURBING WORK (FENCE INSTALLATION, CM INSTALLATION, RUTTING OVER 3 IN. OR DEEPER, ETC.). A. B. C. D. E. CHANGE IN DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION, OR MAINTENANCE OF THE SITE REQUIRING IMPLEMENTATION OF NEW OR REVISED CONTROL MEASURES (CMs), THE SWMP PROVES INEFFECTIVE IN CONTROLLING POLLUTANTS IN STORMWATER RUNOFF IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PERMIT CONDITIONS, CONTROL MEASURES IDENTIFIED IN THE SWMP ARE NO LONGER NECESSARY AND ARE REMOVED; CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ARE TAKEN ON SITE THAT RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE SWMP; AND IF THE SITE, OR AN AREA OF THE SITE, QUALIFIES FOR AND IMPLEMENTS A REDUCED INSPECTION FREQUENCY. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD 2 GENERAL NOTES XCEL TLINE: 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD NO SCALE NOVEMBER 2024 C h a i r b a r R d C h a i r b a r R d Murray Yard 5710 5 7 0 0 5 6 8 0 5 6 6 0 5650 5 640 56 30 5 62 0 5 6 1 0 5 600 5780 5770 5750 5730 5720 5690 570 0 5 6 9 0 5680 5670 56 6 0 5 6 5 0 56 40 5630 5 6 2 0 5 6 1 0 5 6 0 0 5550 5530 5 5 6 0 5 5 4 0 5 5 2 0 5 580 55 7 0 56 1 0 5 6 0 0 5760 5 7 4 0 5670 5 590 5580 5 7 1 0 5720 5 5 90 5 5 8 0 55 70 5 51 0 5 5 6 0 5720 571 0 5 6 9 0 5 640 5 5 9 0 5 5 7 0 0 140 280Feet ¯1" = 200' VTC VTC No activity/disturbance within this area. SCL Gas line present. No activity/disturbance. Existing barded wire fence. LOC LOD Install Barbed wire fence. ~61 LF. Install barbed wire fence. ~45 LF. Install barbed wire fence. ~45 LF. ~475 LF VT Major Contour (10') Minor Contour (2') Watercourse (NHD) Waterbody (NHD) Wetland (NWI) Murray Staging Yard Boundary Surface Flow Direction SM BF VTC SCL SSA VT LOC LOD Limits of Construction Limits of Disturbance Stabilized Staging Area Sediment Control Log Boundary Fence Vehicle Tracking Control Vegetation and Topography Seed and Mulch BF BF ~185 LF ~2,400 LF See Note 5. ~36 AC ~35 AC XCEL 6584 MITC-UTER MURRAY STAGING YARD INITIAL PHASE SHEET 3 INITIAL PHASE SWMP NOTES See Note 5. Vegetation and Topography Buffer, 34' width. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install CMs (i.e., VTC, perimeter controls, etc.) prior to any ground disturbing activities within the limits of construction. Contractor is to keep within predefined construction limits. SWMP inspector to update site map with locations of construction/boundary fencing (CF/BF) once determined by construction. VTC to be aggregate surfaced, proprietary tracking pad, or other structural control measure. Contractor to manage track out by cleaning vehicles and cleaning track out off of county road immediately following occurrence. Flow direction shown where surface flow direction is discernible given topography. SWMP Inspector to update active site maps with flow arrows accordingly. Permitted limits of disturbance shown. Entire yard will not have topsoil surface removal. Majority of yard is expected to be drive & crush where root zone will remain intact. Given the drive & crush use of majority of yard, combined with other factors, VT is an appropriate erosion control measure. See VT memo. Install barbed wire fence. ~62 LF. Existing barded wire fence. Soil Group C Existing/New Barbed Wire Fence Unnamed drainage. C h a i r b a r R d C h a i r b a r R d Murray Yard 5710 5 7 0 0 5 6 8 0 5 6 6 0 5650 5 640 56 30 5 62 0 5 6 1 0 5 600 5780 5770 5750 5730 5720 5690 570 0 5 6 9 0 5680 5670 56 6 0 5 6 5 0 56 40 5630 5 6 2 0 5 6 1 0 5 6 0 0 5550 5530 5 5 6 0 5 5 4 0 5 5 2 0 5 580 55 7 0 56 1 0 5 6 0 0 5760 5 7 4 0 5670 5 590 5580 5 7 1 0 5720 5 5 90 5 5 8 0 55 70 5 51 0 5 5 6 0 5720 571 0 5 6 9 0 5 640 5 5 9 0 5 5 7 0 0 140 280Feet ¯1" = 200' SSA STABILIZED SURFACE LAYOUT Fuel Tank Power Optional Trailer Dumpster Portable Toilets Crew Parking Office Equipment Storage Conex NOTE: Equipment on stabilized staging will be adjusted based on contractor layout preference. Equipment shown indicates typical items expected on SSA. Install 32' gate. Install 32' gate. Barbed wire fence. Barbed wire fence. Major Contour (10') Minor Contour (2') Watercourse (NHD) Waterbody (NHD) Wetland (NWI) Murray Staging Yard Boundary Surface Flow Direction SM BF VTC SCL SSA VT LOC LOD Limits of Construction Limits of Disturbance Stabilized Staging Area Sediment Control Log Boundary Fence Vehicle Tracking Control Vegetation and Topography Seed and Mulch VTC VTC SCL LOC LOD VT BF BF See Note 5. ~36 AC ~35 AC XCEL 6584 MITC-UTER MURRAY STAGING YARD INTERIM PHASE SHEET 4 INTERIM PHASE SWMP NOTES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CMs that are greyed out were installed in the initial phase of construction and do no need to be reinstalled, only maintained. SWMP inspector to update site maps with location of all significant material storage (fuel tanks, portable toilets, CWA, and other pollutants within the yard boundary). Portable toilets must be properly anchored to prevent tipping. Fuel storage must be equipped with secondary containment. Stabilized staging area to be prepared by: Contractor to temporarily stabilize disturbed areas by surface roughening if left dormant for 14 days. SWMP inspector to monitor depicted VT buffer for evidence of sediment migration. If sediment migrates from the site or is expected to migrate from the site, install down-gradient structural control measures where needed. A. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. B. Installing down-gradient CMs at topsoil stockpiles (side slopes not to exceed 2:1). C. SWMP inspector to update the site map with stockpile locations. D. Stabilize stockpile with seed and mulch, tarping, and or surface roughening to prevent erosion. E. Placement of aggregate surfacing. Barbed wire fence.Barbed wire fence. No activity/disturbance within this area.Gas line present. No activity/disturbance. Soil Group C ~2 AC Existing/New Barbed Wire Fence Unnamed drainage. LZ Landing Zone Water Truck C h a i r b a r R d C h a i r b a r R d Murray Yard 5710 5 7 0 0 5 6 8 0 5 6 6 0 5650 5 640 56 30 5 62 0 5 6 1 0 5 600 5780 5770 5750 5730 5720 5690 570 0 5 6 9 0 5680 5670 56 6 0 5 6 5 0 56 40 5630 5 6 2 0 5 6 1 0 5 6 0 0 5550 5530 5 5 6 0 5 5 4 0 5 5 2 0 5 580 55 7 0 56 1 0 5 6 0 0 5760 5 7 4 0 5670 5 590 5580 5 7 1 0 5720 5 5 90 5 5 8 0 55 70 5 51 0 5 5 6 0 5720 571 0 5 6 9 0 5 640 5 5 9 0 5 5 7 0 0 140 280Feet ¯1" = 200' VTC Major Contour (10') Minor Contour (2') Watercourse (NHD) Waterbody (NHD) Wetland (NWI) Murray Staging Yard Boundary Surface Flow Direction SM BF VTC SCL SSA VT LOC LOD Limits of Construction Limits of Disturbance Stabilized Staging Area Sediment Control Log Boundary Fence Vehicle Tracking Control Vegetation and Topography Seed and Mulch XCEL 6584 MITC-UTER MURRAY STAGING YARD FINAL PHASE SHEET 5 VTC VTC BF BF LOC LOD ~36 AC ~35 AC FINAL PHASE SWMP NOTES SM See Note 5. #1 #1 #1 #1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Yard likely to be restored in a phased manner as construction reduces use of area of yard. Contractor to phase surface roughening and seed and mulch for reclamation. SWMP inspector to update maps accordingly. CM installer should relocate perimeter controls throughout phased restoration to protect areas that are in reclamation from construction impacts. Stabilized staging area restoration: Non-aggregate stabilized areas are assumed to be drive and crush and have minimal compaction. Where compaction or obvious rutting has occurred, restoration contractor to restore. CMs designated #1 to be removed upon completion of construction, prior to final stabilization. CMs designated #2 to be removed once final stabilization is achieved. Seed and mulch estimated to be ~17 acres. Actual reclamation area and location of reclamation, will be based on actual yard disturbance. Disturbance outside the stabilized staging area will be dependent on soil moisture, delivery schedule, and material movement which all influence potential rutting occurrence. Remove aggregate surface material. Compacted subgrade below access drive path to be ripped to 12-inch depth at 24-inches spacing in two perpendicular passes. Topsoil to be replaced and surface roughened. Seed and mulch disturbed areas. Remove down-gradient SCLs, if previously installed, once upgradient required vegetation density has been met. A. B. C. D. F. No activity/disturbance within this area.Gas line present. No activity/disturbance. SCL #2 Remove gate. Remove gate. Remove barbed wire fence. Remove barbed wire fence. Remove barbed wire fence. Remove barbed wire fence. See Note 5. Existing/New Barbed Wire Fence Unnamed drainage. REV DATE PROJ. No.REVISION DESCRIPTION DWN DSN ENG CHK FILM FILE NAME SCALE SHEET No.MICROFILM No. SIZE DWG No.REV 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD 6 VT MEMO XCEL TLINE: 6584 MITC - UTER MURRAY YARD NO SCALE Vegetation and Topography Memo Date: Thursday, April 27, 2023 Project: Xcel Tline: Pathways Segment 3 Cheyenne County Build To: Control Measure Details From: Brian Brown, PE - HDR Subject: Use of Vegetation & Topography (VT) instead of structural erosion Control Measures (CM) This memo describes the specific conditions for which the installation of an erosion Control Measure (CM) is not recommended based on site conditions. Under certain conditions, not installing a CM may be the best approach to minimize sediment transport off site. This is based on the concept that shallow overland flow may pick-up and transport sediment that is then dropped out within a vegetative buffer depending on a variety of site conditions. Use of VT instead of a structural CM is dependent on the following factors: • Rainfall – Rainfall intensity impacts the buffer distance. The rainfall rate across the site has been calculated to be calculated 1.19” to 1.25” in a 5-year, 30-minute storm. A 1.25” 5-year, 30-minute storm was utilized for model inputs. This rainfall depth is incorporated in the Table 1 distances. • 80% sediment removal – structural CMs target 80% sediment removal. Actual removal rates vary but have been shown to be less than 80% in many studies. The 80% removal rate is one basis for the VT buffer distances reported in Table 1. • Disturbance area does not have concentrated flow – This approach is based on sediment dropping out while suspended in an overland sheet flow condition. If there is concentrated flow prior to or due to construction, i.e. rill erosion across the work/disturbance area that continues down-gradient and off-site, then structural CMs are recommended. • Low slope – local slope of the site impacts velocity, flow concentration, and other factors. Use VT should not be considered for slopes exceeding 10%. • Soil Type – Soil type impacts likelihood of soil being transported in sheet flow. The larger the soil particles, i.e. sand, the harder to pick-up and transport. The smaller the particle, i.e. clay, the longer the transport distance. The NRCS predominant Hydrologic Soil Group (HSG) soil types for the project area are A and B. The hydrologic soil groups (HSG) are A – D and as follows: o A – sand or silty sand, High infiltration rate o B – sandy silt, moderately high infiltration rate o C – clayey silt, moderate to low infiltration rate July 5, 2024 Xcel 6584 MITC-UTER Material Yard o D – clay, low infiltration rate • Vegetation cover – The vegetation cover (surface roughness) was accounted for in the VT model runs and found to provide similar buffer distances, therefore the most conservative vegetation density is reflected in Table1. • Vegetation Buffer - The buffer distance measurement is along the flow direction, and measured from the limit of the work zone to the limit of the utility easement/ROW. Vegetation buffer outside of the ROW may not be utilized for the required buffer distance. Due to the project area, there is adequate area for sediment settling on-site. • The use of this VT approach may be applied to linear and larger area disturbances that meet the parameters described in this memo. • Table 1 results below include a 15% buffer beyond calculated model buffer distances. Utilize Table 1 below for VT buffer distances. Buffer distances are an extrapolation of the ¾” and 1” rainfalls to a 1.25” rainfall. VT Buffer Soil Buffer Distance (ft) A 3 B 8 C 34 D 66 Maintenance: In the same manner that using existing conditions as a CM does not require installation of a CM, there is no maintenance of this CM. VT is either adequate or structural CMs should be installed. Inspection: Like structural CMs, the area down gradient of a VT CM should be walked and observed for the following which indicate that VT may not be adequate: • signs of new rill erosion in work area or immediately down gradient of work area • signs of sediment deposition well beyond the expected buffer distance or nearing area not controlled by Xcel property lease • observations of work area or up gradient areas that are creating concentrated flow through and down gradient of the work area. • Observe and discuss with contractor potential construction practic es that could promote sheet flow and infiltration to minimize stormwater runoff from work area. In the event that VT is inadequate to keep sediment on site at any local area, that local area mu st immediately have a structural down gradient CM installed, a t a minimum. Sediment Control Log is the expected control measure. Site conditions will dictate actual CM to be used. Note: Sediment Control Logs cannot be used in across swales or drainageways. Xcel 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Yard NOVEMBER 2024 August 6, 2024 Hydrologic Soil Group for the site is type C. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H5: Drainage Memo 1 Memo Date: Wednesday, August 14, 2024 Project: 6584 TLine: Mitchell (MITC) - Rifle (UTER) Electric Transmission Line Rebuild - McLin and Murray Staging Areas. To: Garfield County From: Brian Brown – HDR Engineering Subject: Drainage Memo for Staging Yards – Murray and McLin Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy (Xcel), is proposing to rebuild a 25-mile segment of a 69-kilovolt (kV) overhead transmission line from the Mitchell Creek Substation within the City of Glenwood Springs and unincorporated Garfield County, Colorado to the Rifle Ute Substation in unincorporated Ga rfield County. In support of this line rebuild, Xcel has secured two staging/material yards to store equipment, perform limited equipment assembly, and provide a meeting place for construction crews . The impact to surface drainage at the Murray Yard and the McLin Yard is the focus of this memo. See Site plans submitted in support of this project for a figure that includes location of the line and the Murray and McLin s taging yards. Existing Conditions: The Murray Yard (36 acres) and McLin Yard (15 acres) are both in Garfield County and are undeveloped parcels with varying slopes from gentle to nearly level and vegetation density from sparse (majority of the Murray Yard) to moderately dense (McLin Yard). While both yards have had utility improvements, buried gas and overhead power for Murray and buried irrigation for McLin, neither yard has existing improvements that substantively impact surface stormwater flow or change the surface flow type or direction. Proposed Temporary Conditions: The proposed improvements for both the Murray and McLin Yards will be temporary with the installation of a 2-acre aggregate surfaced Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) at each yard that will be constructed to generally match the existing grades of the site. The SSA is to minimize impacts to water quality by minimizing rutting and uncontrolled surface disturbance that can lead to sediment transport off-site and track out onto adjoining roads. The SSA is temporary and will be removed once construction is complete and the site topsoil will be restored to generally match pre -construction grades. After the 2 seeding and mulch and with adequate moisture and time for germination and vegetation growth, the slopes, soil types, and vegetation cover will generally match the pre -construction conditions. The portion of the Yard outside of the SSA will remain in the pre -construction condition and will be accessed without grading modification. Access will be overland in a manner described as ‘drive and crush’. This limited drive and crush access will temporarily impact surface foliage but generally keeps the plant ’s root structure in place which maintains current soil loss rates (erosion rates) and allows for a rapid rebound of the plant community. This drive and crush approach typically maintains the current surface runoff rates and flow types. Outcome: At the closure of the County Grading Permit and the State Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) Permit, the site grades and vegetation density will generally match the pre -construction conditions. Therefore, there will be no permanent change to surface drainage within either the Murray Yard nor the McLin Yard compared to pre-construction surface drainage. This project will not permanently change the existing surface water flow paths, overall slopes, impervious surface area, nor time of concentration and therefore will not change the runoff volume, runoff peak, nor conveyance path for either Yard. HDR Engineering Brian Brown, PE CO PE 41644 08/15/2024 41644 Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H6: Reclamation Plan 1 Memo Date: Wednesday, August 14, 2024 Project: 6584 TLine: Mitchell (MITC) - Rifle (UTER) Electric Transmission Line Rebuild - McLin and Murray Staging Areas. To: Garfield County , Colorado From: Brian Brown – HDR Engineering, Inc. Subject: Reclamation Plan Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy (Xcel), must replace the existing transmission line between the Mitchell Creek (MITC) to (UTER) Rifle Substations. This line generally crosses rural undeveloped land. T he new poles will be within the existing transmission easement and accessed via existing private or public roads and existing and new access routes . In support of this line rebuild, Xcel has secured two staging/material yards to store equipment, limited equipment assembly, and staff coordination. As the Garfield County permitting will only cover the staging yards, this R evegetation Plan will only address the staging yards. The erosion control and revegetation of the transmission line will be covered and completed per conditions of the State SWMP permit. See the associated maps and figures that are part of the County submittal for locations and improvements to support this Reclamation Plan. Staging Areas Erosion Control and Reclamation Both staging yards, the McLin Yard and the Murray Yard, are similarly designed with the “show up” portion of the yard aggregate covered and the remainder of the yard unaltered. The “show up” portion of the yard is shown on the SWMP submittal as a Stabilized Staging Area (SSA) and contains crew parking, Conex containers, trailers, etc. There are no substantive grading changes to either yard with the only site ‘grading’ limited to removing and stockpiling topsoil to create the aggregate covered SSA. The McLin and Murray s taging areas typically follow the same sequence of impacts and restoration as spelled out below. • Appropriate Xcel, and construction, and erosion control staff will meet on -site immediately prior to the yard construction/use to review the delineated construction impact limits and verify plan meets intended use or is minor adjustments are needed. If the County requires a pre -construction meeting, this would be the time for such to occur. • Xcel erosion control plan developer, Xcel Energy Environmental Analysist, or erosion control install contractor may collect representative topsoil soil samples for analysis in the SSA footprint. This analysis 2 would focus on the potential for possible soil amendments (primarily nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium) during seeding. 2-3 samples would be typical for the proposed SSA area. • Erosion control measures per the SWMP are implemented in compliance with permit conditions. This typically includes installation of a vehicle tracking control (VTC), limited fencing to prevent impacts to sensitive areas or existing infrastructure , and perimeter Control Measures (CMs) to minimize sediment transport from the project area. • Creation of a Stabilized Staging Area (SSA). An SSA is an aggregate surfaced area that experiences the highest volume of traffic and turning action. The area is stabilized to minimize disturbance, rutting, and sediment track out. o Delineate SSA as shown on SWMP/Grading Plans. o Strip topsoil within SSA. o Stockpile topsoil immediately upgradient of SSA, install down-gradient erosion control measures, and temporarily seed stockpile. o Place aggregate surfacing. • Deliver and arrange equipment, material, Conex, and trailer s, etc. around site. • Beyond the SSA area, traffic of the yard will be primarily for material drop off and material pickup and limited material assembly. Therefore, the yard will remain in the current vegetated state and access and use of the yard will be drive and crush over existing vegetation. This typically leaves the root zone intact and promotes a faster rebound of revegetat ion after demobilization in low traffic areas. • After construction, remaining material, equipment, trailers, Conex, and fencing will be removed from the site along with removal of the SSA aggregate. • Soil decompaction to be performed in compacted areas, primarily in the SSA area. • The SSA topsoil stockpile is to be placed into aggregate stripped SSA area to depths generally matching the pre-construction grades of area. Topsoil will be prepared to accept seed. Note that the presence of rock in the topsoil will generally match the occurrence of rock typical of the yard. • Areas of drive & crush that experienced rutting disturbing may be seeded and mulched. Rutting is defined as greater than 3” depth or when the rut is deeper than the topsoil depth. Determination of where seeding & mulch will occur in rutted areas will be the responsibility of the erosion control inspector or Xcel Environmental Services with the intent of reestablishing area vegetation. • Soil amendments, if recommended in the SSA, are to be added per soil analytic recommendations via mechanical broadcast or hydraulic application. • Site seed mix is to be spread at appropriate rates given application type, hydraulic, drill, or hand broadcast. The amendment and seed application will vary substantially based on disturbance type site access and soil conditions. In cases of hydraulic appli cation, the seed mix may be applied with the liquid amendment or hand broadcast , but in no case is seed to be mixed and applied with mulch. • Seed and mulch, unless agricultural crop land, will be placed per the conditions of the SWMP permit and the County Grading permit. • Final erosion control cover for seeded areas will vary based on access to disturbance areas. Truck or tracked access areas will have either straw crimp mulch (on grades less than 10 percent and low rock content soil) or a high quality hydraulically applied mulch, i.e. Flexterra HP-FGM or like, on grades exceeding 10 percent or high rock content . Xcel Energy generally does not support using erosion control blankets on this project due to concerns about reduced blanket to soil contact and due to longer life blankets having a high synthetic material content with is a wildlife entrapment hazard. 3 • Xcel Energy will change erosion control inspection schedule from weekly to monthly inspections once initial stabilization measures (seeding and mulching) have been completed. If there are areas of concern identified during the monthly inspection that need to be addressed (i.e. erosion or lack of revegetation growth), the revegetation contractor will return to the site to address identified issues. • Per the required State (SWMP) and local (Grading Permits), Xcel Energy will continue to maintain structural erosion control measures across the project until no longer necessary. These will primarily include down-gradient sediment control logs but may include other control measures. These measures will be removed when no longer required and seed will be hand broadcast in areas where removal has created a disturbance and removed/killed vegetation. • Once site has met plant density cover requirements, Xcel Energy will perform a final post -construction site visit to document final conditions and then Xcel Energy will close SWMP permit with the State. • See the Noxious Weed Report for each yard regarding weed management and treatment during the revegetation period. NOTES: • Xcel Energy’s ability to stabilize disturbed areas with vegetation is dependent on many factors within Xcel Energy control. Unfortunately, favorable moisture conditions for germination and continued growth are beyond Xcel Energy control and a key determinate for revegetation. Xcel Energy anticipates adequate revegetation will take multiple years. Xcel Energy frequently returns to sites multiple times that are in the vegetation growth phase to address areas of erosion and reseed and/or mulch as necessary to promote vegetation stabilization. • Xcel Energy hires a separate third-party company to perform the erosion control installation, maintenance, and revegetation as well as another third-party company to perform regular erosion control inspections. These companies have long standing relationships with Xcel Energy. With this approach, Xcel Energy has trained the installation company and inspection company to meet Xcel Energy’s standards and to stay in compliance with state and local permit conditions which improve the restoration trajectory. Xcel’s practice is to continue inspection and maintenance, both performed by third party contractors, until site revegetation is established. Seed Mix: A seed mix with pollinator species is included in the SWMP Report for each individual yard. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT H7: Noxious Weed Management Plan Noxious Weed Management Plan 6584 MITCHELL CREEK TO UTE RIFLE TRANSMISSION LINE STAGING AREAS – MCLIN and MURRAY YARDS Garfield County, Colorado August 8, 2024 _______________________________________________________ Prepared for: Xcel Energy PO BOX 840 Denver, Colorado 80201 (720) 963 -3684 _______________________________________________________ Prepared by: HDR, Inc 1670 Broadway, Suite 3400 Denver, CO 80202 _______________________________________________________ Noxious Weed Management Plan | 6584 Transmission Line Staging Areas TOC-i Contents Page No. Section 1. Introduction ............................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Project Description ......................................................................................................... 1 Section 2. Noxious Weed Management Requirements .............................................................. 1 2.1 Presidential Executive Order 13112 —Invasive Species ................................................... 1 2.2 Colorado Noxious Weed Act ........................................................................................... 2 2.3 Garfield County Noxious Weed Management .................................................................. 2 Section 3. Noxious Weed Survey Methods ............................................................................... 3 Section 4. Study Area Description ............................................................................................ 4 4.1 Location ......................................................................................................................... 4 4.2 Topography and Hydrology ............................................................................................. 4 4.3 Land Use ....................................................................................................................... 4 4.4 Climate .......................................................................................................................... 4 4.5 Vegetation and Habitat ................................................................................................... 4 Section 5. Noxious Weed Survey Results ................................................................................. 5 Section 6. Noxious Weed Management .................................................................................... 6 6.1 Noxious Weed Treatment Measures ............................................................................... 7 Section 7. Recommended Management and Mitigation Actions ................................................. 9 Section 8. References............................................................................................................ 10 Appendices Appendix A. Figures Appendix B. Representative Photographs Appendix C. Plant List Appendix D. Noxious Weed Fact Sheets Tables Table 1. Colorado State Noxious Weed Species Observed in the Project Study Area ......... 5 Table 2. Noxious Weed Species Recommended Control Techniques ................................ 8 August 2024 Page 1 Section 1. Introduct ion The Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo), a Colorado corporation conducting business as Xcel Energy (Xcel), is proposing to rebuild a 25 -mile segment of a 69 -kilovolt (kV) overhead transmission line from the Mitchell Creek Substation to the Ute Rifle Substation on the 6584 Transmission Line (Project). This rebuild is within the City of Glenwood Springs , Town New Castle, City of Rifle, and unincorporated Garfield County, Colorado . Staging areas for the project include the McLin and Murray Yards, which are in unincorporated Garfield County, Colorado. On behalf of Xcel, HDR Engineering, Inc. (HDR) conducted a noxious weed survey for the staging yards. This Noxious Weed Management Plan (Plan) has been prepared to support the installation of prescribed seed mixes, management of noxious weeds, and to comply with federal, state and local requirements regarding noxious weeds in the Project area. 1.1 Project Description The project will utilize multiple staging areas for the overnight storage of equipment and material associated with the transmission line build. All other yards and the transmission line will be permitted separately. The Murray and McLin Yard s are in unincorporated Garfield County and will be associated with the phase 1 build (Appendix A – Project Overview Figure). The McLin and Murray Yards are respectively located southeast and southwest of the town of Silt, Colorado. The 36-acre Murray Yard is located approximately 1 mile west-southwest of the intersection of County Road 3 31 and 346. Access to the yard will be from Chair Bar Road which boarders the north and east perimeter of the staging yard. The McLin Yard is located approximately 0.75 miles southeast of the intersection of County Road 311 and 335. Access to the 15-acre yard McLin Yard will be from County Road 311 . Construction is anticipated to begin in September of 2024 and end January of 202 5. The McLin Yard is located within Section 16 of Township 6 South, Range 92 West and the Murray Yard is located within Section 13 of the same Township and Range of the Public Land Survey System. Section 2. Noxious Weed Management Requirements When present in large numbers, noxious plant species have had considerable impacts to the quality and integrity of natural ecosystems. Noxious weed species can alter fire ecology, successional ecosystem processes, and ecosystem function of the ecosystems they invade. Some species have had such serious economic and biological impacts that their control and management is mandated under Colorado State law (i.e., List A species). Because of the adverse environmental effects of noxious weeds, federal and state governments have issued various orders and regulations regarding noxious weeds. The following are some of the regulations guiding noxious weed management. 2.1 Presidential Executive Order 13112 —Invasive Species Executive Order 13112 , Invasive Species, was issued on February 3, 1999, to prevent the August 2024 Page 2 introduction of invasive species; provide for their control; and minimize the economic, ecological, and human health impacts that result from invasive species. This order directs federal agencies to prevent the introduction of invasive species, control and monitor invasive species, and restore native species and habitats that have been invaded (Federal Register 1999). 2.2 Colorado Noxious Weed Act As defined by the Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA), noxious weeds are plants that reduce agricultural productivity, lower real estate values, endanger human health and well -being, and damage scenic values (CDOA 20 24a). The Colorado Noxious Weed Act §§ 35 -5.5-101 through 119, C.R.S. as amended, states that an organized and coordinated effort must be made to stop the spread of noxious weeds. Rules pertaining to administration of the Act include a noxious weed list that designates and classifies noxious weed species into categories for immediate eradication (CDOA 20 24a): • List A contains 24 species of noxious weeds targeted for eradication. If individuals or populations of A List species are found, the local governing body must provide the State Weed Coordinator with mapping that includes information on location and density of the infestatio n. • List B contains 3 5 species that are targeted for eradication, containment, or suppression based upon a given local governing body’s management plan. • List C contains 1 8 species for which the Commissioner of Agriculture, in consultation with the state noxious weed advisory committee, local governments, and other interested parties, will develop and implement into state noxious weed management plans designed to support the efforts of local governing bodies to facilitate more effective integrated weed management on private and public lands. In addition to the three lists, the state maintains a noxious weed species “Watch List”. It contains 19 species that CDOA has determined pose a potential threat to the agricultural productivity and environmental values of the lands of Colorado. It is for advisory and education purposes only and is intended to encourage the collection of information needed to determine if the species should be listed as a noxious weed. 2.3 Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Garfield County adopted a Noxious Weed Management Plan in 2016 to limit the impact of noxious weeds by providing guidelines for managing designated noxious weeds which represent a threat to the continued economic, environmental , and agricultural value of lands in Garfield County (Garfield County 2016). Of the 7 7 plant species considered noxious by the State of Colorado, Garfield County is home to 40 species on this list. The plan provides for the implementation of the Colorado Noxious Weed Act by detailing integrated management options for designated noxious weeds. Options include education, preventive measures, good stewardship, and control techniques. August 2024 Page 3 The intent of the plan is to incorporate th e above-mentioned options that are the least environmentally damaging and are practical, timely and economically feasible. It is the responsibility of all landowners to use integrated methods to manage noxious weeds, and the responsibility of local governing bodies to ensu re that these plants are managed on public and private lands. Garfield County follows the dictates of the CDOAs rules as to which species on the A and B lists must be eradicated, contained , or suppressed and manages those species and the species on its own locally designated list in accordance with the Weed Management Plan . Section 3. Noxious Weed Survey Method s On July 24, 2024, HDR conducted pre-construction noxious weed surveys of the Murray and McLin Yard s, hereafter referred to as the study area to document baseline conditions . Noxious weed surveys were conducted using pedestrian transects, with approximately 50-foot separation, covering the entirety of the two staging yards . For the survey, the term “noxious weed ” includes species listed as noxious by the Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA 202 4a). Plant nomenclature for noxious weeds in this report follow the CDOA website . Before field surveys were conducted, the following data sources were reviewed for information on vegetation patterns, topography, and hydrology in the project vicinity: • Aerial Imagery – Recent and historic imagery from 1993 through 2019. • Topographic map – U.S. Geological Survey. • General ecological description of the project area (USDA -NRCS 2022). • National Land Cover Database (NLCD) Land Cover (USGS 202 4). • Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT ) Noxious Weed Map (CDOT 202 4). • Colorado Natural Heritage Program (CNHP) Noxious Weed Inventory, Mapping, and Monitoring (CNHP 20 16). • Colorado Department of Agriculture’s (CDOA) noxious weed list (Effective October 2020) (CDOA 2024a). • CDOA County Weed Programs (CDOA 202 4b). Using ESRI ArcGIS Field Maps field collection software and a sub-foot geographic positioning system (GPS) technology using an EOSTM Arrow 100 antennae and receiver , noxious weed densities were recorded in four categories: 1-10 individuals, 11-100 individuals,101-999 individuals, and 1000+ individuals. Following the field survey, the spatial data of noxious weed species and densities were illustrated in ArcGIS Pro 3.1.2 for the study area. August 2024 Page 4 Section 4. Study Area Description 4.1 Location The Murray Yard is approximately 36 acres in size and the McLin Yard is approximately 15 acres in size. The study area is found within the Silt, CO U.S. Geological Survey 7.5-minute quadrangle (2019). The approximate decimal degree coordinates for the center of the McLin Yard are 39.530407, -107.610966 and for the center of the Murray Yard are 39.525274, -107.679326 (datum is NAD 83). Please refer to Appendix B for a photolog of the study area. 4.2 Topography and Hydrology The study area is in northwestern Colorado and lies within the Western Range and Irrigated Region Land Resource Region (USDA-NRCS 2022) at an elevation of approximately 5,650 feet. The study area is generally located on barren and highly disturbed rangeland and/ or agricultural fields. The McLin Yard is located directly east of a riparian corridor, which contains Divide Creek as well as two irrigation ditches. However, the McLin Yard does not receive any irrigation from these sources as it is approximately 100 feet upslope from them. The Murray Yard appears to drain to the west into an unnamed drainage that flows into a series of irrigation ditches north of County Road 346. Any flow associated with the Divide Creek to the west of the McLin Yard as well as the unnamed drainage to the west of the Murray Yard eventually joins the Colorado River to the north of the study area. 4.3 Land Use Land uses within and around the study area include s agricultural, livestock grazing, rural residential, and industrial uses. Interstate 70, the Town of Silt, and the Colorado River are located immediately north of the study area. There is oil and gas development throughout the surrounding area. 4.4 Climate Annual precipitation in the study area averages 11.6 inches and annual snowfall is 38.5 inches. Rifle records average annual high temperatures of 64.3 degrees Fahrenheit (˚F) and an average low temperature of 31.2 ˚F (Western Regional Climate Center 20 24). 4.5 Vegetation and Habitat The study area is located within dry and disturbed grassland habitat . Both locations appeared to have been chemically treated for noxious weeds in the recent past with visible wilting observed during the July 2024 survey . Additionally, all observed vegetation appeared to be stressed from lack of irrigation and herbivory by dense grasshopper infestations, which made identification difficult. Species that occur within the McLin Yard include prickly lettuce (Lactuca serriola ), field brome (Bromus arvensis), western wheatgrass (Pascopyrum smithii), Canada horseweed (Erigeron cana densis), kochia (Bassia scoparia), crested wheatgrass (Agropyron cristatum ), smooth brome (Bromus inermis), yellow salsify (Tragopogon dubius), and an unknown mustard August 2024 Page 5 (Brassica sp.). Species that occur within the Murray Yard include big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata), kochia, greasewood (Sarcobatus vermiculatus), prickly pear (Opuntia sp.), needle- and-thread grass (Hesperostipa comata ), winterfat (Ceratoides lanata ), rubber rabbitbrush (Ericameria nauseosa ), western wheatgrass, crested wheatgrass, Russian thistle (Salsola tragus), four -wing saltbush (Atriplex canescens), and an unknown mustard. Please refer to Appendix C for a consolidated list of plant species observed during the field visit. Section 5. Noxious Weed Survey Results Four listed noxious weed species were observed in the study area during the July 2024 survey. Two of the four noxious weed species documented in the study area are on the CDOA’s List B and two are on List C (Table 1 and Figures 2 & 3 in Appendix A). All observed vegetation appeared to be stressed from lack of irrigation and herbivory by dense grasshopper infestations, which made identification difficult. No new growth was observed aside from prickly lettuce (Lactuca serriola) and field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis), which were observed within the McLin Yard. The Colorado Department of Agriculture has prepared fact sheets for most state-listed noxious weeds. They feature detailed descriptions and photographs of the plants, as well as integrated management for each species. Noxious weed fact sheets for the four documented listed species are found in Appendix D. Garfield County follows the state’s rules as to which species on Lists A and B must be eradicated, contained , or suppressed and manages those species and the species on its own locally designated list in accordance with the Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Plan (Garfield County 2016). CDOT’s Noxious Weed Map details the locations of List A, B, and C noxious weeds as they occur along the ROW (CDOT 2024). Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia ), hoary cress (Lepidium draba), field bindweed, Russian knapweed (Rhaponticum repens), salt cedar (Tamarix chinensis), musk thistle (Carduus nutans), and Scotch thistle (Onopordum acanthium ) were all documented along the portion of I -70 to the north of the study area. Cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum ) was the most common species identified throughout both Staging Yards. Field bindweed was identified on the east side of the McLin Yard. Small amounts of musk thistle were identified on the northwest side of the Murray Yard. Russian knapweed was identified from the northeast corner down through the center of the Murray Yard . Cheatgrass and field bindweed are designated by the State of Colorado as a List C species and Russian knapweed and musk thistle are List B species. Table 1. Colorado State Noxious Weed Species Observed in the Project Study Area Scientific Name Common Name General Habitat State of CO List Garfield County List Observed in the Study Area Bromus tectorum Cheatgrass Open, upland List C No Yes August 2024 Page 6 areas Carduus nutans Musk thistle Open, upland areas List B Yes Yes Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed Open, upland areas List C No Yes Rhaponticum repens Russian knapweed Open, upland areas List B Yes Yes Sources: CDOA 2024a; Garfield County 2016 Section 6. Noxious Weed Management Construction activities would expose soils in areas that have been previously disturbed and limited areas that have not been previously disturbed. This disturbance creates a potential for the introduction and spread of noxious weeds in the project area. Noxious weed species that occur in and adjacent to disturbed areas of the project have the potential to spread into areas impacted by use and construction of access roads for construction equipment and use of staging areas. The goal of this plan is to minimize the spread of noxious weeds due to the proposed project’s construction activities. By implementing measures intended to minimize the spread of noxious weeds during construction and minimizing the establishment of new noxious weed populations post construction, the proposed project should minimize new and help reduce existing noxious weed infestations. Xcel and its contractors work to minimize the use of chemicals that are harmful to beneficial insects in their vegetation management practices controlling shrubs, trees, and weed species within their rights-of -way and properties. This includes eliminating the use of neonicotinoids, a class of neuro -active insecticides, which have been found harmful to all invertebrate populations including bee populations and other native pollinators (Xcel Energy Undated). The study area is adjacent to rural residential developments, rangeland, oil and gas operations, and agricultural fields. Due to adjacent roadways and residential properties in the adjacent areas, noxious weed species are expected to continue spread ing throughout the area. Future construction and maintenance activities by Xcel and its contractors have the potential to expose soils creating a potential for the introduction and spread of noxious weeds in the project area. The grading work will be minimized by limiting the disturbance footprint and focus ing on access grading impacts to the uphill side of access routes. Equipment associated with the project activities that may be stored on the McLin and Murray Yards vary based on the pole type and construction approach. Equipment that may be stored or staged on the McLin and Murray Yards includes construction materials, mini -excavators, pick-up trucks, boom trucks, concrete trucks, and trailer puller reels. Weed management priorities are based on the threat noxious weed species found in the project area pose to the overall goal of maintaining the health of the ecosystem. Generally, List A species are the highest priority because they are often the most aggressive species with limited distribution. No species designated as a “List A” species in the Colorado Noxious Weed Act were August 2024 Page 7 identified. List B species are next priority and List C species are generally widespread and are not prioritized. The best technique for controlling most noxious weeds is an integrated approach of chemical, mechanical, and biological controls. Chemical control involves the application of one or more herbicides at the appropriate time of the year (all herbicides should be applied by a certified applicator according to the manufacturer’s directions). Mechanical control usually involves mowing, hand -pulling, or cutting. Biological control is the use of organisms (usually insects, but also livestock) that are deliberately introduced to an area to control weeds. 6.1 Noxious Weed Treatment Measures As part of the weed management program, the following measure s will be implemented to minimize the spread of noxious weeds during the construction activities, as well as during restoration and reclamation efforts until the closure of the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP). Xcel’s noxious weed management contractor will implement noxious weed control measures in accordance with existing regulations and local requirements. Post-construction control measures can include one or more of the following methods (that may be implemented during restoration activities): • Treatment methods will be based on species-specific and area-specific conditions (e.g., proximity to water or riparian areas, agricultural areas, and time of year) with the Garfield County coordinator being notified prior to noxious weed eradication activities . If areas are not seeded until the following spring, because of weather or scheduling constraints, undesirable vegetation will be eradicated before seeding. • Mechanical methods rely on equipment that can be used to mow or disc weed populations. If such a method is used in areas to be restored, subsequent seeding will be conducted to re -establish a desirable vegetative cover that will stabilize the soils and slo w the potential re -invasion of noxious weeds. • Discing or other mechanical treatments, that would disturb the soil surface within native habitats, will be avoided in favor of an herbicide application, which is an effective means of reducing the size of noxious weed populations as well as preventing the establishment of new colonies. • Herbicide applications will be controlled to minimize the impacts on the surrounding vegetation. In areas of dense infestation, a broader application will be used and a follow - up seeding program will be implemented. Pre-Construction Prior to construction and soil disturbances, Xcel’s noxious weed contr actor shall apply pre - August 2024 Page 8 treatment, both chemical and mechanical to List A and List B noxious weeds in the areas of expected disturbance which includes staging yards, within expected access road disturbance areas, and any other areas identified in the grading permit as to be disturbed. Chemical and mechanical treatment will be in accordance with the specifics listed in Table 2 and until the SWMP is closed. Post-Construction - Phase 1 At the conclusion of construction (Year 1), disturbed areas will be inspected/surveyed for noxious weeds by a qualified weed specialist. The weed specialist will identify areas where the Control Techniques listed in Table 2 following measures shall be implemented. Post-Construction - Phase 2 Following the growing season after construction has been completed (Year 2) and until the project SWMP permit is closed , two noxious weed surveys shall occur yearly: 1. Early season (May-June) for cool-season noxious weeds (e.g., cheatgrass and bindweed). 2. Late season (July-August) for the warm-season noxious weeds (e.g., thistles and knapweeds). Areas of infestations identified in these surveys will determine appropriate treatment and suppression methods. Table 2 presents species-specific recommended control measures which may be implemented. These recommended control measures are from the Colorado Department of Agriculture website (CDOA 2024a). Some of the noxious weed species are widespread and not found in defined populations, therefore treatment will be difficult and may not be prioritized. Treatment will only occur in areas where soil disturbance due to construction occurred. Due to the knapweed plants being dead and dry during the July 2024 survey, identification should be confirmed based on new growth prior to any treatment measures being impl emented. Table 2. Noxious Weed Species Recommended Control Techniques Common Name Chemical Mechanical Biological Russian knapweed Aminopyralid (Milestone), Aminocyclopyrachlor + Chlorsulfuron (Perspective). Most effective if applied in the fall when above- ground stems die back . Cutting or mowing can stress plant and force it to use reserves. Tilling and disking can create root fragments that can sprout. However, repeated deep tillage (1 feet) over 3 years can kill much of the root system. The gall midge, Jaapiella ivannikovi, is a fly that lays eggs in the shoot tips of Russian knapweed. It forms galls that reduce flowering, seed production, and stunts the plants’ growth. This biocontrol will stress the stand of Russian knapweed but will not likely eliminate it. Not available to public. August 2024 Page 9 Downy brome (cheatgrass) Pseudomonas fluorescens D7 inhibits cheatgrass and is currently approved by EPA and Colorado. Mechanical methods are best for residential areas and small infestations. Collect, bag, and dispose of or destroy flowers; seeds can mature and germinate if left. Tilling must be deeper than 6 inches to work. Prescribed fire applied before seed maturity, (late spring or early summer), may kill seeds; the trick is to get green cheatgrass and litter to carry fire and at a hot enough temperature to destroy seeds and seedlings. No approved biological control agents . Musk thistle Aminopyralid (Milestone), Chlorsulfuron (Telar), and Clopyralid (Transline). Apply in spring from rosette through very early flower growth stages. Methods, such as tilling, hoeing and digging, are best for infestations smaller than 0.5 acres. Sever roots below the soil surface during the first year before the plant stores energy, and in the second year before flower production. Mowing, chopping and d eadheading stimulates more flower production; these methods require consecutive years of season-long treatments. All flower buds and heads must be collected, bagged, and disposed of or destroyed. Prescribed fire that results in high soil burn severity damages roots and above ground biomass, but is not recommended due to impacts on desired plants. Trichosirocalus horridus is the only biological control agent available for musk thistle in Colorado. Field bindweed Clarity + 2,4-D Amine, Tordon 22K *this is a Restricted Use Pesticide, and Roundup Ultra *non- selective herbicide, will kill all vegetation* See Application timing on Noxious Weed Fact Sheets. Cutting, mowing, or pulling has a negligible effect unless the plants are cut below the surface in the early seedling stage. The bindweed gall mite, Aceria mahlerbae, has proven to be effective in reducing field bindweed infestations. Source: Colorado Department of Agriculture (2024a). Table 2 - Control Techniques based on recommendation f rom Garfield County Weed Control Manager, Steve Anthony following the CDOA-published control techniques for noxious weeds . Section 7. Recommended Management and Mitigation Actions In addition to the specific management recommendations listed for each species in Table 2, the following mitigation measures are recommended (as appropriate) to minimize the spread of noxious weeds: August 2024 Page 10 • Construction equipment will remain in designated work areas . • The area of ground disturbance will be kept to the minimum necessary. • Minimize imported topsoil during construction. If importing is necessary, use certified weed-free soil. • Equipment will be thoroughly cleaned before entering the staging area, if equipment or trailer are carrying soil or plant materi al, i.e. mud on trailer undercarriage . • Mulches and straw used at the site will be certified weed -free. • Disturbed areas will be seeded after construction though, if the root structure remains intact, contractor may decide to not seed in such areas. • Seed mixes, soil, and other plant material used for revegetation will be free of noxious weed seeds, roots, and other propagules. • Only a Colorado -licensed Supervisor or Certified Operator will apply herbicides. • Herbicides will be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. • Broadcast herbicide spraying will be limited to areas of project ground disturbance and at staging areas. • The Garfield County Vegetation Manager will be notified prior to noxious week treatments, as appropriate to the disturbance jurisdiction. At time of the memorandum, this notification would be through the Garfield County Vegetation Manager (Steve Anthony – 970-945-1377 ext. 4305, santhony@garfield -county.com). • Applicable best management practices (BMPs) from the Stormwater Management Plan will be implemented. Section 8. References Colorado Department of Agriculture (CDOA). 202 4a. Noxious Weeds. Available online: https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/agconservation/noxiousweeds and https://drive.google.com/file/d/0Bxn6NtpJWc9JRFE3LW1RWFVXY1E/view?resourcekey=0 -WalETB5Qp3zCjfRnar5t3g . Accessed July 2024. CDOA. 2024b. County Weed Programs. Available online: <https://ag.colorado.gov/conservation/noxious -weeds/county-weed-programs>. Accessed July 2024. Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT). 202 4. Noxious Weeds Map. Available online: https://cdot.maps.arcgis.com/home/webmap/viewer.html?webmap=ebd39c7a542349c6914 89f5ecb1a1c62#!. Accessed July 2024. Colorado Natural Heritage Program (CNHP). 2016. Survey of Critical Biological Resources: a resurvey and update of Potential Conservation Areas in Garfield County, Colorado. Available online: https://cnhp.colostate.edu/wp - content/uploads/download/documents/2016/Final_Garfield_2016_report.pdf . Accessed July 2024. August 2024 Page 11 Garfield County. 2016. Garfield County Noxious Weed Management Plan. Available online: https://www.garfield -county.com/vegetation -management/filesgcco/sites/29/2019/11/Garfield -County-Noxious-Weed-Management- Plan-Adopted-Feb-2016.pdf . Accessed July 2024. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA)- Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2022. Land Resource Regions and Major Land Resource Areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. Natural Resources Conservation Service, USDA Handbook 296. U.S. Geological Survey (USGS). 202 4. National Land Cover Database (NLCD). Available online: https://apps.nationalmap.gov/viewer/. Accessed July 2024 . Western Regional Climate Center. 202 4. Climate Summaries. Available online: https://wrcc.dri.edu/Climate/summaries.php . Accessed July 2024. Xcel Energy. Undated. Wildlife and Habitat Protection. Available online: https://www.xcelenergy.com/staticfiles/xe - responsive/Company/Corporate%20Responsibility%20Report/2019%20CRR/2019_Wildlife %20and%20Habitat%20Protection_CRR.pdf . Accessed July 2024. Appendix A. Figures Appendix B Appendix B. Representative Photographs Appendix B Photo 1 Date Taken: July 2024 Bare ground mixed with dead and stressed vegetation on the west side of the McLin Yard. Photo 2 Date Taken: July 2024 Field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis ) on the east side of the McLin Yard. There appeared to be evidence of chemical weed treatment along roadways and where field bindweed was identified. Photo 3 Date Taken: July 2024 Mosaic of field brome (Bromus arvesis), cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum ), and an unknown mustard throughout the McLin Yard. Note the dried state of all vegetation, which made identification difficult. Appendix B Photo 4 Date Taken: July 2024 Dead big sagebrush (Artemesia tridentata) and stressed vegetation on the north side of the Murray Yard. Photo 5 Date Taken: July 2024 Dead Russian knapweed (Rhaponticum repens) in the northeast corner of the Murray Yard. Photo 6 Date Taken: July 2024 Mix of big sagebrush, cheatgrass, and needle-and-thread grass (Hesperostipa comata) on the south side of the Murray Yard. Appendix C Plant List Appendix C Plant Species Observed in the Project Survey Area During the July 2024 F ield Survey Scientific Name Common Name Noxious weed Indicator* Agropyron cristatum Crested wheatgrass - Artemisia tridentata Big sagebrush - Atriplex canescens Four-wing saltbush - Bassia scoparia Kochia - Brassica sp. Mustard - Bromus arvensis Field brome - Bromus inermis Smooth brome - Bromus tectorum Cheatgrass C Carduus nutans Musk thistle B Ceratoides lanata Winterfat - Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed C Ericameria nauseosa Rubber rabbitbrush - Erigeron canadensis Horseweed - Hesperostipa comata Needle-and-thread grass - Lactuca serriola Prickly lettuce - Opuntia sp. Prickly pear - Pascopyrum smithii Western wheatgrass - Rhaponticum repens Russian knapweed B Rhus aromatica Fragrant sumac - Sarcobatus vermiculatus Greasewood - Salsola tragus Russian thistle - Tragopogon dubius Yellow salsify - *Source: Colorado Department of Agriculture (202 4a). Appendix D. Noxious Weed Fact Sheets List C Key ID Points 1. Downy leaf blades, sheaths, ligules 2. Glumes are unequal size, lemmas are downy 3. One-sided panicle that droops, red-purple during seed set & senescence 4. Fibrous roots C heatgrass (Bromus tectorum L.) is a winter annual grass in the Poaceae family, also known as downy brome. Mature plants reach up to 24 inches tall. The stems are smooth but the leaf blades and sheath are hairy (downy). The ligules are fringed, short and membra- nous. The culms range from five to 90 cm long, can be prostrate or vertical, and have fine short hairs. Its fibrous roots can be up to 60 inches long, but the majority of root biomass is within first 12 inches of the soil surface. Roots are efficient at absorbing soil moisture, allowing cheatgrass to grow quickly early in season, while other plants are still dormant. Green up can occur twice per season. Cheatgrass has an unique spectral signature during seed set and senescence when it turns reddish purple. During these shoulder growing season events, it is easily detectable from other vegetation with satellite imagery. The flower is a simple one-sided panicle that characteristically flops over and hangs, branches and is open. Spikelets are usually terminal. Usually there are five to many florets; it has perfect flow- ers. The upper and lower glumes are usu- ally unequal in length and shorter than florets; the lower glume ranges from 4 to 14 mm in length and is one veined. The upper glume is three-veined. The plant disarticulates above the glumes. The lemmas are usually downy, narrowly lanceolate with sharp tips and about 9 to 12 mm long. Usually there are five to many lemmas. Awns are usually pres- ent and range from 10 to 18 mm long. It is a prolific seed producer, capable of two seed crops per season. Seeds need to be buried in soil or litter and have fall moisture to germinate. The fall seed crop has greater reproductive success than spring. Seeds lack dispersal anatomy so fall close to parent plants but transport readily with animals, people and equip- ment. Seed longevity is about three years. Both inbreeding and cross breed- ing occur. Cheatgrass is one of the most com- petitive non-natives in the Western US. It thrives in arid, semi arid, and cold environments. Colorado’s high eleva- tion range is not an issue for cheatgrass; plants were recently detected as high as 9,500 feet. It exhibits phenotypic plastic- ity and genetic diversity, making it high- ly adaptable to a variety of conditions, likely due to multiple introductions. Its presence has significant negative impacts throughout the West. Most no- tably, it alters fire regimes and thus engineers a posi- tive fire feedback loop that favors its growth over other plants. This feedback loop is why cheatgrass forms monocultures throughout the West. It is often confused with Japanese brome (Bromus ja- ponicus), which has denser more compact spikelets, shorter awns, and changes from green to gold through the growing season. Ch e a t g r a s s Br o m u s t e c t o r u m L . Cheatgrass Identification and Management © Leslie J. Mehrhoff, University of CT © Veronika Johansson, iNaturalist © Priyantha Wijesinghe, iNaturalist ©James Bailey, iNaturalist Rev. 2/19 Colorado Department of Agriculture - Conservation Services 305 Interlocken Parkway Broomfield, CO 80021 (303) 869-9030 www.colorado.gov/ag/weeds List C Ch e a t g r a s s Br o m u s t e c t o r u m L . Integrated Weed Management Recommendations Effective integrated management means using a variety of eradication methods in the same site along with restoration, prevention of seed production and dispersal, and monitoring. Maintain robust healthy native landscapes. Restore degraded sites. Avoid soil disturbance. Prevent seed production and seed dispersal, e.g. on contaminated equipment. Rest sites until restored. Modify land use practices. Use methods appropriate for the site, including land use practices. MECHANICAL Mechanical methods are best for residential areas and small infestations. Mowing and chopping are not recommeded; they leave roots behind, stimulate flower production, disperse seeds, and expand the size of the infested area. Collect, bag, and dispose of or destroy flowers; seeds can mature and germinate if left. Tilling must be deeper than 6 inches to work. Prescribed fire applied before seed maturity, (late spring or early summer), may kill seeds; the trick is to get green cheatgrass and litter to carry fire and at a hot enough temperature to destroy seeds and seedlings. Always combine prescribed fire with cultural methods, timed appropriately, and base it on site conditions and other plants present. Monitoring and adaptive management are critical if prescribed fire is used as a tool for control. CHEMICAL Pseudomonas fluorescens D7 inhibits cheatgrass and is currently approved by EPA and Colorado. NOTE: Herbicide recommendations to control cheatgrass in pastures and rangeland are found at: https://goo.gl/ TvWnv9. Rates are approximate and based on equipment with an output of 30 gal/acre. Follow the label for exact rates. Consult local turf and ornamental experts for residential settings. Always read, understand, and follow the label directions. The herbicide label is the LAW! BIOLOGICAL Sheep and cattle will select green cheatgrass which also affects desired cool-season grasses. Properly managed grazing can improve vigor of desired species and directly reduce cheatgrass. Post-fire grazing management varies depending on site potential and objectives. Currently there are no biological control agents for cheatgrass authorized in Colorado. For more biocontrol information, visit the Colorado Department of Agriculture’s Palisade Insectary website at: www.colorado.gov/ag/biocontrol CULTURAL Biological soil crust is a soil health indicator of arid and semi arid sites; crusts inhibit cheatgrass seed germination. Aerial spread and cultivate soil crust where it is absent. Aerial and drill seeding bluebunch wheatgrass (Pseudoroegneria spicata) and Sandberg bluegrass (Poa secunda) with vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizae; these are drought tolerant natives that are highly competitive against cheatgrass but require mycorrhizae. As these grasses establish and cheatgrass wanes slowly introduce additional species such as thickspike wheatgrass (Elymus lanceolatus), winterfat (Krascheninnikovia lanata), yarrow (Achillea millefolium) in the plant interspaces in subsequent years. Be cautious when purchasing seed as cheatgrass is often a contaminate, especially in mixes. Use seed pillows to disperse seeds. © Stacy Litz, Associated Press © Bureau of Land Management© Martin Bernetti, Associated Press © Helena Weed Control, Rocky Mountain Elk Foundation White flower © Mary Ellen Harte, Invasive.org. All other photos © Kelly Uhing. F i e l d b i n d w e e d Leaves are shaped like ar- rowheads. Flowers are funnel-shaped, white to pink, and have two small bracts one inch below the flower base. 1. 2. Identification and Impacts F ield bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) is a non-native deep- rooted perennial that reproduces from seed and creeping, horizontal roots (rhizomes). Field bindweed stems are prostrate (grows low to the ground) and twining, and grow up to 6 feet long. Leaves are distinguishable by their arrowhead shape. The flowers are bell or trumpet-shaped, white to pink in color, and are about 1 inch long. Field bindweed seeds can remain viable in the soil for up to 40 years. F ield bindweed emerges from its root system in the spring. Flowering occurs from June to September and until the first fall frost. The number of seeds produced per plant ranges from 25 to 300 and seed production is variable depending on environmental conditions. Field bindweed is an extremely difficult noxious weed to control because, in part, of its taproot that may go 20 feet deep into the soil, and which repeatedly gives rise to numerous long rhizomes. F ield bindweed is a problem throughout Colorado. It is one of the most competitive perennial weeds. It is widespread in cultivated areas, pastures, lawns, gardens, roadsides, and waste areas from 4,000 to 8,000 Key ID Points C o n v u l v u l u s a r v e n s i s Field bindweed Identification and Management feet in elevation. T o successfully manage field bindweed, containment and persistence in controlling existing stands are necessary in order to exhaust the root system and deplete the soil seed bank. This weed needs to be continually stressed, forcing it to exhaust root nutrient stores and eventually die. Of all control methods, prevention is most important. Maintain healthy pastures and rangeland and continually monitor your property for new infestations. A healthy cover of desirable perennial plants will assist in discouraging field bindweed establishment. F ield bindweed is designated as a “List C” species on the Colorado Noxious Weed Act. It is required to be either eradicated, contained, or suppressed depending on the local jursidictions managing this species. O n the back of this sheet are field bindweed management recommendations. For more information, visit www.ag.state. co.us/csd/csdhome.html. Or call the State Weed Coordinator at the Colorado Department of Agriculture, Conservation Services Division, 303- 239-4100. List C Species Rangeland, pasture, and riparian site recommendations List C Species CULTURAL Establishment of selected grasses can be an effective cultural control of field bindweed. Contact your local Natural Resources Conservation Service for seed mix recommendations. Maintain healthy pastures and prevent bare spots caused by overgrazing. Bareground is prime habitat for weed invasions. BIOLOGICAL The bindweed gall mite, Aceria mahlerbae, has proven to be effective in reducing field bindweed infestations. This is an option for large infestations. To obtain a mite release, contact the Colorado Department of Agriculture, 970-464-7916. MECHANICAL Cutting, mowing, or pulling has a negligible effect unless the plants are cut below the surface in the early seedling stage. Well-established populations have a large seed bank in the soil that can remain viable for over 40 years. Bindweed mite damage F i e l d b i n d w e e d Integrated Weed Management: Field bindweed requires active management once it is established because of its potential to regenerate rapidly. Even small infestations should be viewed as a serious threat and managed aggressively. Contain and persistently control infestations in order to exhaust the root system and deplete the soil seed bank. Maintain a healthy cover of perennial plants to discourage field bindweed establishment. ht t p : / / w w w . a g . s t a t e . c o . u s / c s d / c s d h o m e . h t m l HERBICIDES : The following are recommendations for herbicides that can be applied to range and pasturelands. Rates are approximate and based on equipment with an output of 30 gallons per acre. Please read label for exact rates. Always read, understand, and follow the label directions. The herbi - cide label is the LAW! M a n a g e m e n t R e c o m e n d a t i o n s HERBICIDE RATE APPLICATION TIMING Clarity + 2,4-D Amine 1 qt./acre or 1 oz/gal water Just after full-bloom and/or fall. DO NOT apply near or under trees/shrubs or where soils have rapid permeability. DO NOT apply when outside temperatures will exceed 85 degrees. Add non-ionic surfactant @ 0.32oz/gal water or 1 qt/100 gal water. Tordon 22K *this is a Restricted Use Pesticide* 1 qt./acre or 1 oz/gal water Just after full-bloom and/or fall. DO NOT apply near or under trees/shrubs or where soils have rapid permeability. Add non-ionic surfactant @ 0.32oz/gal water or 1qt/100 gal water. Roundup Ultra *non-selective herbicide, will kill all vegetation* 4 - 5 qts./acre or 4 - 5 oz/gal water Apply at full-bloom and/or fall. Add non-ionic surfactant @ 0.32oz/gal water or 1qt/100 gal water. Use caution when applying near grasses or other desirable vegetation. Integrated Weed Management recommendations List C Species List B Key ID Points 1. Leaf with white midrib and leaf margins with spines. 2. Pappus with plumose barbed bristles. 3. Wide, stout lance-shaped bracts with spiny tips. M usk thistle Carduus nutans L. is a non-native biennial forb that re- produces solely by seed. During the first year of growth, a rosette forms in spring or fall. During the second year in mid to late spring, the stem bolts, flowers, sets seed, and the plant dies. M usk thistle can grow up to 6 feet tall. The leaves have spines, are waxy, and dark green in color with a prominent light green to white midrib that can be seen from a distance. Leaves are dentately lobed; leaf bases some- times extend down below the point of attachment. The terminal flower heads are purple, large in size (1.5 to 3 inches in diameter) and bend over as if nod- ding. These flower heads are made up of only disk flowers. They are surrounded by numerous, wide and stout lance- shaped, spine-tipped bracts that resem- ble an open pineapple. The pappus has plumose bristles that appear barbed un- der magnification. Musk thistle produces many flower heads. The tallest shoots flower first; lateral shoots develop in leaf axils. A robust plant may produce 100 or more flowering heads. Reproduction is usually via out-crossing through insect pollination, but self-pollination also occurs. Flowers emerge in May through September. Seeds develop shortly after flowers emerge. Flower buds can contain viable seeds from self-pollination. Seeds can mature on severed bud and flower- heads. Seeds remain viable in the soil for up to about 14 years. Seeds can germi- nate and emerge from spring through fall. M usk thistle habitat is found in a variety of environments extend- ing from shortgrass prairie to alpine. It is strongly associated with heavily disturbed sites, where over-use occurs or where site conditions are poor due to land management practices. This includes over-grazed areas, large fires, trails, ditches and roadsides. Infested livestock pasturs suffer from significantly decreased carrying capacity. B ecause musk thistle reproduces solely from seed, the key for suc- cessful management is to prevent seed production. Once flowers emerge and start to produce seed, effective manage- ment options will become limited. Once sites are infested, musk thistle can form dense stands. Prevention, adjusting land management practices, a robust inte- grated treatment plan and restoration are critical to eliminating this species. M usk thistle is designat- ed as a “List B” species in the Colorado Noxious Weed Act. It is required to be eradicated; some popu- lations may be contained or suppressed depending on state regulations. For management directions for each county, refer to the most recent Rule, or visit www.colorado.gov/ag/co- weedcontacts for details. Mu s k t h i s t l e Ca r d u u s n u t a n s L. Musk Thistle Identification and Management 2015 Quarter Quad Survey © Chris Evans, University of IL © Bruce Ackley, OH State University © Les Mehrhoff, DiscoverLife.org Rev. 11/16 Colorado Department of Agriculture - Conservation Services 305 Interlocken Parkway Broomfield, CO 80021 (303) 869-9030 www.colorado.gov/ag/weeds List B Effective integrated management means using a variety of eradication methods that also includes restoration, prevention of seed production and dispersal, and monitoring. Maintain robust healthy native landscapes and restore degraded sites. Avoid soil disturbance. As with most biennials, prevent seed production in the first and second year of musk thistle growth. Prevent seed from dispersing, such as on contaminated equipment. Rest sites until they are effectively restored. Change land use practices. Use methods appropriate for the site. Mu s k t h i s t l e Ca r d u u s n u t a n s L. Integrated Weed Management Recommendations HERBICIDE RATE APPLICATION TIMING Aminopyralid* (Milestone)6 oz./acre + 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant Apply in spring rosette to early bolting growth stages or in fall to rosettes. *Product not permitted for use in the San Luis Valley. Chlorsulfuron** (Telar)1-2.6 oz. product/acre + 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant Apply in spring from rosette through very early flower growth stages. (Can prevent viable seed formation if applied no later than the first viable flowers begin to open.) **This herbicide has residual soil activity that will affect all broadleaf seedlings germinating after application has occurred. Clopyralid (Transline)0.67-1.33 pints product/acre + 0.25% v/v non-ionic surfactant Apply to rosettes through flower bud stage in spring, or to fall rosettes. © Friends of NV Wilderness Stewardship Team MECHANICAL CONTROL METHODS Methods, such as tilling, hoeing and digging, are best for infestations smaller than 0.5 acres; weigh this against other plants present, ecology and site condition. Sever roots below the soil surface during the first year before the plant stores energy, and in the second year before flower production. Mowing, chopping and deadheading stimulates more flower production; these methods require consecutive years of season-long treatments. All flowerbuds and heads must be collected, bagged, and disposed of or destroyed; seeds will mature and germinate if left on the ground. Prescribed fire that results in high soil burn severity damage roots and above ground biomass, but is not recommended due to impacts on desired plants. Fire generally favors musk thistle germination. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL METHODS Although horses, cattle, goats and sheep may eat flower heads on a few plants, seeds pass through their digestive tracks unaltered and spread. The leaf and stalk spines can cause domestic livestock to avoid mature musk thistle. Thus, musk thistle can become an “increaser” in over-grazed systems. Properly managed grazing can improve vigor of desired species and indireclty reduce musk thistle. Trichosirocalus horridus is the only biological control agent available for musk thistle in Colorado. The other species, Rhinocyllus conicus, is not host specific and will damage native thistles, and therefore cannot be released as an agent in Colorado. For more information, visit the Colorado Department of Agriculture’s Palisade Insectary website at www.colorado.gov/ag/biocontrol. CULTURAL CONTROL METHODS Musk thistle is not tolerant of competition and needs light to germinate seeds. Cultural methods should aim to maintain or restore a competitive assemblage of forbs, cool and warm season grasses. Implement whole site restoration of soils, plants and water regimes where stands of musk thistle exist where needed. Use locally adapted species that are ecologically appropriate for the site to improve competitiveness. Include annual as well as perennial species. Incorporate soil amendments, soil microbes and mycorrhizal fungi in restoration and land management efforts. Minimize soil compaction and disturbance, especially in wetlands and moist soil. Irrigation can increase competitive species. CHEMICAL NOTE: The following are recommendations for herbicides that can be applied to pastures and rangeland. Rates are approximate and based on equipment with an output of 30 gal/acre. Follow the label for exact rates. Always read, understand, and follow the label directions. The herbicide label is the LAW! © Eric Coombs, OR Dept of Agriculture © Norman E. Rees, USDA Ag Research Service List B ,yBlacBlacBlacBlacBlacBlaBlacBlacBlacacBlacBlBlacBBlacBlacaaccacaksk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, sk, skkskcalycalycalycalycalycalyalycalycalycalyalyaalalyalal rooroorooooroorooroorooroooooortttttttttttt yyyyyyy© St© St© St©S eveeveeveeveeeeeeeee DeweDeweDeweDewey USy USy USy USUUUU Key ID Points 1. Distinguished from other knapweeds by the flower’s smooth, papery bracts. 2. Roots are brown to black with scaly appearance. 3. Rosettes and lower leaves deeply lobed. 4. Upper leaves are smaller, smooth margined, and not lobed. Russian knapweed (Acroptilon repens) is a non-native, deep-rooted perennial that spreads by aggressive, creeping, horizontal roots (rhizomes) and seeds. The roots are brown to black with a scaly appearance. Russian knapweed can grow up to 3 feet in height. The stems and leaves are covered with short gray hairs. The ƪ‘™‡”•ƒ”‡—”Ǧ•Šƒ’‡†ǡ’‹–‘’—”’Ž‡ in color, and are solitary at the tips of the upper branches. Russian knapweed can be distinguished from other knapweeds by the smooth, papery, rounded bracts that surround the ƪ‘™‡”•Ǥ—••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡†‡‡”‰‡• in early spring after soil temperatures remain above freezing. It produces ƪ‘™‡”•ˆ”‘ —‡–‘—‰—•–ƒ†•‡–• seed in late summer to early fall. The seeds are viable for two to three years. Russian knapweed reproduces primarily from its root system. Buds on the horizontal roots can form adventitious •Š‘‘–•ǡ—‰—•––Š”‘—‰Š–Š‡™‹–‡”ǡ that can grow to become independent plants. Once rosettes emerge in the •’”‹‰ǡ”‡ƒ‹‹‰”‘‘–„—†••Ž‘—‰ŠǦ‘ơ until they develop again in late summer. ††‹–‹‘ƒŽŽ›ǡ”‘‘–ˆ”ƒ‰‡–•…ƒ develop into new plants. Russian knapweed is allelopathic, which means it contains a toxic substance that inhibits the growth of competing plants. This weed may also be toxic to horses resulting in serious injury or possibly death of the animal. Russian knapweed displaces native vegetation and reduces forage values on range and pasturelands. Habitat for Russian knapweed includes roadsides, ditch banks, riparian zones, pastures, rangeland, saline soils, clear cuts, and cropland. It typically invades degraded areas and sites with full sun. TŠ‡‘•–‡ơ‡…–‹˜‡‡–Š‘†‘ˆ…‘–”‘Ž for Russian knapweed is to prevent its establishment through proper land management. Maintain healthy pastures and rangeland and continually monitor your property for new infestations. If Russian knapweed is already established, using an integrated weed management approach proves to „‡‡ơ‡…–‹˜‡Ǥ—••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡†…ƒ„‡ managed with herbicides or biocontrol insects, but long-term control must include planting competitive plant species to occupy bare ground once infested by the weed. Details on the back of this sheet can help to create a management plan compatible with your site ecology. R ussian knapweed is designated as a “List B” species in the Colorado ‘š‹‘—•‡‡†…–Ǥ – is required to be either eliminated, contained, or suppressed depending on the local infestations. For more information, visit www.colorado.gov/ag/ weeds and click on the Noxious Weed Program link or call the State Weed Coordinator at the Colorado Department of ‰”‹…—Ž–—”‡ǡ‘•‡”˜ƒ–‹‘ Services Division, ͵Ͳ͵Ǧͺ͸ͻǦͻͲ͵ͲǤ Ru s s i a n k n a p w e e d Ac r o p t i l o n r e p e n s —••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡† †‡–‹Ƥ…ƒ–‹‘ƒ†ƒƒ‰‡‡– 2008 Quarter Quad Survey Colorado Department of Agriculture - Conservation Services 305 Interlocken Parkway ”‘‘Ƥ‡Ž†ǡ͔͔͖͕͜ ȋ͔͗͗Ȍ͚͜͝Ǧ͔͔͗͝ ™™™Ǥ…‘Ž‘”ƒ†‘Ǥ‰‘˜Ȁƒ‰Ȁ™‡‡†• List B Š‡‘•–‡ơ‡…–‹˜‡…‘–”‘Žˆ‘”—••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡†‹•–‘’”‡˜‡–‹–•‡•–ƒ„Ž‹•Š‡––Š”‘—‰Š’”‘’‡” Žƒ†ƒƒ‰‡‡–Ǥ‹–‡‰”ƒ–‡†™‡‡†ƒƒ‰‡‡–ƒ’’”‘ƒ…Š…ƒ„‡‡ơ‡…–‹˜‡™Š‡†‡ƒŽ‹‰ ™‹–Š—••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡†Ǥ –…ƒ„‡ƒƒ‰‡†™‹–ŠŠ‡”„‹…‹†‡•‘”‹•‡…–•ǡ„—–Ž‘‰Ǧ–‡”…‘–”‘Ž—•– ‹…Ž—†‡’Žƒ–‹‰…‘’‡–‹–‹˜‡’Žƒ–•’‡…‹‡•–‘‘……—’›„ƒ”‡‰”‘—†‘…‡‹ˆ‡•–‡†„›–Š‡™‡‡†Ǥ Ru s s i a n k n a p w e e d Ac r o p t i l o n r e p e n s –‡‰”ƒ–‡†‡‡†ƒƒ‰‡‡–‡…‘‡†ƒ–‹‘• HERBICIDE       ‹‘’›”ƒŽ‹† (Milestone) 5-7 oz/acre ’’Ž›‹–Š‡ˆƒŽŽ™Š‡ƒ„‘˜‡Ǧ‰”‘—†•–‡•†‹‡„ƒ…ƒ†”‘‘– buds are highly susceptible; can also apply in the bud to senes- …‡…‡•–ƒ‰‡•Ǥ††‘Ǧ‹‘‹…•—”ˆƒ…–ƒ–̷͔Ǥ͖͗‘œȀ‰ƒŽ™ƒ–‡”‘” ͕“–Ȁ͕͔͔‰ƒŽ™ƒ–‡”Ǥ ‹‘…›- clopyrachlor + chlorsulfuron (Perspective) 4.75 to 8 oz ’”‘†—…–ȀΪ adjuvant ’’Ž›‹–Š‡ˆƒŽŽ™Š‡ƒ„‘˜‡Ǧ‰”‘—†•–‡•†‹‡„ƒ…ƒ†”‘‘– buds are highly susceptible; can also apply in the bud to se- ‡•…‡…‡•–ƒ‰‡•Ǥ ’‘”–ƒ–ǣ’’Ž‹…ƒ–‹‘•‰”‡ƒ–‡”–Šƒ͙Ǥ͙‘œ ’”‘†—…–Ȁ‡š…‡‡†•–Š‡–Š”‡•Š‘Ž†ˆ‘”•‡Ž‡…–‹˜‹–›Ǥ–”‡ƒ–‹ the root zone of desirable trees and shrubs. Picloram (Tordon 22K *this is a Restricted Use Pesticide*) 1 qt/acre or 1 oz/gal water ’’Ž›‹–Š‡ˆƒŽŽ™Š‡ƒ„‘˜‡Ǧ‰”‘—†•–‡•†‹‡„ƒ…ƒ†”‘‘– buds are highly susceptible; can also apply in spring to bud/early ˆŽ‘™‡”•–ƒ‰‡ƒ†Ȁ‘”ˆƒŽŽ”‘•‡––‡Ǥ††‘Ǧ‹‘‹…•—”ˆƒ…–ƒ–̷ ͔Ǥ͖͗‘œȀ‰ƒŽ™ƒ–‡”‘”͕“–Ȁ͕͔͔‰ƒŽ™ƒ–‡”Ǥ    The following are recommendations for herbicides that can be ƒ’’Ž‹‡†–‘”ƒ‰‡ƒ†’ƒ•–—”‡Žƒ†•ǤŽ™ƒ›•”‡ƒ†ǡ—†‡”•–ƒ†ǡƒ† follow the label directions. Please read label for exact rates. The Š‡”„‹…‹†‡Žƒ„‡Ž‹•–Š‡Ǩ    Mowing several times before the plants bolt stresses Russian knapweed and forces it to use nutrient reserves stored in the root system. However, mowing alone will not eliminate the infestation and it can stimulate shoot sprouting the following year. Mowing combined with a fall herbicide application will enhance control. Tilling and disking can create root fragments that can sprout. However, repeated deep tillage (1 feet) over 3 years can kill much of the root system.    The gall midge, Jaapiella ivannikoviǡ‹•ƒƪ›–Šƒ–Žƒ›•‡‰‰•‹–Š‡ shoot tips of Russian knapweed. It forms galls that reduce ƪ‘™‡”‹‰ǡ•‡‡†’”‘†—…–‹‘ǡƒ†•–—–•–Š‡’Žƒ–•ǯ‰”‘™–ŠǤŠ‹• biocontrol will stress the stand of Russian knapweed but will ‘–Ž‹‡Ž›‡Ž‹‹ƒ–‡‹–ǤŠ‡‘Ž‘”ƒ†‘‡’ƒ”–‡–‘ˆ‰”‹…—Ž–—”‡ ǦƒŽ‹•ƒ†‡ •‡…–ƒ”›ǡͻ͹ͲǦͶ͸ͶǦ͹ͻͳ͸ǡ‹•…—””‡–Ž›‡•–ƒ„Ž‹•Š‹‰–Š‹• biocontrol . It is not yet available to the public.  Maintain healthy pastures and prevent bare spots caused by overgrazing. Bare ground is prime habitat for weed invasions. Establishing sod-forming grasses or vegetation with dense shade …ƒ„‡ƒ‡ơ‡…–‹˜‡…—Ž–—”ƒŽ…‘–”‘Ž‘ˆ—••‹ƒƒ’™‡‡†Ǥ‘–ƒ…– your local Natural Resources Conservation Service for seed mix recommendations. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT I: Haul Route, Access, and Flight Path Mapbook RIFLE SILT Color a d o River UK E L E L N S M I TH D O LL COA L M IN E R D CHIPPERFIELD L N WES TMAMM C R E E K R D HU N T ER M E S A R D D R Y HO L L OW RD MA M M C R E E K R D MIL E P O N D R D SILT M E S A R D D I V I D E C R E E K R D RIFLE-SILT RD GARFIELD C O AIRPORT R D PEACH V A L LE Y R D D A N D R G W E S T E R N R A I L R O A D 70 6 70 Page 9 Page 8 Page 7 Page 4 Page 5 Page 6 Page 10 Page 11 Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 MURRAY YARD RIFLE (UTE) SILT PUMPING STATION 0 ½1 Miles Scale: 1:40,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Surface Management Bureau of Land Management Other Federal State Local Private Conservation Municipal Area Legend Substation Haul Route Flight Path Proposed Centerline Murray Yard Map Book Page Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Overview sjensley / RIFLE (UTE) RIFLE Murray Yard Project Overview Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 325 70 82 SILT PUMPING STATION NEWCASTLE MITCHELL CREEK SILT NEWCASTLE GLENWOOD SPRINGS CH A I R B A R R D 455 456 457 458-DE 459-DE-T461-DE-T 462 463 464-DE-T 466 468 469471473 217916200437 BUTTON, WILEY PAUL 217916200651 CHARLESWORTH, KIRK E & CANTERBURY, LEE ANN 217916102007 ERPESTAD, GARY L & JOAN H 217916200117 SHUSTER, PATRICK L & TONI M 217916300654 VROMAN, JESSY 217916300653 WHILLDIN, DONALD J & LINDA L 217916300723 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217917400686 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217908100527 SHIDELEROSA LLLP 217909300716 GYPSUM RANCH CO LLC 217916300652 MURRAY, DEREK RICHARD 217917400731 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217917200687 ORGANIC GROWERS LLC 217917300732 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217917100157 LIMBACH, PAUL & NANCI L 217917200588 WARD, CODY & AMANDA ROW 217917100650 ESPINO, TAMMY KARL & TOMMY D 217916200156 LIMBACH, PAUL E & NANCI L Rising Su n D i t c h Mu l ta T r i n a D it c h Last Chan ce Ditch RIFLE-SILT RD 70 MURRAY YARD 455A456 457 458 459460 461-DE 462 463 464-DE 465 466 467 468 469 470471472473 RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Murray Yard Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 1 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado CHA I R B A R R D 217921300705 BUTTON FAMILY LIVING TRUST DTD 10/26/2006 BUTTON, DOUGLAS P & JEAN MARIE TRUSTEES 217921200701 VENZOR, PATRICIO & ROSALINDA 217922207007 SCOTT, SAMUEL D & JANINE T " 217922207008 RAMSEY, BRYAN J & CARLA 217915307006 HOLMBECK, JAMES 217915307005 PACE, EDWIN L & JOYCE M 217915307001 MUSGRAVE, RICHARD S 217922201016 HYATT, BOYD D & BARBARA A 217916400952 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217916400490 HAMPTON, PATRICIA C 217915300489 DUFFY, JONATHAN & LINDSAY 217916400490 HAMPTON, PATRICIA C 217916400439 TEP ROCKY MOUNTAIN LLC 217915307002 STUEBER, JARED & ASHLEY 217916300654 VROMAN, JESSY 217916300653 WHILLDIN, DONALD J & LINDA L 217922200662 HAMBY, MARK A 217921100702 PALIZZI, THOMAS A 217922200661 MANCINAS, FERNANDO & IRIS 217921100684 PONCE ESPINO, DAVID & DIAZ CORIA, ANA MARIA 217921100703 MURILLO GONZALEZ, EDGAR LUIS & MURILLO MANCINAS, ELIZABETH 217921100685 WALTON, JAMES R 217916300723 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217916400440 CHAVEZ, JOSE A 217921400130 PEACE BEAR RANCH LLC 217922200663 DAVILA, EDUARDO & SANCHEZ, ELIZABETH 217921100692 MINOR, CHADWICK SCOTT & ELIZABETH L 217921100699 TEP ROCKY MOUNTAIN LLC 217921200698 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC D r y H o l l o w C r eek DRYHO LLO WRD RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Haul Route Parcel Boundary MAP 2 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 217922207007 SCOTT, SAMUEL D & JANINE T 217922207008 RAMSEY, BRYAN J & CARLA 217922207009 HARRAH, TONY LEE 217922207011 HAGIO, GENE C & HENDERSON HAGIO, ANNE D TRUSTEES OF THE HAGIO FAMILY TRUST 217915307006 HOLMBECK, JAMES 217915307005 PACE, EDWIN L & JOYCE M 217915307010 MCCLEERY, ANDREW D 217915307001 MUSGRAVE, RICHARD S 217915307003 HORVATH, SETH KIRBY & KASANDRA LYNN 217922201016 HYATT, BOYD D & BARBARA A 217916400952 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217916400490 HAMPTON, PATRICIA C 217915300489 DUFFY, JONATHAN & LINDSAY 217915202001 KELLY, BRANDEE JEAN & FLOYD, TREVER 217915202002 IVIE, NATHAN ROBERT DEAN & ERIN ELIZABETH 217915202023 RODRIGUEZ ARCE, LUIS ALONSO 217916100438 DRY CREEK PROPERTIES, LLC 217916200437 BUTTON, WILEY PAUL 217915307004 MANCINAS HERNANDEZ, MIGUEL A & MANCINAS PONCE, ADRIAN217916400490 HAMPTON, PATRICIA C 217915300951 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217916400439 TEP ROCKY MOUNTAIN LLC 217915307002 STUEBER, JARED & ASHLEY 217916300654 VROMAN, JESSY 217916300653 WHILLDIN, DONALD J & LINDA L 217915202022 HANSON, CURT M & MAUREEN R 217921100684 PONCE ESPINO, DAVID & DIAZ CORIA, ANA MARIA 217921100685 WALTON, JAMES R 217916400440 CHAVEZ, JOSE A 217916103002 IRVINE, JAMES P & SANDRA 217915202021 MINEOTA ESTATES HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATION 217921100692 MINOR, CHADWICK SCOTT & ELIZABETH L 217915100001 SILT FARMS LLC 217916109003 RUIZ, SAMUEL & CRISTINA D r y H o l l o w Cre e k D R Y H O L L O W R D RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Haul Route Parcel Boundary MAP 3 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 441443445447448 449450451452 454 217915202001 KELLY, BRANDEE JEAN & FLOYD, TREVER 217915202002 IVIE, NATHAN ROBERT DEAN & ERIN ELIZABETH 217916100438 DRY CREEK PROPERTIES, LLC 217916200437 BUTTON, WILEY PAUL 217916102008 GILL, ROBERT BRUCE 217916102003 DAVIDSON, DENNIS F & JULIE M 217916102007 ERPESTAD, GARY L & JOAN H 217916102009 CORDOVA, ARTHUR 217916102004 PAYNE, JEFFREY L SR & DEBRA K 217915202022 HANSON, CURT M & MAUREEN R 217916102005 GARCIA, STEPHANIE L & FISCUS, TRAVIS 217910400110 ASPHALT PAVING CO 217916104001 GONZALEZ, MIGUEL 217916103002 IRVINE, JAMES P & SANDRA 217910300513 RAMIREZ, HILDA E 217909400733 SILT, TOWN OF 217909300716 GYPSUM RANCH CO LLC 217909400108 BARTA, KIMBERLY J 217910300573 HERNANDEZ, LETICIA & ROGELIO 217915202021 MINEOTA ESTATES HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATION 217909401002 RUIZ, ESAU & LIAN 217910300001 RUIZ, JOEL & HORTENCIA 217916104003 MORALES, CESAR & JESUS MANUEL 217909401001 FARIAS CERVANTES, MARIA A & RODRIGUEZ REYNA, DALIA & PATRICIA & MORRIS. REGINALD JR 217915100001 SILT FARMS LLC 217909401003 GODINA, JOSE ANTONIO 217916104002 RUIZ, RUBEN 217916109003 RUIZ, SAMUEL & CRISTINA 217915209002 RUIZ, TITO & AIDE MIREYA 217916109001 RUIZ, ESAU & LIAN ROW R i s i n g S u n D it c h D ry H ollow Cre e k La s t C h a nce D i tc h DR Y H O L L O W R D RIFLE-SILT RD 441442443 444 445446447448 449450 451452453454455455A RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 4 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado RIVE R F RONTAGE RD 426 427 429 430 432 433 434 435437439 441 217910400517 TOOVEY, CRESTON & JESSECA 217911300363 HERNANDEZ, ABRAHAM217910400177 JGVL ENTERPRISES ING 217910400516 RIVER NEST LLC 217910400470 SILT, TOWN OF 217910400176 PAPA, JOHN C & DEBBIE R TRUST 217911300364 GARCIA NOYOLA, ADAN BENIGNO & GUZMAN SALINAS, ALMA RUTH 217910400110 ASPHALT PAVING CO 217910200005 SILT, TOWN OF 217910140001 SILT ENERGY DEVELOPMENT LLC 217910100039 RED HORSE LLC 217910140002 SILT, TOWN OF 217911200008 GOV SILT LLC 217911200002 R&J PROPERTIES LLC 217911300469 SILT, TOWN OF 217911400383 RIVER ROCK RANCH 1412 LLC 217911400114 DIXON WATER FOUNDATION ROW ROW 217911200007 SILT 70 LLC 217910400575 MORALES PEREA, HERNAN & VALENZUELA, FRANCISCA MILLAN 217910300513 RAMIREZ, HILDA E " 217910400574 MARTINEZ, CAMERON J 217910300573 HERNANDEZ, LETICIA & ROGELIO ROW 217910200008 CAMP COLORADO RIVER LLC 217915100001 SILT FARMS LLC R i sing S u n D itch L a st C h a n c e D i t c h Colora d o R i v er D RY HOL L O W R D DIV I D E C R E E K R D DIVID E C R E E K R D 70 70 427 428 429 430 431 432A 433434 435 436437438439440441 RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 5 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado DIVIDE CREEK RD 409-DE-T 411-DE 412-DE 413 414415-DE 417-DE 418-DE 419 420 422 424 425 426 SILT 217912300533 R AND S MCPHERSON LIVING TRUST DATED 10/20/2020 217912300295 SIMONSON, JEFFEREY S & BRENDA S 217912300534 MCPHERSON FAMILY TRUST DATED 2/5/24 217912200351 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 217912200660 SPENCER CHARLES HOLDINGS LLC 217912200350 DB SOLAR LLC 217911200008 GOV SILT LLC 217912300536 R AND S MCPHERSON LIVING TRUST DATED 10/20/2020 217912300339 SIMONSON, JEFFEREY S & BRENDA S 217912300377 NICHOLSON FAMILY TRUST 217911400383 RIVER ROCK RANCH 1412 LLC 217911400114 DIXON WATER FOUNDATION " 217912300468 NICHOLSON, RICHARD E EXEMPT PROPERTY TRUST UDT 08/09/2007 217912300736 LOCKE, FREDERICK W & MUTILLO, JEANNE R 217913100554 MCLIN, SHARON T & BRIT C 217912300371 MIDDLETON, GUY GEOFFERY 217912300376 LOCKE, FREDERICK W & MUTILLO-LONG, JEANNE R ROW ROW 217911200007 SILT 70 LLC 217912300001 BRM PROPERTIES LLC Divi d e C r eek Colorado River M i n e o t a D i t ch C O L O R A D O R I V E R R D D I V I D E C R E E K R D 70 SILT PUMPING STATION 409 410 411412 413 413-A????? 414 415416 417-DE 418 419A 420 421 422A 423 424 425426 RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Substation Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 6 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 473475 476 477 479 480482-DE 483484 485486-SWDE 217917200587 KING, CINDY A 217918100124 RODACKER JR, JOHN L FOUNDATION 217917200586 TILLOTSON, GARY E TRUST & SERVOLD, SALLY A TRUST 217907100292 ISLAND PARK LLC 217908300102 REX ROBINSON RANCH LLC & 217917200710 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217918100123 PORT EVERGLADES RESTAURANT CORP 217917400731 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217917200687 ORGANIC GROWERS LLC 217908300103 SCOTT CONTRACTING INC 217917300732 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217713100303 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217713400205 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 217917200122 COLLINS LAND ACQUISITIONS, LLC 217917200585 NICOLA, S DUFF & DARLENE J 217917200588 WARD, CODY & AMANDA ROW 217918100691 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217918100681 SACK, KENNETH J 217907400099 SUNRISE HOLDINGS L P 217918400720 BEDROCK RESOURCES LLC M a m m Cree k M u lt a Tri na Ditch L a st C hanc e D i t c h MA M M C R E E K R D G A R F I E L D C O A I R P O R T R D RIFL E - S I L T R D 70 474475 476477478479 480 481482 483 484 485 486487 RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 7 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado COUNTY RD 3 1 5 488-DE 489-DE 490-DE491-DE 492-DE-T 494-DE-T 496 497 498-DE 217918100124 RODACKER JR, JOHN L FOUNDATION 217713200118 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217713200300 SNYDER, JAMES G TRUST 217712400301 SNYDER, JAMES G TRUST 217713100302 PEREZ COCA, WIL ORLANDO & LOPEZ MARTINEZ, YUDITH LISSETH 217713100303 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217713400205 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ROW 217907400099 SUNRISE HOLDINGS L P M a m m C r ee k Last C h a nce D itc h RIFLE -SILT R D M A M M C R E E K R D 70 487488 489 490491492 493-DE 494-DE495 496 497498-DE RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Haul Route Flight Path Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 8 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado COUNT Y R D 3 1 5 498-DE 500501 502 503 504505 507-DE 508 509-DE-T 510-DE-T 511 512-DE 513-DE 514 514A 515 516-DE-T 517 RIFL SUB 217714400285 PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF COLORADO 217714304009 PBA ASSOCIATES LLC 217714308001 CONTINENTAL RIFLE, LLC 217714300281 217713200118 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217711300450 OLDCASTLE SW GROUP INC 217714100121 GYPSUM RANCH CO LLC 217712400301 SNYDER, JAMES G TRUST 217724300398 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217714300284 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 217714410002 COLORADO MOUNTAIN JUNIOR COLLEGE DISTRICT 217714400287 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF GARFIELD COUNTY 217714300283 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 217714400282 COLORADO MOUNTAIN COLLEGE FOUNDATION INC 217714410001 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217714300286 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 217713400205 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ROW Las t C h a n c e D i t ch Dry Cr eek Colo r a d o River GARFIELD C O A I RPORT R D RIFLE-SILT RD 70 RIFLE (UTE) 498-DE499500501502 503 504 506 507-DE 508 509 509A 510-DE 511 512-DE 2-DE 4H 3 6A 7a RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Proposed Transmission Pole Existing Transmission Pole Access Location From County Road Substation Haul Route Private Access Proposed Centerline Existing Centerline Pull Site Parcel Boundary MAP 9 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 217724200497 BEDROCK RESOURCES LLC 217713310003 COLORADO MOUNTAIN JUNIOR COLLEGE DISTRICT 217726200956 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT 217724200399 GRAND RIVER PLAZA DEVELOPMENT, INC 217724200496 217724300398 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217724100476 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF GARFIELD COUNTY 217714400282 COLORADO MOUNTAIN COLLEGE FOUNDATION INC 217713400205 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ROW 217724300398 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED Dry C re e k RU N W A Y R D WEST M A MM C R E E K R D H U N T E R M E S A R D GARFIELD C O AIRPORT RD RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Haul Route Parcel Boundary MAP 10 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado 217919200608 STRATEGIC ONE FINANCIAL, INC 217919200717 STRATEGIC ONE FINANCIAL INC 217930100522 B & B MAMM CREEK LLC 217919200609 EDE INVESTMENTS LLC 217724100476 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF GARFIELD COUNTY 217917300679 VARDAMAN, CRAIG & DIANA 217917200710 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC LLC 217919100511 B & B MAMM CREEK LLC 217917300732 EAGLE SPRINGS ORGANIC, LLC 217919200718 STRATEGIC ONE FINANCIAL INC 217918400419 LEE, PATRICIA L 217918400418 AIBNER, SCOTT & SHELLEY R 217713400205 GARFIELD COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ROW 217724300398 AIRPORT LAND PARTNERS LIMITED 217918400720 BEDROCK RESOURCES LLC M a m m C r e e k MAM M CREE K R D G A R F I E L D C O A I R P O R T R D RIFLE SILT 13 13 325 6 70 0 500 1,000Feet Scale: 1:5,000 Date: 7/14/2025 Data Sources: Burns & McDonnell, Xcel Energy, ESRI, CNHP, CDOT Legend Access Location From County Road Haul Route Private Access Parcel Boundary MAP 11 OF 11 Project: I:\ESP\Projects\XcelEnr\Rebuilds_GIS\ArcGIS_Pro\6584\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates\2024_07_25_HaulRouteUpdates.aprx Layout: Murray Project Components sjensley / Murray Yard Project Components Xcel Energy Circuit 6584 Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle Rebuild Garfield County, Colorado Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT J: Traffic Control Plan Siting & Land Rights 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400 Denver, CO 80202 1 October 22, 2024 Garfield County Road and Bridge 0298 County Road 333A Rifle, CO 81650 Re: Request for Right-of-Way Permit, Transmission Line Rebuild Garfield County Right of Way, CR 335, 311, 331, and 346, Garfield County, Colorado To: Garfield County Road and Bridge Attn: Dale Stephens Public Service Company (PSCo), a Colorado corporation doing business as Xcel Energy, is requesting a Right-of-Way permit for maintenance in conjunction with the 6584 transmission line rebuild project. Xcel Energy is replacing a portion of its Mitchell Creek to Ute Rifle 69 kV electric transmission line. This line runs from the Mitchell Creek substation in Glenwood Springs (south of I-70, on Devereux Road) to the Ute Rifle substation (south of Airport Rd, Southwest side of the Garfield Co Regional Airport). This transmission line has reached the end of its useful life and will be rebuilt to current design standards, including additional measures to reduce wildfire risk. This Right-of-Way permit will cover a segment of the line spanning from the New Castle Substation to the Rifle (UTE) Substation. In this segment, workers will be working from the county road right of way to set structures and pull wire for the new transmission line. Construction is tentatively scheduled to begin November 15th, 2024, upon approval of this permit. The following documentation is included with the permit application: • Letter of Request • Work Summary • Detailed Maps with work callouts • Traffic Control Plans • COI If you have any questions, please contact Ryan Blacklock, at 720-592-3421 or at jblacklock@burnsmcd.com. Siting & Land Rights 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400 Denver, CO 80202 2 Sincerely, ______________________________ Alan Masters Director, Transmission Field Operations 720.203.3402 Alan.Masters@Xcelenergy.com Traffic Control and Scope of Work New Castle Substation – Rifle (UTE) Substation Xcel Energy is rebuilding its existing 69 kV overhead electric transmission line, circuit 6584, that crosses through Garfield. The rebuild will replace aged infrastructure and bring it up to current standards. The project team will meet all Garfield County land use permitting requirements prior to starting work. This ROW work permit is to gain permitted access to 73 structure locations to set structures, pull wire, and decommission the existing structures. Crews will dig and set all structures, then come back through to pull wire and decommission the old line. The equipment present in the ROW will vary depending on what phase of the project the crews are working on. Crews will conduct traffic control between 0800 and 1500 hours to not interfere with school bus schedules. Crews will avoid setting up multiple traffic control operations in succession unless necessary. MHT#1: General single-lane closure for work along County Road(s) 335, 311, 331, and 346. -Note: MHT#1 may span up to 4 consecutive structures simultaneously. MHT#2: Site specific TCP to address the work near the intersection of CR 335 and CR 314. MHT#3: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the Apple Tree neighborhood. MHT#4: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of CR 335 and CR 312. MHT#5: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of County Road 335 and Mid Valley Dr. MHT#6: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of CR 335 and Shore Dr. MHT#7: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of CR 335 and Shore Dr. MHT#8: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of CR 335 and CR 311. MHT#9: Site specific TCP to address the work area near the intersection of Rifle-Silt Rd and Dry Hollow Rd. The equipment required for each structure will vary, but could include pickup trucks, excavation equipment, flatbeds, cement trucks, cranes and wire-pulling equipment. Standard Equipment: Pickup Trucks, Bucket Trucks, Excavation equipment (Truck w/ compressor, digger derrick), and Wire Pulling Equipment. Optional Equipment: Cement Trucks, Flatbed, Crane Note: Not all equipment will be present at one time, different equipment will be utilized during various construction phases. Note: For Structure 356-DE the traffic control crew may hold traffic in both directions for up to 15 minutes to set up the drilling equipment. During operations, only a single lane closure will be utilized. Structure Number TCP Equipment 340 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 341-DE MHT #2 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 345 MHT #3 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 346 MHT #1 Standard Equipment 348 MHT #1 Standard Equipment 352 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 354 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 355 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 356-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks (Possible Temporary Road Closure During Equipment Setup) 356A-T MHT #4 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 369 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 371 MHT #1 Standard Equipment 381-DE-T MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 387 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 388 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks and Flatbed 389 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 391 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 393 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 395 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 396 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 397 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 399 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 401 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 403 MHT #1 Standard Equipment 404 MHT #5 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 406 MHT #6 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 407 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 408 MHT #1 Standard Equipment 409-DE-T MHT #7 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 411-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 412-DE MHT #8 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 415-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 417-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 418-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 419 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 420 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 422 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 424 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 425 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 426 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 427 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 429 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 437 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 439 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 441 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 443 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 445 MHT #9 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 447 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 448 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 449 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 450 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 451 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 452 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 454 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 455 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 456 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 457 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 458-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 462 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 463 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 464-DE-T MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 466 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 468 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 469 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 471 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 473 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 475 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 476 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 477 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 479 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 480 MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Flatbed 482-DE MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, and Flatbed 492-DE-T MHT #1 Standard Equipment + Crane, Cement Trucks, and Flatbed 50'-100' 50'-100'SLOW STOP ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500' NW ES Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #3 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026NOTE:TYPICAL OLR SET-UP ONCOUNTY ROAD 335 BETWEENCTY RD 311 & CTY RD 312WORK AREA LENGTH MAY VARYCLOSURE MAY BE SET ONOPPOSITE SIDE OF ROADTCS SHALL ADJUST QTYS & LOCATIONSOF ADVANCE WARNING & FLAGGERSAS NECESSARY SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMITCompany:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #3 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026REVISED 10/09/24BY TVP 2 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 2 - Flagger Symbol 20 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com 50'50' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100'100'100'ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100'100'100' ROADWORKAHEAD100'100'SLOWSTOPSTOP SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMITSPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT NW ESCompany:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #1 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/8/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Alkali Creek Rd (CR 314)New Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 3 - Flagger Symbol 20 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com 50'-100' 50'-100' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100' 100' 100'ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100'100' 100' SLOW STOP SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMITCO PRINT FRAME NW ES Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #2 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/8/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Alkali Creek Rd (CR 314)New Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 2 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 2 - Flagger Symbol 25 - 36" Cones 2 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com 50'-100'50'-100'ROADWORKAHEAD ONE LANEROADAHEAD 100'100'100' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100'100'100' ROADWORKAHEAD 100' 100' 100'BEPREPAREDTO STOP SLOW STOP SLOW SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT ROADWORKAHEAD100'SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT50'-100'ROADWORKAHEAD ONE LANEROADAHEAD 100'100'100' SLOW SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT ROADWORKAHEAD100' 50'-100' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD100'100'100' SLOW SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT YIELDPOSTED ROADWORKAHEAD 100' 100' 100'BEPREPAREDTO STOP STOP SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT YIELDPOSTED NW ESCompany:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #1 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/8/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Garfield Creek Rd (Co Rd 312)New Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 1 - Be Prepared To Stop 3 - Flagger Symbol 35 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com 50'-100'50'-100' SLOW STOP STOP ROADWORKAHEAD 100'100'SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500' SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMITROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD 500'500'500' PG 1 OF 2 NW ES CO PRINT FRAMECompany:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #2 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 WORK AREA LENGTH MAY VARYCLOSURE MAY BE SET ONOPPOSITE SIDE OF ROADTCS SHALL ADJUST QTYS & LOCATIONSOF ADVANCE WARNING & FLAGGERSAS NECESSARYCompany:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #2 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026REVISED 10/09/24BY TVP 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 3 - Flagger Symbol 20 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARYwww.invarion.com 50'-100'50'-100' SLOW STOPSTOP ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500'SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500'PG 1 OF 2NW ES CO PRINT FRAMEWORK AREA LENGTH MAY VARYCLOSURE MAY BE SET ONOPPOSITE SIDE OF ROADTCS SHALL ADJUST QTYS & LOCATIONSOF ADVANCE WARNING & FLAGGERSAS NECESSARY Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #1 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026REVISED 10/09/24BY TVP 2 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 3 - Flagger Symbol 20 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARYwww.invarion.com GATED ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500'SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT 50'-100' 50'-100' SLOW STOP STOP 500' ROADWORKAHEAD 500' ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500' NW ES Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #4 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Mid Valley RdNew Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 3 - Flagger Symbol 25 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com 250'ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD500'500'500'SPEEDLIMIT25POSTEDSPEED LIMIT STOPSPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT 50'-100' STOP ROADWORKAHEAD ONE LANEROADAHEAD 500'500'500' ROADWORKAHEAD500' 500' SLOW SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT NW ES Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #1 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricCo Rd 335 & Co Rd 331New Castle, CO 816476584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 3 - Flagger Symbol 25 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com ROADWORKAHEADONE LANEROADAHEAD 500'500'500' STOP STO P ROADWORKAHEAD ONE LANEROADAHEAD 500'500'500'SL O W SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT 50'-100'50'-100'SPEEDLIMIT35POSTEDSPEED LIMIT ROADWORKAHEAD 500'500'500'BEPREPAREDTO STOP NW ES Company:Location:Foreman:WO#/PO#:MHT #1 Note: All devices to conform to current MUTCD standards. Field adjustments to be made as necessary.NOT TO SCALEDate: 10/9/2024 PAR ElectricRifle-Silt Rd & Dry Hollow RdSilt, CO 816526584 Mitch-New CastleAuthor: Tim Van Pelt ATSSA Cert. #924400Exp. 05/24/2026 3 - Road Work Ahead 2 - One Lane Road Ahead 1 - Be Prepared To Stop 3 - Flagger Symbol 35 - 36" Cones 3 - Flaggers w/ RadiosSUMMARY www.invarion.com C herry C t Alkali C r e e k Apricot C ir A p p l e D r COLORADO RIVER FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT 176 340 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 340 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 C oun t y R oad 3 3 5 Alk a l i C r e e k Cou n t y R o a d 3 3 5 Count y R o a d 3 1 4 341-DE 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 341 DE Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Micropile Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 10/2/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 6t h S t 5th S t 4th S t Cou n ty R o a d 3 3 5 7th St APPLE TREE MHC LLC 174 345 346 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 345 & 346 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Helicopter Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 348 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 348 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Helicopter Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Coun ty R o ad 3 3 5 352 354 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 352 & 354 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Concrete Pier Structure Mode Missing Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Co u n t y R o a d 3 3 5 Cou nty Road 3 3 5 355 356-DE 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 355 & 356 DE Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Helicopter Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Concrete Pier Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 G a r f i e l d C r e e k ad 335 Co u n t y R o a d 335 G a r f i e l d C r e e k Co u n t y R o a d 3 3 5 356A-T 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 356 A-T Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Structure Mode Missing Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Cou nty R o Count y R o a d 3 3 5 369 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 369 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 County R o a d 3 3 5 371 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 371 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Helicopter Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 County R oad 3 35 381-DE-T 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 381 DE-T Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Cou n t y R o a d 3 3 5 387 388 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 387 & 388 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Co u n t y Ro ad 3 3 5 389 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 389 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 9/30/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Cou n ty R oad 3 35 Co u n t y R o a d 335 G a r d e n C i r WARD 154 391 393 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 391 & 393 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Cou n ty R oad 3 35 Co unty R oad 3 3 5 395 396 397 399 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 395 - 399 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Direct Embed Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 County R o a d 3 3 5 M i d V a l l e y D r 401 403 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 401 & 403 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Helicopter Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Cou n t y R o a d 3 3 5 Shore D r BRAMCO LLC 404 406 407 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 404 - 407 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Crane Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 D i v i d e C r e e k C o u n t y R o a d 3 3 5 C o u n t y R o a d 3 1 1 Shore D r SIMONSON McPherson 140 SIMONSON 139 KARSTENSEN 142 408 409-DE-T 411-DE 412-DE 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 408 - 412 DE Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Helicopter Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Concrete Pier Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 County R o a d 3 1 1 Coun t y R oad 3 1 1 415-DE 417-DE 418-DE 419 SILT 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 415 - 419 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 County M ineota Dit ch 420 422 424 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 420 - 424 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Cou nty Ro ad 311 GARCIA NOYOLA 135 425 426 427 429 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 425 - 429 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Rising Sun Ditch 330 330County R o a d 3 31 MORALES PEREAMARTINEZ 437439441 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 437 - 441 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 County R oad 3 3 1County Road 346 Co u nty R o a d 3 3 1 443445 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 443 & 445 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 County Road 346 RUIZ 128 447448 449450 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 447 - 450 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Crane Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Concrete Pier Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Risin g S un D i tc h County Road 3 4 6 FARIAS CERVANTES 127 451452454 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 451 - 454 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 R ising S u n D i t c h Count y R oad 346 Risin g S u n D itch KANCILIA 123 455456457 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 455 - 457 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 La st C h a n c e D i t c h Cou nty R o a d 346 C o u n t y R o a d 3 4 6 SHIDELEROSA LLLP 121 458-DE 459-DE-T461-DE-T 462 463 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 458 DE - 463 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Rising S un D i t c h County R o a d 3 46 C o u n t y R o a d 3 4 6 LIMBACH 464-DE-T 466 468 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 464 DE-T - 468 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Acquired Condemnation Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Rising S u n D itch oad 346 County R o a d 3 46 469471 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 469 & 471 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 t C h a nc e Dit c h nty Road 346 Cou nt y R o ad ORGANIC GROWERS LLC 117 TILLOTSON 113 KING 473475 476 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 473 - 476 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Concrete Pier Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 Last C h a n c e D i t c h nty Ro ad 3 4 6 Last C h a nc Co unty Ro COLLINS LAND ACQUISITIONS 111 477479480 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structures 477 - 480 Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Truck Set,Direct Embed Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 60cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.03 0.060.01 mi 0 0.04 0.090.02 km 1:2,295 LastChanc e D i tch Last C h a n c e Ditc h County Road 3 4 6 482-DE 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 482 DE Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Micropile Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Last C h a n c e Ditch 70 70 70 County R o ad 3 4 6 492-DE-T 6584-MITC-UTER ROW Work Structure 492 DE-T Maxar, Microsoft, Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed, Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, Proposed Structure (7_9_24) Crane Set,Concrete Pier Pull Site (KMZ 7_12_23) Not Acquired Proposed Structure Work Area Parcel (SEH 9_21_23) PLSS World Imagery Low Resolution 15m Imagery High Resolution 60cm Imagery High Resolution 30cm Imagery Citations 30cm Resolution Metadata 10/1/2024 0 0.01 0.030.01 mi 0 0.02 0.040.01 km 1:1,148 Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT K: Garfield County L&E Resolution Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT L: Compliance with Article 7 Standards Garfield County Land Use and Development Code Article 7: Standards DIVISION 1: GENERAL APPROVAL STANDARDS 7-101. ZONE DISTRICT USE REGULATIONS The parcel to be utilized for the Murray Yard is currently zoned as Rural (R). Temporary uses are allowed in any zone district pursuant to Section 3-401.D of the Land Use and Development Code. Article 3 of the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code states that the Rural Zone District is “intended to protect the existing character of the area from uncontrolled and unmitigated residential, commercial and industrial use. The zone district provides for the use of natural resources, recreational development, rural residential, and other uses.” (Garfield County 2023). The Murray Yard will not conflict with the zone district use regulations, will be used on a temporary basis, and will be restored and returned to its pre-construction use and condition at the end of the Project. 7-102. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENTS The Garfield County Comprehensive Plan was developed for the general purpose of guiding and accomplishing a coordinated and harmonious development of the relevant territory, which, in accordance with present and future needs and resources, will best promote the general welfare of the inhabitants (Garfield County, 2020). The Vision for Garfield County is dedicated to managing and directing growth to dedicated Urban Growth Areas (UGAs) and other areas that can accommodate growth cost effectively, in order to create thriving communities while promoting a diverse, sustainable and healthy economy, protecting wildlife, maintaining or improving the quality of the natural environment, and preserving the County’s rural and western heritage (Garfield County, 2020). The proposed temporary use is in support of a transmission line rebuild project that will strengthen existing infrastructure and provide continued reliable energy service to Garfield County, supporting the growth of industrial, commercial, and residential uses in the surrounding areas. The temporary use will support the 6584 Transmission Line Rebuild Project (Project) that will revitalize and strengthen electric infrastructure in Garfield County to meet future demand resulting from development encouraged in the Garfield County Comprehensive Plan. The temporary use will not create any new negative impacts to open space, scenic vistas, public trails, and other recreational opportunities and will preserve these elements in Garfield County. There will be no long-term negative visual impact to the surrounding community resulting from the temporary use because the parcel will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Any required environmental permits and approvals will be acquired prior to construction and any conditions of approval, including environmental mitigation measures, will be implemented to protect the natural environment. The temporary use will occur on a previously developed parcel of land, reducing impacts to surrounding land use and resources. No intergovernmental agreements are applicable to the use of the Murray Yard or the Project. 7-103. COMPATIBILITY The nature, scale, and intensity of the proposed temporary use is compatible with surrounding land uses, which include rural residential areas, agricultural resource lands, agricultural production areas, and natural resource areas. Temporary staging areas are routinely sited in Rural areas and the temporary use will occur on a previously developed parcel of land. The surrounding parcels are also zoned Rural. 7-104. SOURCE OF WATER This land use will not require an onsite source of water for the temporary use. Some water use from outside sources will be necessary to control dust emissions in the Murray Yard, to service portable toilets, and to provide bottled drinking water to the workforce. 7-105. CENTRAL WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS Central water distribution and wastewater systems are not required for the temporary use proposed. Portable toilets and hand washing stations will be provided, and water for consumption will be purchased and brought onsite from outside sources to be consumed during construction. 7-106. PUBLIC UTILITIES No public utilities will be required during temporary use of the parcel. The primary use of the parcel will be storage, staging, and delivery of materials and equipment, and as a helicopter landing zone for flight operations to support the Project. 7-107. ACCESS AND ROADWAYS Access to the Murray Yard will be from Chair Bar Road. No new roads will be created. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. Due to its rural location, the roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional and temporary traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. There will be impacts due to increased presence of vehicles, including personal vehicles, delivery trucks and semis, but this impact will be temporary. 7-108. USE OF LAND SUBJECT TO NATURAL HAZARDS The Murray Yard is not located in an area with identified Natural and Geologic Hazards, such as falling rock, landslides, snow slides, mud flows, radiation, flooding, or high-water tables. The Murray Yard is being used on a temporary basis and not permanently developed, therefore no elimination or mitigation of potential effects for hazardous conditions are necessary. Once construction has been completed, the Murray Yard will be restored in a manner generally similar to its condition prior to construction and as may be provided for in private agreements. 7-109. FIRE PROTECTION Adequate fire protection will be provided for the Murray Yard by the Colorado River Fire Rescue Protection District. Xcel Energy will continue to coordinate with the Colorado River Fire Rescue Protection District prior to the proposed temporary use. Measures to prevent and control fires during the proposed temporary use will be implemented in accordance with Garfield County and Colorado River Fire Rescue Protection District requirements. Xcel Energy offers free online safety training to fire departments and first responders that is based on national standards through its Responding to Utility Emergencies Program. DIVISION 2: GENERAL RESOURCE PROTECTION STANDARDS 7-201. AGRICULTURAL LANDS It is not anticipated that activities at the Murray Yard will adversely affect agricultural operations, nor is any division or development of land proposed as a part of those activities. Uses within the Murray Yard will be limited to construction activities. After construction of the transmission line, the Murray Yard will be restored and returned to its pre-construction use. Dogs or other domestic animals that may interfere with livestock will not be permitted on site during temporary use. Any fences and gates present will be protected and left in the condition they are found or repaired as soon as reasonably possible by Xcel Energy and its contractors. Any damage to roads leading into the parcel will be repaired by Xcel Energy, including any fences that may be damaged. Dust control will be implemented during temporary use via water applications to minimize impacts to livestock and crops in the area. 7-202. WILDLIFE HABITAT AREAS Potential impacts to wildlife habitat will be temporary and limited to the parcel and established access roads. Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species from the immediate workspace area. These impacts are considered short-term in duration and normal wildlife movements will be expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Changes to species composition, number of threatened and endangered species, species habitat, and the food web are not expected due to the temporary nature of the use. In areas where grading is necessary, Xcel Energy will implement measures to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non-native vegetation and revegetate disturbed areas following construction in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. No trees exist on the parcel, however, if construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, raptor nest surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. 7-203. PROTECTION OF WATERBODIES A stream is located in the northwest corner of the parcel. The temporary use will not affect wetlands or other surface waters in the vicinity and is not anticipated to divert debris flow or floodwaters. Best Management Practices (BMPs) will be implemented to reduce stormwater-related impacts to nearby waterbodies in compliance with Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) regulations. 7-204. DRAINAGE AND EROSION Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE-regulated Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. Xcel Energy can provide copies of the permits to the County, as necessary, prior to the start of construction. A detailed Grading Plan outlining the improvements needed for the temporary use will be provided, as required. 7-205. ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY The temporary use is not expected to have a significant impact on environmental quality. No significant wetland impacts are anticipated from the temporary use and water quality will not be impacted because Xcel Energy will implement spill and erosion control prevention and clean up measures in accordance with permits. Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. However, soil will be stabilized with the implementation of erosion control BMPs. Impacts from air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Murray Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. 7-206. WILDFIRE HAZARDS Xcel Energy’s commitment to reducing wildfire risk is outlined in Xcel Energy’s 2020 Wildfire Mitigation Plan (Xcel, 2020). The Murray Yard is within and surrounded by areas with low to moderate Wildfire Susceptibility Index within the Wildland Urban Interface. The temporary use will not create additional risk for wildfire with the implementation of fire prevention BMPs, including having basic firefighting equipment on site and planning and coordination with the Colorado River Fire Rescue Protection District. Vegetation management may be required as part of the temporary use, thereby reducing fuel for wildfires. Xcel Energy will coordinate with local fire departments and first responders and consult with them to discuss any concerns within their response area. 7-207. NATURAL AND GEOLOGIC HAZARDS The Murray Yard is not located in an area with identified Natural and Geologic Hazards. It is not anticipated that the temporary use will have any materially adverse impacts to soil, geologic conditions, or natural hazards as the primary use of the parcel will be storage, staging, and delivery of materials and equipment, and a helicopter landing zone to support the Project. The temporary use is not within any avalanche, landslide, rockfall or alluvial fan hazard areas, and steep slopes are absent. The parcel is free of corrosive or expansive soils and rock and no mudflow or fault areas are present. The temporary use is not anticipated to divert debris flow or floodwaters. Any land disturbed during construction will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. 7-208. RECLAMATION Ground disturbance will increase the potential for erosion, such as removal of protective vegetation and exposure to wind and water erosion. Impacts may result from soil disturbance due to construction machinery traveling to and from the parcel and movement of materials, machinery, and vehicles within the parcel. General construction traffic will be limited to designated access roads and the Murray Yard to minimize impacts. BMPs for erosion control will be implemented to minimize erosion and dust emissions resulting from activities associated with the temporary use in accordance with a SWMP. Topsoil will be stockpiled prior to grading for use in reclamation. The areas affected by the temporary use will be reclaimed in accordance with the approved timeline as soon as possible following demobilization to stabilize the area and reduce visual impacts. Reclamation activities will include re-grading to original land contours and placement of topsoil, followed by revegetation with an approved seed mix. A uniform vegetative cover will be established with a density of 70 percent pre-disturbance levels within four growing seasons. Established cover will not include state or Garfield County noxious weeds or alien annual invasive species. A weed management plan will be implemented to control the spread and propagation of listed noxious weeds and invasive species during the temporary use and reclamation activities. DIVISION 3. SITE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 7-301. COMPATIBLE DESIGN Land use in the surrounding area includes rural residential areas, agricultural resource lands, agricultural production areas, and natural resource areas zoned as Rural. The proposed temporary use is compatible with the designated zoning. Land within and surrounding the parcel for the Murray Yard is primarily undeveloped and the temporary use will not impact streets, lots, solar access, parking, pedestrian access, and access to common areas. Operations in the Murray Yard will avoid nuisances to adjacent uses. Any dust, odors, gas, fumes, and glare will not be emitted at levels objectionable to adjacent properties. Noise will not exceed state noise standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25 or federal regulations governing noise control for aircraft/helicopters. The hours of operations will be 7 days per week and 12 hours per day. The Murray Yard will be enclosed by a fence for security. 7-302. OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING STANDARDS No off-street parking or loading standards apply since the proposed temporary use is within an undeveloped rural parcel of land. Parking areas for vehicles and equipment will be confined to designated areas that will not interfere with local traffic or activities within the Murray Yard. All loading and unloading and storage of materials will occur in designated areas on the parcel. The Site Plan provided in Attachment H4 of the application depicts parking areas. With landowner permission, surface materials may be applied following grading of the parcel to stabilize soils and proper drainage and stormwater BMPs will be applied. 7-303. LANDSCAPING STANDARDS The temporary use will avoid or minimize impacts to vegetation generally as practicable. As discussed in Section 7-208, the Murray Yard will be reclaimed following use to acceptable standards pursuant to the terms of the agreement with the landowner and as approved by Garfield County. No landscape plan will apply because the parcel does not currently have specific landscaping in place and the parcel will be restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions according to landowner agreement conditions and Garfield County requirements. However, a Reclamation Plan is provided in Attachment H6. 7-304. LIGHTING STANDARDS For security purposes, lighting at night in the Murray Yard will be necessary during the proposed temporary use. Lighting will be designed to direct light inward and will be shielded such that concentrated rays of light will not shine directly into other properties. Lighting will not create a traffic hazard and will not include flashing or blinking lights. Light sources will not exceed 40 feet in height. 7-305. SNOW STORAGE STANDARDS A designated snow storage area will be included in the proposed temporary use that will not impede traffic or parking. Since the Murray Yard will be within a rural undeveloped parcel, no snow storage will be in parking spaces or off-street parking or loading areas. Adequate drainage will be provided for snow melt within the parcel and no snow melt will be permitted to drain onto adjacent property. 7-306. TRAIL AND WALKWAY STANDARDS The proposed temporary use will not impact any trails or sidewalks linking to public facilities and no safety or maintenance measures will need to be implemented. OTHER PERTIENT STANDARDS DIVISION 13. ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR TEMPORARY USES. 7-1301. TEMPORARY USE A. The applicant, or a member of the applicant’s household, has not applied for a permit for the same or similar use more than twice within the prior twelve (12) month period. Xcel Energy has not previously applied for a TUP for the Murray Yard. B. The use does not result in any negative long-term impact to adjacent properties, public infrastructure, or existing environmental conditions. Adjacent Properties The Murray Yard use will not result in any negative long-term impacts to adjacent properties because the Murray Yard will be restored and returned to the original use upon completion of construction of the Project. Impacts will be limited to short-term impacts associated with construction and are not expected to cause a public nuisance. Any dust, odors, gas, fumes, and glare will not be emitted at levels objectionable to adjacent properties. Impacts and proposed mitigation are described below. Air quality: Impacts from air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Murray Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. Noise: Construction vehicles and equipment will be maintained in proper operating condition and equipped with manufacturer’s standard noise control devices (e.g., mufflers or engine enclosures). Noise will not exceed state noise standards pursuant to Colorado Revised Statutes, Article 12 of Title 25. Helicopters will be operated in accordance with federal regulations pertaining to noise control. Light: For security purposes, lighting at night in the Murray Yard will be necessary during the proposed temporary use. Lighting will be designed to direct light inward and will be shielded such that concentrated rays of light will not shine directly into other properties. Lighting will not create a traffic hazard and will not include flashing or blinking lights. Light sources will not exceed 40 feet in height. Stormwater: Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE- regulated Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Public Infrastructure Local government services, transportation infrastructure, educational facilities, housing, water (other than trucked-in water for construction), sewage and wastewater treatment, public transportation, existing businesses, and social services are adequate to support the proposed use due to the small size of the construction crew and temporary nature of the construction activities. Given the relatively small size of the crews needed for construction of the Project, no impacts to emergency health care facilities or law enforcement services are anticipated. Roads and Traffic: Access to the parcel will be from Chair Bar Road. No new roads will be created. Where road improvements are needed, Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. Due to its rural location, the roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. There will be impacts due to increased presence of vehicles, including personal vehicles, delivery trucks and semis, but this will be temporary. Water and Wastewater: Central water distribution and wastewater systems are not required for the temporary use proposed. Some water use from outside licensed sources will be necessary to control dust emissions in the Murray Yard, to service portable toilets, and to provide bottled drinking water to the workforce. Portable toilets and hand washing stations will be provided, and water for consumption will be purchased and brought onsite from outside sources to be consumed during construction. Public Parks: The Murray Yard is not located near any public parks and will not cause impacts. Existing Environmental Conditions The temporary use is not expected to have a long-term impact on existing environmental conditions. No significant wetland impacts are anticipated from the temporary use and water quality will not be impacted because Xcel Energy will implement spill and erosion control prevention and clean up measures in accordance with permits. Soil disturbance will result from vegetation clearing and mobile construction equipment traveling to and from the parcel. However, soil will be stabilized with the implementation of erosion control BMPs. Impacts from air emissions and low-level fugitive dust will be short-term and occur primarily from the use of mobile construction equipment as materials are delivered to and from the parcel. Dust will be controlled through the application of water to roads and the Murray Yard during activities. Emissions and dust resulting from the temporary use will not result in air quality reduction below acceptable levels established by the Colorado Air Pollution Control Division. C. The use minimized any significant, adverse short-term impact to adjacent properties, public infrastructure, or existing environmental conditions. Short-term impacts are expected to occur during construction and use of the Murray Yard. Short-term impacts and proposed mitigation are discussed above, under Section 7-1301.B and are detailed in Table 7.1 of the application. D. Pedestrian and vehicular traffic associated with the use are not hazardous or conflict with the existing and anticipated traffic in the neighborhood. As discussed above, under Section 7-1301.B, the roads accessing the parcel have the capacity to efficiently and safely service the additional and temporary traffic that will be generated and will not cause traffic congestion or unsafe conditions. E. Utility, drainage, and other necessary facilities to serve the proposed use will be provided. No new or upgraded utilities, drainage or facilities are anticipated to be needed to serve the Murray Yard. Xcel Energy will manage any soil impacts on the parcel by strictly adhering to a CDPHE-regulated Stormwater Management Plan (SWMP) and will implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs designed to protect soils and control erosion. Xcel Energy will secure the necessary permits to comply with Garfield County regulations including grading, stormwater, and erosion control permits. A detailed Grading Plan outlining the improvements needed for the temporary use will be provided, as required. F. The temporary use location protects the public health, safety, welfare, environment, infrastructure, and wildlife resources of Garfield County. Public Health, Safety, and Welfare It is not anticipated that the Murray Yard use will have any impacts to public health, safety or welfare. In order to protect public safety, Xcel Energy will follow FAA regulations and evacuation requirements during helicopter activities. Environment and Infrastructure Impacts to the environment and infrastructure and proposed mitigation are described above, under Section 7-1301.B. Wildlife Resources Potential impacts to wildlife habitat will be temporary and limited to the parcel and established access roads. Increased noise and equipment movement during material deliveries may temporarily displace mobile wildlife species from the immediate workspace area. These impacts are considered short-term in duration and normal wildlife movements will be expected to resume after the temporary use has been completed and disturbed areas have been restored in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. Changes to species composition, number of threatened and endangered species, species habitat, and the food web are not expected due to the temporary use. In areas where grading is necessary, Xcel Energy will implement measures to prevent the spread and introduction of noxious weeds and non-native vegetation and revegetate disturbed areas following construction in a manner generally similar to preconstruction conditions. No trees exist on the parcel, however, if construction is scheduled to occur during raptor breeding season, raptor nest surveys will be conducted prior to construction to determine whether active nests are present near the parcel. Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT M: Colorado Parks and Wildlife Comment Letter Grand Junction (Area 7) Service Center 711 Independent Ave Grand Junction, CO 81505 P 970.255.6100 | F 970.2556111 Heather Dugan, Acting Director, Colorado Parks and Wildlife Parks and Wildlife Commission: Carrie Besnette Hauser, Chair • Dallas May, Vice-Chair • Marie Haskett, Secretary • Taishya Adams Karen Bailey • Betsy Blecha • Gabriel Otero • Duke Phillips, IV • Richard Reading • James Jay Tutchton • Eden Vardy November 2, 2022 Burns & McDonnell 9785 Maroon Circle, STE 400 Centennial, CO 80112 RE: Xcel Transmission Line Rebuild 6584 Dear Ms. Hines, Thank you for the opportunity to provide comments on the proposed Electric Transmission Line Rebuild of the Mitchell Creek to Rifle Transmission Line 6584 Project (Project). Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) has a statutory responsibility to manage all wildlife species in Colorado. This responsibility is embraced through our mission to perpetuate the wildlife resources of Colorado and provide sustainable outdoor recreation opportunities that educate and inspire future generations. CPW fulfills this mission by responding to requests for comments on wildlife impact reports, land use proposals, and consultations through public- private partnerships. CPW understands from the permit application material that Xcel is replacing approximately 30 miles of 115 kV electrical transmission line from the Mitchel Creek substation to the Rifle Substation in Garfield Counties beginning in 2023. Land ownership within this project area includes public, private, and CPW’s Garfield Creek State Wildlife Area. This Project is a part of a large-scale replacement effort in Western Colorado that has reached the end of its serviceable life. Existing wooden poles will be replaced with single, weathered monopoles resulting in fewer structures than what is currently on the landscape. The proposed alignment will follow the existing alignment with minor re-routes proposed near the City of New Castle. The existing 30-50 foot right of way will be expanded to 75 feet to accommodate design upgrades and installation. Expected construction activities could include ground crews, truck support, line-pulling stations, and helicopter operations with material stored on staging areas throughout the project area although not clearly identified in the project materials. The project proponents briefly address necessary vegetation clearing during construction but do not include a reclamation plan. In reviewing the application material, the Project follows the existing alignment through scrub/shrub wildlife habitat. CPW has identified that this project area is located within the following CPW-mapped High Priority Habitats (HPH) with sound, spatial data and scientifically backed Best Management Practices (BMPs). To protect those habitats listed below, CPW recommends the following best management practices to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse impacts to sensitive species within the project area while incorporating logically based flexibility to accommodate the project construction because of its community benefit. • Mule deer severe winter range and winter concentration area: part of the overall range where 90% of the individuals are located when the annual snowpack is at its maximum and/or temperatures are at a minimum in the two worst winters out of ten; and the part of the winter range where densities are at least 200% greater than the surrounding winter range. • Project construction managers should pause work if deer are observed within a 400-meter buffer around the construction area, followed by a call to the District Wildlife Manager to discuss alternative plans. • Communication with CPW to evaluate winter pressures, habitat conditions, and weather patterns should occur weekly or as noticed by construction crews or CPW staff. • Elk Winter range and concentration area: part of the overall range where 90% of the individuals are located when the annual snowpack is at its maximum and/or temperatures are at a minimum in the two worst winters out of ten; and the part of the winter range where densities are at least 200% greater than the surrounding winter range. • Project construction managers should pause work if deer are observed within an 800-meter buffer around the construction area, followed by a call to the District Wildlife Manager to discuss alternative plans. • Communication with CPW to evaluate winter pressures, habitat conditions, and weather patterns should occur weekly or as noticed by construction crews or CPW staff. • Native Species Conservation and Sportfish Management Waters: Ephemeral or intermittent streams and rivers serve as aquatic habitats during periods of flowing water and the absence of flowing water. • Should avoid surface occupancy within 500 feet of the ordinary high-water mark. • During construction and operations, the contractor should prioritize erosion control measures identified within the NPDES Permit to minimize off-site and in-channel sediment transport. • Dust suppression should utilize fresh water only. • Implement a Noxious Weed Management Plan to treat topsoil stockpiles and materials at least bi-annually with spot-treatment as needed utilizing a Colorado-cer tified herbicide applicator. • Erosion control measures will be in place before any ground disturbance such as clearing, grubbing, construction, and reclamation; survey work will be exempt. • Traffic crossing the Native Species Conservation or Sportfish Management Waters should be restricted to a single crossing point to minimize damage to the banks and channel bed. • Protect banks and streambeds by incorporating structure or mat reinforcements. • Sediment collection mechanisms will be installed within the stream bed, including dry channels, and along the banks. • Active Bald Eagle Nest or Roost site: defined as groups of individual trees that provide nesting habitat or diurnal or nocturnal perches and are usually the tallest available trees in the wintering area located primarily in riparian habitats. o No permitted or authorized human activities within .5-miles of winter night roost or communal roost site from November 15th to March 15th if there is a direct line of sight to the activity, .25-mile if there is no direct line of sight. o A Nest survey be performed in each project area (half-mile radius) no later than two weeks before initiating construction for each project location to identify potential raptor nests, perching, foraging areas, and winter roosting areas. o Project construction managers should pause work if nesting or roosting behavior is observed within a .25-mile buffer around the location, followed by communicating with the District Wildlife Manager to discuss alternative plans. o Helicopter activity near identified roosting sites should be avoided from November 15th through March 15th to avoid conflicts with roosting raptor activity. • CPW State Wildlife Area - Garfield Creek SWA: privately owned lands offering wildlife-related recreation to the public, paid for by sportspeople and managed under state law by Colorado Parks and Wildlife for the benefit of wildlife and hosts opportunities for the public to participate in hiking, wildlife viewing, wildlife refugia, and hunting. • Garfield Creek SWA serves as a critical wildlife sanctuary following the big game hunting seasons and when snow levels are high. No work will be authorized on or adjacent to Garfield Creek SWA from December 1st to April 30th. • Garfield Creek SWA is used by hunters throughout big and small game hunting seasons, construction crews should be prepared for early morning and late evening traffic for hunters accessing the area in addition to usual daytime traffic. Protecting large landscapes that support such a wide variety of wildlife species and habitats that they utilize can only be accomplished by partnering with other land users, conservation organizations, and agencies. CPW recommends the following general BMPs that protect wildlife resources. • Submit and follow a robust restoration plan with a wildlife-friendly mix of grasses and shrubs to revegetate disturbed areas. • Any clearing, grubbing, or stockpile materials will be managed to prevent sediment transport and may include seeding with cover crops, tackifier application, or mechanical controls. • Noxious weed control will be required through chemical or mechanical treatment in any disturbed area using a Colorado-certified herbicide applicator. • Any cleared vegetation or topsoil will be treated for noxious weeds and stored outside of the Native Species and Sportfish Management Water Buffer zone and include stormwater control measures. • Notifications to pause or alter work will be at the sole discretion of the CPW District Wildlife Manager or Land Use Specialist and may be short or long-term in nature and will be the result of weather conditions or wildlife movement and other observations. • District Wildlife Managers or Land Use Specialists will assess the situation, the impact, and the duration of the disturbance to develop alternative work plans. • Project construction Managers will discuss upcoming weather events that may impact big game movements, accessibility concerns, or damage to the resources with CPW staff. • Elk, deer, and other wildlife may not be hazed or moved off-site. • Work can resume if the presence of big game is not detected for 24 hours. • Dogs will not be allowed at the Project location. • Trash and debris should be removed daily. • Lighting should be capped from above to help reduce night-sky l ight pollution to avoid interference with nocturnal wildlife behavior. • Conduct work during daylight hours to minimize disturbance to wintering elk, deer, and other wildlife that utilize this area. • The flight path for any helicopter work should be kept within the construction easement corridor to reduce additional disturbance as much as possible. Helicopter work should avoid any wildlife spotted in the area and limit sightseeing diversions. • Remove any mud or debris and disinfect equipment, hand tools, pumps and hoses, boots, and other equipment previously used in a river, stream, lake, pond, or wetland before moving the equipment to another water body following the attached aquatic disinfectant protocols: https://cpw.state.co.us/Documents/Research/Aquatic/pdf/Publications/Quaternary- Ammonia-Compound-Disinfection-Protocols.pdf#search=disinfect Colorado Parks and Wildlife commends the project proponent for minimizing new disturbance, acknowledging wildlife in the area, and incorporating timing stipulations for sensitive wildlife species. CPW appreciates the opportunity to review this project application material and provide recommendations to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse impacts on wildlife. If there are any questions or needs for additional information, don’t hesitate to contact CPW wildlife managers: Travis Bybee, District Wildlife Manager 970-985-5882, travis.bybee@state.co.us Kirk Oldham, Area Wildlife Manager, 970-255-6178, kirk.oldham@state.co.us Matt Yamashita, Area Wildlife Manager 970-989-8617, matt.yamashita@state.co.us Darren Chacon, Assistant AWM, 970-948-3405 darren.chacon@state.co.us Buddy McNeel, Garfield Creek SWA, 970-984-9872, buddy.mcneel@state.co.us Molly West, Land Use Specialist 970-255-6105 molly.west@state.co.us Sincerely, Kirk Oldham Area Wildlife Manager CC List Darren Chacon, Assistant AWM Buddy McNeel, Garfield Creek SWA Property Technician Julie Mao, Terrestrial Biologist Kendall Bakich, Aquatic Biologist Dani Neumann, Land Use Specialist Glenn Hartmann, Garfield County Senior Planner Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT N: Colorado River Valley Fire District Correspondence and Emergency Action Plan From:Miller, Cory R To:Cox, Jared G; "Needham, Jeremy"; Orrin Moon; kurt.lundin@crfr.us Cc:Eusoof, Justin; Roalstad, Steve P; Childerson, Dwight Subject:Colorado River Valley Fire - Coordination Meeting Summary - 6584 Circuit Rebuild Date:Wednesday, October 2, 2024 3:46:00 PM Orrin and Kurt, Thank you for your time this morning to discuss the Emergency Response Plan related to Xcel Energy’s 6584 circuit rebuild. Below are notes captured below from our conversation. Please reach out with any edits or additional comments. The Fire district needs to understand where the project will be constructing on a weekly or two-week basis once construction has mobilized Xcel Energy will work to update Kurt and Orrin from Colorado River Valley Fire for these updates Preferred means of communication would be email Email updates are acceptable but telephone communication is also acceptable Kurt - 970-930-7824 Orrin - 970-379-2932 Any ‘hot’ line work needs to be communicated to the fire district specifically The district has concerns in the areas specifically located between South Canyon Road and the Nutrient Farms property Xcel Energy indicated that this portion of the project is located in Phase II of the reconstruction which isn’t planned for construction until later 2025 An Additional pre-construction conversation will occur between Xcel Energy, CRVF and Glenwood Springs Fire (Robin) Updates to some sections of the EAP need to occur personnel information is dated and needs updating The helicopter contractor needs to be updated - Timberline no longer will be utilized for the work @Needham, Jeremy – can you please make these updates observed by Jared and return the EAP back to Kurt and Orrin cc’d here? Thank you, Cory Miller, AICP Xcel Energy Senior Agent, Siting and Land Rights 1800 Larimer Street, Suite 400, Denver, CO 80202 P: 303-285-6765 C: 785-979-5137 E: cory.r.miller@xcelenergy.com Health and Safety Plan (HASP) Xcel Energy 6584 Mitchell Creek-UTER Exhibit G 1 | Page Table of Contents CONTACT INFO ............................................................................................................ 5 PROJECT DETAILS ........................................................................................................ 6 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................... 8 REVIEW AND UPDATES ............................................................................................... 8 EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN.......................................................................................... 9 LAYDOWN YARD TO HOSPITAL - JEFFERSON HOSPITAL CLOSEST TO THE LAYDOWN YARD ........................................................................................................................... 16 LAYDOWN YARD TO HOMETOWN URGENT CARE ..... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED. CONTRACTOR EVENT REPORTING (CER) GUIDELINES ................................................. 22 INCIDENT/EVENT RESPONSE AND REPORTING GUIDELINES ....................................... 22 Vehicle Incident................................................................................................................................... 22 MEDIA RELATIONS .................................................................................................... 23 Other Incident Scenarios......................................................................................................................... 23 Discovery of Unknown Utilities: .............................................................................................................. 23 Discovery of Suspect Materials: .............................................................................................................. 23 Incidents involving or effecting multiple Persons ............................................................................... 23 Remote Locations ............................................................................................................................... 24 Bloodborne Pathogens........................................................................................................................ 24 Medical Supplies ..................................................................................................................................... 24 HAZARD COMMUNICATION ...................................................................................... 25 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE RELEASE ............................................................................ 28 Release of Liquid Waste: ......................................................................................................................... 28 Exhibit G 2 | Page Spill or Release of Fuel: ........................................................................................................................... 28 Spill Response Quick Guide ..................................................................................................................... 29 Environmental Impact Control Matrix .................................................................................................... 29 DISCOVERY OF WEAPONS/ILLICIT DRUGS OR VIOLENCE: ............................................ 30 Bomb Threat/Violent Incidents: ............................................................................................................. 30 How to Respond When an Active Shooter is in Your Vicinity ................................................................. 30 1. RUN ................................................................................................................................................. 30 2. HIDE ................................................................................................................................................. 31 3. FIGHT ............................................................................................................................................... 31 FIRE/EXPLOSION: ...................................................................................................... 31 Fire Prevention ........................................................................................................................................ 32 General Workplace Hazard Controls....................................................................................................... 33 Actions designed to prevent accidents: .............................................................................................. 33 ENVIRONMENTAL/BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS ................................................................. 34 Biological Hazards ................................................................................................................................... 34 Poisonous Plants ................................................................................................................................. 34 Dog ...................................................................................................................................................... 34 Venomous Spiders .............................................................................................................................. 35 Venomous Snakes ............................................................................................................................... 36 Vector-Borne Diseases ........................................................................................................................ 36 Hot and Cold ........................................................................................................................................... 37 Lightning .................................................................................................................................................. 39 Tornado ................................................................................................................................................... 40 Earthquake .............................................................................................................................................. 40 Exhibit G 3 | Page Flood ....................................................................................................................................................... 40 Hurricane ................................................................................................................................................ 41 Blizzard .................................................................................................................................................... 41 MUSTER/RALLY POINTS ............................................................................................ 42 REPORT UNSAFE CONDITIONS ................................................................................... 42 JOB BRIEFING(S) ........................................................................................................ 42 ENTRANCE INTO JOB SITES ........................................................................................ 44 OSHA INVESTIGATION ............................................................................................... 44 PPE (PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT) ................................................................ 44 Arc Rated/FR Clothing Requirements ..................................................................................................... 45 Fall Protection ......................................................................................................................................... 47 Prescription Safety Glasses Program ...................................................................................................... 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS – CIVIL WORK / EXCAVATIONS .......................................... 48 EQUIPMENT .............................................................................................................. 48 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ................................................................................................... 49 GROUNDING ............................................................................................................. 52 Equipment and Vehicle Grounding ......................................................................................................... 53 GROUND TESTING ..................................................................................................... 53 HOT/ENERGIZED WORK EQUIPMENT DIELECTRIC TESTING......................................... 53 INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS .................................................................. 55 ADDITION INFORMATION/ CONSENT FOR USE .......................................................... 57 ADDENDUM A – RECORD OF HASP REVIEW ............................................................... 59 ADDENDUM B – LICENSE AND PERMITS..................................................................... 61 Exhibit G 4 | Page ADDENDUM C – PAR DOCUMENTS ............................................................................ 62 ADDENDUM D – RESOURCES ..................................................................................... 70 ADDENDUM E – TASK PLAN INDEX ............................................................................ 71 ADDENDUM D – MAPS .............................................................................................. 72 ADDENDUM 1 – CUSTOMER ...................................................................................... 73 Exhibit G 5 | Page Contact Info CUSTOMER CONTACTS NAME PHONE EMAIL Construction Manager Jared Cox 931-273-0643 Jared.g.cox@xcelenegy.com Sr Operations PSCo Transmission Lines Jeff Lambrecht 661-904-5261 jeffrey.m.lambrecht@xcelenergy.com PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, LLC. NAME PHONE EMAIL Operations Manager Brian Mueller 720-391-0239 bmueller@parelectric.com Project Manager Jeremy Needham 720-656-9334 jneedham@parelectric.com General Foreman (Field) (DD)Dwight Ven John 720-708-8918 dvenjohn@parelectric.com Fleet Manager Mike Sells 720-324-1100 msells@parelectric.com Safety Manager Carter Prittard 832-540-3604 tprittard@parelectric.com Safety Coordinator Bob O'Neill roneill@parelectric.com SUBCONTRACTORS NAME PHONE EMAIL PJ Helicopters, Inc Dan Lockwood 530-527-5059 dlockwood@pjhelicopters.com Vector Israel Rubio 303-726-3716 irubio@vectorfd.com CC Enterprises Beverly McIvor 970-242-0669 bev@ccenttcs.com Exhibit G 989-506-0037 Jim PutmanSuperintendent 720-376-1138 jputman@parelectric.com 6 | Page Project Details Revision Date: 4/4/2024 Contractor Company: PAR Electrical Contractors, LLC. Project Name: 6584 Mitchell Creek to Rifle Project Address: PAR laydown Yard There are five Landing zones on the project where the laydown yards will be located. Eastern most LZ is located at 39.559013, degrees N, 107.372609 degrees W, in Glenwood Springs, CO. The Western most LZ is located at 39.526530, degrees N, 107.680204 degrees W, in Silt, CO. Please see map for visual location. Mobilization Date: 9/01/2024 Project Duration: Approximately 1 year Workdays & Hours: 6 days a week 12 hours a day Voltage(s) & MAD: 69kV, MAD is 3’ 6” at 5761 feet Scope of Specification The 6584 69kV line will be rebuilt between the Mitchell Creek Substation and the Ute-Rifle substation. This section of line is approximately 72.7 miles long. Installation: Conductor: New 477 ACSS Hawk from Mitchell Creek Sub to Ute-Rifle Sub. Shield wire: New DNO-10723 OPGW from Mitchell Creek to Ute-Rifle Sub. Structures: 366 new single circuit weathering steel structures. Foundations: 270 structures will be direct embedded. 96 structures on concrete pier foundations. Removal: 366 structures and associated wire will be fully removed from existing structure outside of the Mitchell Creek Substation to the structure outside of the Ute-Rifle Substation. We will be implementing additional fire mitigation tactics to include a water buffalo to fully wet the area as well as welding or fire blankets to prevent any possible ignition. We will also be utilizing demolition Sawzall to cut the pole to help reduce any sparks. There will be a chop saw on site in case of emergency where the Sawzall get bound up and need to be freed. Exhibit G 7 | Page Subcontractor(s) Project Scope: Quanta – OPGW Fiber Splicing Quanta – Large Crane Timberline – Helicopter Vector – Traffic control Exhibit G 8 | Page Purpose The purpose of this Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) is to provide a management approach for identifying, evaluating, analyzing, and controlling workplace hazards and work area emergencies. The intent of this program is to: • Provide a safe and healthy working environment for PAR employees. • Provide a pre-planning tool for employees to use for controlling workplace and work area emergencies. • Meet the requirements of CFR 29 1926.35. Reference: PAR Safety Manual addresses the safety, health, and envirnomental issues in greater detail. Review and Updates The HASP is designed to be “site-specific” and therefore shall be reviewed and updated by the Project Safety Professionals, as necessary. • An example of an event that would warrant a review would be a change in project management, a significant change in the scope of the work, and/or when serious safety concerns arise that were not originally addressed in the plan. Updates shall be communicated to all affected crewmembers. Exhibit G 9 | Page Emergency Action Plan All job sites must have emergency communication and an emergency response plan that has been communicated and understood by all Contractor and Subcontractor employees. The plan shall include at a minimum: • Emergency Contacts • Location and Name of Local Emergency Services • On-site communication methods (cell phone, radio, satellite phone, etc.) • Location and directions (including maps) to the nearest medical facility • Procedure to follow in the event of an emergency A minimum of two currently trained persons in First Aid and CPR will be present for each crew Emergency Contacts NOTE For Persons Using GPS Units: In some cases, the address that is entered may not take you to the desired final destination. Always verify that your unit is taking you to the desired location. You may need to drop a pin and save the location into your GPS unit. NAME ADDRESS PHONE Hospital / Medical Facility Valley View Hospital 1906 Blake Ave, Glenwood Springs CO 81601 970-945-6535 Grand River Health Rifle Hospital 501 Airport Rd, Rifle, CO 81650 970-625-1510 Occupational Health Clinic – Drug and Alcohol Testing Front Range Occupational Medicine 770 Simms St STE 100, Golden CO 80401 303-635-3667 Local Police / Sheriff Glenwood Springs Police Department 101 W 8th St, Glenwood Springs CO 81601 970-384-6500 New Castle Police Department 39053 US-6, New Castle, CO 81647 970-984-2302 Silt Police Department 231 N 7th St, Silt, CO 81652 970-876-2735 Rifle Police Department 201 18th St, Rifle, CO 81650 970-665-6500 Fire & Rescue Squad Glenwood Springs Fire and Rescue 806 Cooper Ave, Station 2, Downtown Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 970-384-6480 Colorado River Fire Rescue 1850 Railroad Ave, Rifle, CO 81650 970-625-1243 In the event there is need for a rescue in an area that there is no or limited access we will utilize the helicopter to retrieve the injured employee and get him or her to the nearest landing zone. This will be communicated with all crew members and pilots daily with the Emergency Action Plan being documented during the morning tailboard. PAR will meet with Emergency Responders weekly to inform them of the area they are working in and more if the job moves to a different area within the week. Communications will be handled through Star Link and there will be access to CB Radio for daily communication on the site. Exhibit G 10 | Page Exhibit G 11 | Page Exhibit G 12 | Page Exhibit G 13 | Page Exhibit G 14 | Page Exhibit G 15 | Page Exhibit G 16 | Page Western most Laydown Yard to Hospital – Emergency room open 24hrs a day Grand River Health Rifle Hospital closest to the laydown Exhibit G 17 | Page Exhibit G 18 | Page Eastern most Laydown Yard to Hospital – Emergency room open 24hrs a day Valley View Hospital closest to the laydown Exhibit G 19 | Page Exhibit G 20 | Page Eastern most Laydown yard to non-emergency Occupational Medical Center - Hours Mon-Fri: 8:00am-5:00pm Exhibit G 21 | Page Exhibit G 22 | Page Contractor Event Reporting (CER) Guidelines Refer/reference Contractor Reporting Procedures Incident/Event Response and Reporting Guidelines If you are involved in, witness or discover an incident/event: • Assess the scene and verify that it is safe to provide help. • Check the scene for any injured person(s) and assess their status. The actions in the bullet points may happen simultaneously depending on available help (personnel), event assessment, and status of individuals. o If the scene cannot be safely entered or secured so that it can be entered, contact the designated emergency contacts; your next inline management/local safety personnel and 911 for life threatening Conditions. o If it is safe to enter and the event results in an injury(s), First Aid/CPR should be given. Contact the designated emergency contacts, your next inline management/local safety personnel, and 911 (for life-threatening Conditions). Complete appropriate post-incident forms and a person trained in Reasonable Suspicion needs to complete the Reasonable Cause/Red packet. If you have any question consult your local Field Safety Coordinator or Safety Manager/Division Management. Vehicle Incident (in a company vehicle) • When involved in a vehicle incident, remain at the scene. Check yourself for injuries and the vehicle for damage, and if possible, pull to a safe area and call 911. o Follow other applicable post-incident procedures as needed. If you have any question consult your local Field Safety Coordinator or Safety Manager/Division Management. • If it is safe to do so, check the status of others that may be involved at the scene to give emergency response a better overall picture of the incident. • Take photographs of the vehicles, scene, and information given to you by others like their insurance, registration, and license, if you are able to exchange information. If you are unable to exchange information because emergency services are collecting it or because of injuries sustained at the scene, request a case number from the officer(s) on the scene or from the local police station. • If the owner is not present, attempt to locate them or leave contact info. • Notify your supervisor and safety as soon as possible to initiate an incident response. • Fill out the “Driver Report of Vehicle Accident” form. Note: Persons involved in, or suspected to have been involved in, an incident resulting in injuries to the head, spine, or other injuries that if the individual were moved could cause life-threatening damage, should not be moved. This may include, but not be limited to, persons involved in a fall to a lower level. Exhibit G 23 | Page First Aid and CPR should be given as needed and examined and transported by Emergency Response Personnel to a medical facility. Media Relations If the news media arrives on the scene of an incident, contact your supervisor immediately. Do not answer questions or give statements, on or off the record. Refer all questions/ inquiries to the senior member of the PAR management team on site. Only the authorized PAR representatives shall answer any questions or make any statements. Fax all inquiries to: Fax: (816) 691-4242 Vice President of Safety and Environmental PAR Electrical Contractors 4770 N. Belleview Ave Suite 300 Kansas City, MO 64116-2188 Other Incident Scenarios Several unplanned emergency events have been identified and guidance has been listed to help provide safe direction on identifying, communicating, executing, and following up on unplanned events. Depending on the situation PAR Management will determine if this Incident Response Guidance needs to be initiated. Discovery of Unknown Utilities: In the event that unknown utilities are discovered, immediately cease all operations, and notify Project Management. This includes, but is not limited to, foundations, underground pipelines or storage tanks, conduits, or other unidentified structures. Discovery of Suspect Materials: In the event that a suspect material is discovered, immediately cease all operations, and notify Management. Suspicious materials include but are not limited to, free petroleum products in soil, unmarked drums or waste containers, underground storage tanks, unexploded ordinance, or other suspicious materials. Do not disturb the suspect materials. Keep clear of the area. Management will give directions and contact the proper authorities. Incidents involving or effecting multiple Persons As soon as possible after an emergency, the foreman (or designee) should gather the crew at the rally point and take a roll call. The individual taking roll needs to visually confirm the person(s) being accounted for. The day’s Tailboard (or other employee tracking mechanism) should be used. If multiple contractors are on site each crew should conduct a separate roll call and report their findings to Project Management. If an employee is unaccounted for, Project Management must inform emergency services. Never re-enter an emergency area to find a missing employee. No one, including non-essential employees may be released until project management gives an “all clear” signal. Exhibit G 24 | Page Remote Locations Some job sites may be in remote locations lacking a formal address, not visible from the road, or difficult to reach by vehicle. If these characteristics apply, during the daily tailboard the Foreman will assign emergency duties to competent employees and communication methods will be established. In an emergency, an employee shall be present at the access point near a known address to place an obvious marker, such as a cone or flag, and know how to reach the work site promptly to assist emergency services. Bloodborne Pathogens are microorganisms carried by human blood and other bodily fluids that can cause disease. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, HIV/AIDS, Hepatitis B &C, malaria, and syphilis. Any materials such as bandages, clothing, gloves, gowns, or tools that have come into contact with blood or other bodily fluids are considered infectious. • All blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be considered infectious regardless of the perceived status of an individual. • In areas where blood or bodily fluids are present, such as the site of an injury or where the injured report, there is to be no eating, drinking, application of cosmetics or lip balm, smoking, or handling of contact lenses. • Employees coming into contact with infectious fluids shall wear appropriate PPE and dispose of infectious waste/materials in a regulated and leak-proof container for handling, storage, transport, and disposal. • All procedures for handling the injured or infectious materials are to be conducted to minimize splashing, spraying, splattering, or generation of droplets of infectious body fluids. • Contaminated hard surfaces or equipment shall be disinfected with an appropriate germicide. • Employees having come in contact with infectious materials must wash hands or other body parts following exposure to reduce the risk of infection and transmission. Any infected clothing should also be removed and properly cared for. It is always recommended to keep a spare set of clothing for emergencies. Medical Supplies PAR vehicles shall be equipped with well-stocked first aid kits and a means to summon additional support. PAR foremen vehicles typically are equipped with AEDs. During the Job Briefing/ Tailboard, the foreman shall provide the following: • Physical Job Location • Location of medical supplies • Emergency Contact Numbers (i.e., 911) • Location of nearest hospital/ medical facility Exhibit G 25 | Page Hazard Communication Precautionary measures can be taken to mitigate the exposure to hazards involving hazardous substances. Employees should perform these measures and report any unsafe situations to their supervisor or safety professional. PAR is committed to maintaining a clean and healthy environment. PAR integrates environmental values into the decision-making process, by considering the environmental impacts of activities and finding reasonable alternatives to those actions. All employees shall be given awareness training on environmental policies, and in containment/site cleanup. Employees have the right to understand the chemicals and the measure it takes to safely work with them. Always know and understand what you are working with before you work with it. SDS Safety Data Sheet Compliance Or contact your local Safety Professional. Exhibit G 26 | Page Attached are a few OSHA Reference cards to help understand chemical labeling and SDS sheets. Exhibit G 27 | Page Exhibit G 28 | Page Hazardous Substance Release Definition of Hazardous Materials: The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) defines a hazardous material as “any substance or chemical which has been determined to be either a health hazard or a physical hazard.” Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to, chemicals which are: • Carcinogens • Irritants • Corrosives • Combustible • Flammable • Oxidizers The accidental spill of hazardous material must be handled by qualified personnel only. Employees must contact emergency services immediately to report a spill and follow the below steps: • Do not put yourself in harms-way. Understand the hazardous substance before attempting to clean up. • Instruct others in the immediate area to vacate the contaminated area immediately. Upon leaving the contaminated area, close doors and, if possible, prevent entry. • Inform emergency services of the location of the spill and, if possible, the chemical and amount spilled. • If possible, remove ignition sources and unplug electrical equipment in the immediate area. Do so only if you are not in danger. • If employee(s) have been exposed to a hazardous material, they should be instructed to remove contaminated clothing immediately and directed to the nearest safety shower/eye wash station. The affected area should be rinsed for a minimum of 15 minutes. • If employee(s) are injured, move the victim from the immediate area if this can be done without further injury to you or the victim. • Await direction from emergency services. • Do not enter the contaminated area until emergency services have given the all-clear sign. Release of Liquid Waste: In the event of a liquid waste release, cease all operations, notify Project Management as soon as possible, and make every attempt to safety control, isolate, and limit exposure to released material(s) before evacuating the affected area. If attempts to control, isolate, and/or limit the release cannot be achieved safely, keep clear of the area. Management will give further direction as needed. Spill or Release of Fuel: Spill kits shall be available as needed before starting work. A piece of equipment must always be supervised during fueling. In addition, fuel nozzles shall be equipped with automatic shut-off valves. Drip pans or other devices shall be used during maintenance operations. If a spill or release occurs, isolate the source as soon as possible. Once the source of the release has been isolated, an attempt should be made to contain the spill. Exhibit G 29 | Page When a Chemical Spill has occurred: • Notify Supervision. They will give further direction as needed. • Secure the area and alert other site personnel. Evacuate the area as necessary. • Deal with the spill in accordance with the instructions described in the SDS. • Contain the spill with available equipment (e.g., pads, booms, absorbent powder, etc.) • Do not put yourself in harms-way. Do not attempt to clean the spill unless trained to do so. Spills must be handled in a safe manner, while wearing the proper PPE. • Attend to injured personnel and call the medical emergency number, if required. Spill Response Quick Guide Environmental Impact Control Matrix Significant Aspect Potential Impact Controls in Place Equipment Leaks and Spills Water Pollution Soil Contamination Equipment is equipped with spill kits. Contaminated soil shall be removed and sent out for disposal. Management and utility will be informed of all large spills. Disposal of Lead Containing Materials, and Wire Water Pollution Soil Contamination These materials will be separated and turned in to the nearest utility work center for disposal. Human Waste Water Pollution Soil Contamination Nuisance Portable bathroom facilities shall be provided in the show-up for employee use. General (non-hazardous) waste Landfill/ Waste Disposal Nuisance All show-up sites are equipped with a dumpster for non-hazardous waste disposal. CONTROL NOTIFY CLEAN-UP Initiate immediate actions: • Follow proper safety procedures. • Stop leak, shut off equipment, close valves. • Remove all non-essential personnel. • Use a container or absorbent pad to catch leak or prevent contact with soil. Use speedy dry, sorbent socks, sand, or dirt berm to prevent the spread. CALL your supervisor or local safety professional and Provide the following: • Location or structure# • Material(s) involved. • Quantity spilled and maximum likely release. • Time of release/discovery. • Place contaminated soil & absorbents into labeled containers or cover stockpiled soil with plastic sheeting. • Restore the affected area. • Decontaminate tools & equipment used to clean up. • Arrange for proper disposal of any waste materials. If necessary, PAR will employ a contractor for spill clean-up. Exhibit G 30 | Page Work in designated wetlands Water Pollution Soil Contamination Habitat Degradation Equipment will be utilized at a minimum. Worksite shall be cleaned upon the completion of work. All tire ruts will be raked, and the area returned to pre-work state. Applicable permits will be obtained. Impact on Protected Wildlife Habitat Degradation Crews will participate in training on local protected wildlife. The environmental team will identify areas containing protected wildlife and demarcate them to alert crews working in these areas. If a protected animal is found on the worksite, work will cease until it is safe to continue. Discovery of Weapons/Illicit Drugs or Violence: If weapons or illicit drugs are discovered on the work site, the Management must be notified immediately. Do not disturb the weapon or drugs, and do not alarm other employees by indicating their presence. It is the responsibility of the Management to notify the proper authorities, be it the local or state police. If an employee becomes violent or makes threats of violence, notify Project Management immediately, who must then contact local authorities. Management will determine if a location change needs to happen and account for the crew. Bomb Threat/Violent Incidents: If there is a bomb threat or a violent situation, Management needs to be notified as soon as possible so that 911 or other proper authorities can be contacted to handle the situation. Management will determine if a location change needs to happen and account for the crew. How to Respond When an Active Shooter is in Your Vicinity Quickly determine the most reasonable way to protect your own life. Remember that customers and clients are likely to follow the lead of employees and managers during an active shooter situation. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5VcSwejU2D0&t=2s Video on Run, Hide, Fight 1. RUN If there is an accessible escape path, attempt to evacuate the premises. Be sure to: • Have an escape route and plan in mind. • Evacuate regardless of whether others agree to follow. • Leave your belongings behind. • Help others escape, if possible. • Prevent individuals from entering an area where the active shooter may be. Exhibit G 31 | Page • Keep your hands visible. • Follow the instructions of any police officers. • Do not attempt to move wounded people. • Call 911 when you are safe. 2. HIDE If evacuation is not possible, find a place to hide where the active shooter is less likely to find you. Your hiding place should: • Be out of the active shooter’s view. • Provide protection if shots are fired in your direction (i.e., an office with a closed and locked door). • Not trap you or restrict your options for movement. To prevent an active shooter from entering your hiding place: • Lock the door. • Blockade the door with heavy furniture. If the active shooter is nearby: • Lock the door. • Silence your cell phone. • Turn off any source of noise (i.e., radios, televisions). • Hide behind large items (i.e., cabinets, desks). • Remain quiet. If evacuation and hiding out are not possible: • Remain calm. • Dial 911, if possible, to alert police to the active shooter’s location. • If you cannot speak, leave the line open and allow the dispatcher to listen. 3. FIGHT As a last resort, and only when your life is in imminent danger, attempt to disrupt and/or incapacitate the active shooter by: • Acting as aggressively as possible against them. • Throwing items and improvising weapons. • Yelling. • Committing to your actions. https://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/active_shooter_booklet.pdf Fire/Explosion: A designated person will call 911 and request Fire and Rescue support. Once the scene is secure, immediately notify Project Management and the TCR. In the event of an emergency, an employee shall be present at the access point near a known address to place an obvious marker, such as Exhibit G 32 | Page a cone or flag, and know how to reach the work site in a timely manner to assist emergency services and needs. Management will determine if a location change needs to happen and account for the crew. Fight the fire ONLY if: • The Fire Department has been notified. • The fire is small and is not spreading to other areas. • Escaping the area is possible by backing up to the nearest exit. • The fire extinguisher is in working condition, and personnel are trained to use it. Upon being notified about the fire emergency, occupants must: • Leave the building/area using the designated escape routes. • Assemble in the designated area (specify location). • Remain outside/in the clear until the competent authority (Designated Official or designee) announces it is safe to reenter. Supervisors must: • Disconnect utilities and equipment unless doing so jeopardizes his/her safety. • Coordinate an orderly evacuation of personnel. • Perform an accurate head count of personnel reported to the designated area. • Determine a rescue method to locate missing personnel. • Provide the Fire Department personnel with the necessary information about the facility. • Perform assessment and coordinate emergency procedures. Supervision and/or Area/Floor Monitors must: • Ensure that all employees have evacuated the area/floor. • Report any problems to the Emergency Coordinator at the Muster/Rally Point. Assistants to Physically Challenged should: • Assist all physically challenged employees in emergency evacuation. Fire Prevention • Extinguish all cigarettes in the proper containers before entering the building. Smoking is not permitted in the building. • Use extension cords with the proper electrical rating and do not overload outlets. Report unsafe wiring if observed. Fire Alarm – Fire in a Building Should you discover a fire in process, do not attempt to fight the fire. Head for the nearest exit, alerting anyone you see that there is a fire in the building. Be sure to contact your supervisor as soon as you are assembled in a safe area. Exhibit G 33 | Page If you hear the fire alarm or are notified of a fire, evacuate the building immediately. If you are on the second floor, proceed to the closest stairwell. BEFORE YOU EXIT, feel the exit door to make sure it is not hot. Visually check to make sure you are not entering a more hazardous situation. Fire may have already entered the stairwell. If the door is hot, proceed to the alternate stairs. If the stairwell is filled with smoke, close the door, and proceed to the alternate exit. If all stairwells are filled with smoke, get as low to the floor as possible and slowly proceed to the nearest building exit. Once you have exited the building, move to the front of the building to the parking lot. Remain there until given permission to return to the building or are given other instructions. Be sure to stay out of the way of emergency crews when they arrive. Once you are in the Muster/Rally Point, a head count should be taken by supervision. Do not make any attempt to re-enter the building to look for a missing employee, instead, notify the proper authorities as soon as they arrive. Fuel Containers and Storage Warning signs prohibiting smoking and open flames shall be posted, maintained, and enforced around storage areas for fuel and other flammable and combustible materials. In addition: • Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for the storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. • Containers shall be labeled as to contents. • All materials shall be stored, handled, and pilled with due regard to fire characteristics • Fuel and oil spills shall be promptly cleaned up. Fire Extinguishers • All gas or petroleum powered equipment shall have a 5 pound “ABC” rated fire extinguisher in the near vicinity, unless determined otherwise during hazard analysis. • At least a 10-pound “ABC” rated fire extinguisher shall be readily accessible to all welding or similar operations. • All jobsite offices shall be equipped with at least one 5-pound “ABC” rated fire extinguisher. All hot work/burn activities will require a hot work authorization form to perform activities such as burning, cutting, grinding, welding, etc. Refer to Addendum C General Workplace Hazard Controls Actions designed to prevent accidents: • All flammable materials will be stored in a designated area or flammable storage cabinet. • Waste materials are to be discarded in the proper locations. • Turn off any equipment that does not need to be on. Exhibit G 34 | Page • Walkways are to be kept clear at all times. • Fire extinguishers should be kept clear at all times for easy access. • All employees should be familiar with the evacuation routes and should proceed to the exits when instructed in an emergency. • Each supervisor shall be responsible for informing his or her shift employees on the safe handling of hazardous materials. • Good housekeeping is the responsibility of all employees. Environmental/Biological Hazards Biological Hazards Poisonous Plants Poison ivy, poison oak, poison sumac, stinging nettle and poison hemlock are among the plants that can cause skin irritation lasting a week or more. Irritation can be caused by brushing against a plant or from secondary contact with contaminated clothing. Several plants may look different throughout the seasons, so precaution should be taken to avoid potential exposure and protective equipment and clothing may be needed. • Eye and face protection. • Long-sleeved shirts, pants, hats, and gloves. Use caution when disposing of woody material left over from clearing trees or brush by burning the debris. Toxic plant might be on the tree trunks or mixed into the brushy material, burning poisonous plants may cause serious respiratory problems in some individuals. Poison ivy can remain on a surface for weeks and possibly months. If exposed to a poisonous plant • Immediately rinse his or her skin with rubbing alcohol, specific plant washes or degreasing soap (such as dishwashing soap) – and use lots of water. • Use calamine lotion to reduce the itching. • Use antihistamines to reduce inflammation and swelling but is NOT to be used while operating machinery. Dog Ideally, all dogs should be properly restrained by a leash or a fence, but this is not always the case. Being aware and alert to what dogs are around can help prevent an attack. If attacked: • Never run away from a dog. • Be more aggressive than the dog. • Stay forward, stay tall and stay big while shouting “NO”. • Use an aggressive frontal posture. • If dog keeps coming, turn to the side to protect your vital organ area and to get a better stance for the impact. Exhibit G 35 | Page • Use an object to steer yourself to a safe place. • Keep your back against something. If you back up against a house or a fence, you should then be able to move sideways toward an exit. • Find anything to put between you and the dog. Any barrier is a good barrier. • Never reach for the attacking dog’s eyes, head, or nose. • Grab a paw to get a dog to back off. • If in a pack attack, pick one dog and hurt it. • Try to stay on your feet and keep your face and neck covered. Things to Remember • Dogs are more likely to attack if the owner is present. • Before entering any area, make noise – such as jingling your keys or yelling to let the dog know you are there and to give you a chance to see the types and number of dogs present. • Issue letters or warning cards to homes where a dog could pose a threat. • Do not approach a strange dog, even if it is chained or restrained behind a fence. • Always carry pepper spray. • Do not run past a dog – the animal’s natural instinct is to chase its prey. • When threatened by a dog, do not make eye contact. • Remain motionless until the dog is gone. • Slowly back away until you are out of danger. Venomous Spiders Encountering a spider is not an ideal situation for most people. And for employees’ spiders can present an occupational hazard. With the United States being home to venomous arachnids such as the black widow, brown recluse and hobo spiders, and the danger is real. Symptoms of a spider bite • Pain. • Itching. • Muscle cramps. • Sweating. • Difficulty breathing. • Vomiting. • Fever. • High blood pressure. If you are bitten by a spider, take the following steps: • Do not panic. • If the spider is still nearby, do your best to identify it. • Wash the bite area with soap and water. • Use an ice pack or cool or damp cloth to help reduce swelling. • Keep the bite area elevated. • Never try to remove venom. • Contact your supervisor. • Seek professional medical help. To help prevent spider bites: • Give your work clothes, shoes, and equipment a thorough shake before use. Exhibit G 36 | Page • Wear long-sleeved shirts and long pants. • Wear gloves and boots if spiders are in the area. • Remove piles of debris from outdoor jobsites, and trim tall grasses. • Stay up to date with your tetanus boost0065rs, because spider bites can become infected with tetanus spores. Venomous Snakes • Call for emergency services (911). • Keep the victim still and calm to slow down the spread of venom. • Lay or sit the person down with the bite at or below the level of the heart. • Administer first aid if the victim cannot be taken to the emergency department immediately. • If the bite is on a limb, wrap the bite with a loose-fitting clean, dry dressing and immobilize the limb, if possible. • Mark the advancing edge of the swelling with a marker at 15- to 20-minute intervals to help the treating physician with determining the bite severity. NOTE: If possible, take pictures of snake so that medical professionals can better identify the species of the snake and the type of anti-venom to administer the injured employee. Insects and Scorpions Bees, wasps, and other stinging insects are found throughout the United States. These insects will sting if they are disturbed as they go about their activities, especially while foraging for food. • When in an area where there are bees or wasps or hornets, employees should watch for a pattern of movement to identify the location of a colony. • When eating outside, use caps for bottles and cover all food items with a lid to prevent attracting insects. If stung, employees may experience: • Dangerous drop in blood pressure. • Fluid buildup in the lungs. • Shock. • Suffocation, if stun on the neck or mouth. First Aid • Clean area with soap and water. • Removed stinger with gauze or by using a fingernail. • Apply ice to reduce swelling. NOTE: Employees who are allergic should always carry an epinephrine injection. Employees who think they may be allergic should be tested. Vector-Borne Diseases Mosquito-Borne Diseases Tick-Borne Diseases Ticks present a concern for employees because they can cause Lyme disease when they attach themselves to a host and feed for six to 13 days. They may be found in tall grass areas, shrubs, brushy areas, river bottoms, and woodlands. They are most active in the spring, summer, and fall but can be active for the entire year in warmer parts of the United States. Prevention Exhibit G 37 | Page • Tie or tape pant legs tight around the ankle. • Wear light-colored clothing and tuck in shirts. • Wash clothing regularly. • Use repellants containing permethrin. o DO NOT apply directly to the skin. • Use repellents containing DEET to protect exposed skin. • Read and follow all instructions on the repellant packaging. • Check clothing regularly. If bitten: • Use tweezers to remove attached ticks. • Use a slow and steady motion & pull away from your body. • Do Not use a twist and jerk motion. • Remove any remains from skin. • Keep tick for a few weeks in a container labeled with the date and location of the bite. • This may be helpful to medical professionals, if needed. NOTE: Personnel who develop a rash or fever within several weeks of removing a tick need to visit a doctor. Lyme Disease https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/outdoor/ Contact PAR Management or PAR Safety for more info Reference PAR Safety Manual – First Aid and Emergency Hot and Cold Work Description Potential Accidents or Hazards Preventative Measures Hot Weather Safety Dehydration Drink Some Water Before Beginning Work in Hot Weather. Do Not Wait to Feel Thirsty While Working in Hot Weather. Consume 8 oz Of Water Every 20 Min's. Limit Intake of Sodium, Sugar, and Caffeine. Low Sugar Commercial Sport Drinks Are Ok. Do Not Consume More Than One Quart Per Hour Heat Cramps Sit Or Lie in Cool Shaded Area Drink Cool Water, Stretch Effected Muscles. Heat Stroke Symptoms: Skin Feels Hot to The Touch Behavioral Confusion - Disorientation, Irrational, Agitated or Aggressive Behavior. Seizure. Seek Emergency Help Immediately Heat Syncope Symptoms: Dizziness or Fainting. Lie in a Cool Place. If Unaccompanied by Nausea, Drink Water. Exhibit G 38 | Page Heat Edema Symptoms: Swollen Ankles or Feet. Elevate Legs - Support Stockings Helpful. Prickly Heat (Heat Rash) Symptoms: Itchy Rash on Sweaty Skin Dry and Cool Skin. General Dress In Light Colors Consume One Cup of Water Every 20 mins. Wear Porous Clothing That Will Breathe Easily. Avoid Tight Fitting Clothing. Spend Lunch & Breaks in The Shade. Wipe Cool Water on Exposed Skin. Victims Can Be Sprayed with Cool Water and Fanned. Apply Cooling Methods While Waiting for Emergency Treatment - Apply Ice Packs to Neck and Arm Pits. Do Not Use Rubbing Alcohol to Cool Skin, Do Not Use Aspirin on Victims Cold Weather Safety Heating Equipment Hazards Keep Combustible Materials Away from Furnaces and Heaters. Keep Portable Heaters 3' From Combustible Surfaces. Keep Flammable Liquids in Tightly Capped Containers and Away from Heating Devices. Styrofoam Packaging Emits Noxious or Deadly Gases When Exposed to Heat. Equipment That Burns Gases or Liquids Produce Carbon Monoxide - Use Only in Well Ventilated Areas. Use Only Equipment That Turns Off Automatically If Tipped or When Desired Temperatures Are Reached. Check Heaters for Frayed Cords or Broken Elements. Keep Properly Maintained Fire Extinguishers Near All Heating Devices That Operate with Open Flame. Slippery Surfaces, Falls Keep Walkways, Steps, Porches and Landings Free from Ice and Snow. Keep Supply of Salt and Sand on Hand. Watch For Places in The Yard Where Low Spots Have Allowed Rain or Melt to Accumulate - These Can Be Hidden by New Snow and Should Be Salted, Sanded or Removed. Watch Areas Where Overhead Ice Can Accumulate and Fall During Wind or Melting. Such Areas Should Be Taped Off and Avoided Until Ice Melts or Has Been Removed. Exposure To Cold Hazards Increase Proportionately with Wind Chill Below Zero Degrees Fahrenheit. Wear Layers of Light Clothing Rather Than a Single Heavy Garment. Use Helmet Liners Inside of Hard Hats to Reduce Heat Loss. Wear Warm Leg Coverings and Heavy Socks or Multiple Lighter Socks. Wear Waterproof Boots with Good Traction Tread Patterns - Avoid Smooth Leather Soles. Cover Face in Extreme Cold to Avoid Frost Bite. Cover Mouth to Protect Lungs from Inhaling Extremely Cold Air. Wear Safety Glasses with Tinted Lenses to Protect Eyes from Winter Glare. Exhibit G 39 | Page Colds & Influenza To Avoid a Cold or Flu: Keep Resistance High Through Good Nutrition. Keep Resistance High by Getting Plenty of Sleep. Keep Resistance High by Getting Good Exercise. Keep Heat Low and Humidity High at Home. Avoid Contact with Those Who Are Ill with Colds. Get Flu Shots Early in The Season. Average Cold Flu Season Lasts from Mid-November Until Mid-April. To Treat a Cold or Flu: Use Mild Pain Reliever for Aches, Pains, and To Reduce Fever. Avoid Unnecessary Activity. Get As Much Bed Rest as Possible Consume Extra Fluids - Fruit Juices Are Best. Hypothermia (Drop in body temperature) Symptoms: Forgetfulness Drowsiness Slurred Speech Change in appearance - (puffy face) Weak pulse Slowed heartbeat Very slow shallow breathing Coma or deathlike appearance in extreme cases. Call for emergency help if body temperature is below 95 degrees Fahrenheit. Wrap patient in warm blanket. Apply hot water bottle or heat pad to victim's abdomen. Give small quantities of warm food or drink if alert. Do not give alcoholic beverages. Do not give hot shower or bath - shock could result. Condition should be treated in a hospital. Reference: PAR Safety Manual PAR - Heat Illness Prevention Plan Severe Weather A Designated person(s) will be identified by project management, to monitor weather via the radio, internet, or television. If work needs to be suspended, all equipment should be secured if it is safe to do so. Prior to anyone leaving the jobsite roll call should be taken to ensure everyone is accounted for. Management will determine if it is necessary to go to the designated rally point, storm shelter or other perceived safe location. Lightning Monitor Lightning strikes within 50 miles of the job site. Lightning within 10 miles of the job site or that which can be seen from the job site will result in cessation of all work. If it is safe to do so, the equipment should be secured, and the crewmen should cab up. Work can resume once lightning is not seen for at least 30 minutes. If the condition worsens, Management will determine if a location change needs to happen and account for the crew. • Proper Shelter: Best Shelter Is Large, Fully Enclosed, Substantially Constructed Building. Do Not Use "Corded" Telephone. Stay Away from Electrical Appliances, Lighting & Electrical Outlets. Stay Away from Plumbing. Do Not Watch Lightning from Windows or Doorways. Vehicle With Solid Metal Roof and Sides Is a Good Second Choice. Close Vehicle Windows. Lean Away from Vehicle Doors. Keep Hands in Your Lap. Do Not Touch: Steering Wheel, Ignition, Gear Shift Radio • Places To Avoid: Avoid Higher Elevations Avoid Wide - Open Areas Trees, Lighting Poles, Vertical Steel Structures. Avoid Activities, I.e., Swimming, Boating Fishing, Golfing, etc. Avoid Open Type Vehicles Avoid Pavilions, Rain Shelters, and Bus Stops. Avoid Metal Fences and Bleachers. Exhibit G 40 | Page • Lightning Strike Is Imminent When Your Hair Stands Up You Feel Your Skin Tingling You Hear a Crackling Sound If You Experience Any of The Above: Spread Out by Several Body Lengths If You’re in A Group. Put Your Feet Together, Squat Down, Tuck Your Head, And Cover Your Ears. Leave the Area Immediately After the Threat Has Passed. • Lightning First Aid: CPR And Mouth to Mouth Resuscitation 911 For Immediate Medical Attention Move Yourself and Victim from The Area If Storm Is Still Active. LIGHTNING STRIKE VICTIMS ARE NOT ELECTRIFIED. Tornado • When a warning is issued by sirens or other means, seek inside shelter. Consider the following: o Small interior rooms on the lowest floor and without windows, o Hallways on the lowest floor away from doors and windows, and o Rooms constructed with reinforced concrete, brick, or block with no windows. • Stay away from outside walls and windows. • Use arms to protect head and neck. • Remain sheltered until the tornado threat is announced to be over. • A headcount should be taken at the emergency shelter. Tornado Safety Tips: Vehicles are extremely risky in a tornado event. There is no safe option when caught in a tornado in a car, just slightly less-dangerous ones. If the tornado is visible, far away, and the traffic is light, you may be able to drive out of its path by moving at right angles to the tornado. Seek shelter in a sturdy building, or underground if possible. If you are caught by extreme winds or flying debris, park the car as quickly and safely as possible -- out of the traffic lanes. Stay in the car with the seat belt on. Put your head down below the windows; cover your head with your hands and a blanket, coat, or other cushion if possible. If you can safely get noticeably lower than the level of the roadway, leave your car and lie in that area, covering your head with your hands. Avoid seeking shelter under bridges, which can create deadly traffic hazards while offering little protection against flying debris. Earthquake • Stay calm and await instructions from the Emergency Coordinator or the designated official. • Keep away from overhead fixtures, windows, filing cabinets, and electrical power. • Assist people with disabilities in finding a safe place. • Evacuate as instructed by the Emergency Coordinator and/or the designated official. • Attempt to get under a table or desk. NO ONE SHOULD GO OUTSIDE THE BUILDING unless a gas leak is detected. After the conclusion of the earthquake, the following procedures should be initiated: 1) All employees should remain calm, and help injured employees. 2) Check for injuries and provide first aid as needed. 3) The building should be inspected for structural damage. If major structural damage is determined, order an evacuation. Notify the proper utility companies or other services as needed Flood If indoors: Exhibit G 41 | Page • Be ready to evacuate as directed by the Emergency Coordinator and/or the designated official. • Follow the recommended primary or secondary evacuation routes. • If outdoors: • Climb to high ground and stay there. • Avoid walking or driving through flood water. • If car stalls, abandon it immediately and climb to a higher ground. Hurricane The nature of a hurricane provides for more warning than other natural and weather disasters. A hurricane watch issued when a hurricane becomes a threat to a coastal area. A hurricane warning is issued when hurricane winds of 74 mph or higher, or a combination of dangerously high water and rough seas, are expected in the area within 24 hours. Once a hurricane watch has been issued: • Stay calm and await instructions from the Emergency Coordinator or the designated official. • Moor any boats securely or move to a safe place if time allows. • Continue to monitor local TV and radio stations for instructions. • Move early out of low-lying areas or from the coast, at the request of officials. • If you are on high ground, away from the coast and plan to stay, secure the building, moving all loose items indoors and boarding up windows and openings. • Collect drinking water in appropriate containers. Once a hurricane warning has been issued: • Be ready to evacuate as directed by the Emergency Coordinator and/or the designated official. • Leave areas that might be affected by storm tide or stream flooding. During a hurricane: • Remain indoors and consider the following: o Small interior rooms on the lowest floor and without windows, o Hallways on the lowest floor away from doors and windows, and o Rooms constructed with reinforced concrete, brick, or block with no windows. Blizzard If indoors: • Stay calm and await instructions from the Emergency Coordinator or the designated official. • Stay indoors! • If there is no heat: o Close off unneeded rooms or areas. o Stuff towels or rags in cracks under doors. o Cover windows at night. • Eat and drink. Food provides the body with energy and heat. Fluids prevent dehydration. • Wear layers of loose-fitting, lightweight, warm clothing, if available. If outdoors: • Find a dry shelter. Cover all exposed parts of the body. • If shelter is not available: Exhibit G 42 | Page o Prepare a lean-to, wind break, or snow cave for protection from the wind. o Build a fire for heat and to attract attention. Place rocks around the fire to absorb and reflect heat. o Do not eat snow. It will lower your body temperature. Melt it first. If stranded in a car or truck: • Stay in the vehicle! • Run the motor about ten minutes each hour. Open the windows a little for fresh air to avoid carbon monoxide poisoning. Make sure the exhaust pipe is not blocked. • Make yourself visible to rescuers. o Turn on the dome light at night when running the engine. o Tie a colored cloth to your antenna or door. o Raise the hood after the snow stops falling. Exercise to keep blood circulating and to keep warm. Muster/Rally Points a Severe weather rally point: Rally at the work location account for the team, contact project management, if safe travel back to the laydown yard unless directed to do otherwise. b Evacuation rally point: Rally at the work location account for the team, contact project management, if safe travel back to the laydown yard unless directed to do otherwise. c Tornado Shelter: Rally at the work location account for the team, contact project management, if safe travel back to the laydown yard unless directed to do otherwise. Onsite management will assess the hazard and dispatch the crew members accordingly Reference: PAR – Environmental Compliance Program CDC – Center for Disease Control Homeland security Report Unsafe Conditions If you become aware of any unsafe or hazardous situation in the offices or property in general, it is YOUR responsibility to inform a member of management. Job Briefing(s) The daily job briefing is the key to completing a job safely. The employee in charge shall discuss the tasks to be performed. The briefing shall be documented and include an explanation of how the tasks shall be achieved, hazards expected to be encountered, and steps to be taken to eliminate or control the hazards. Tasks to be performed A. Any Critical Steps for the task. Exhibit G 43 | Page B. How the crew shall complete the tasks with “Positive Control”: the key steps that must be done correctly to ensure the planned outcome of the task. C. Existing worksite conditions or characteristics, including any information provided by the host employer. D. Specific roles and responsibilities for each employee for completing the tasks. E. Existing and predictable hazards. F. Which situations require heightened awareness, e.g., Qualified Observer, Spotter, Confined Space Attendant, etc. G. Hazard/Risk mitigation. H. The required protective methods (where applicable) to be used, which include but are not limited to the following: • Insulation • Isolation • Grounding • Equal Potential Zone I. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required. J. Emergency response information. Task specific job briefings shall be held: • at the start of the work shift, • at the location of the tasks, • whenever tasks, key steps, or scope of work changes, • hazards differ from the original briefing, • as additional personnel arrive at the job site, and • after extended work pauses (work breaks, weather delay, etc.). The briefing form shall have a provision for each employee to sign to verify they have participated in the briefing. Each ET&D Partnership company’s management shall establish a review process to ensure that the documented task briefing process is effective. Debrief At the end of the workday or prior to work beginning the following day, employees shall convene to debrief. Debriefing discussions may include successful or unsuccessful work methods, special site conditions to be considered, accomplishments and/or accolades, or goals moving forward. All debriefing discussions shall be noted on the task briefing form and lessons learned considered for all future work. BENEFITS: • Provides for essential job safety planning guidelines and lists key elements. • Incorporates use of a specific hazards identification process in the job planning process that will provide for enhanced controls for risks. • The process and required documentation encourage inclusion and participation of job team members in the specific task hazard identification and mitigation associated with the overall job. Reference: Exhibit G 44 | Page PAR Safety Manual Electrical Transmission and Distribution Partnership (Job Briefing) National Electric Safety Code (NESC, ANSI C2 – Part 4) Entrance into Job Sites Visitors to job sites will be required to stop at the “Stop Please Wait Here for your Safety Tailboard Signs”, outside of work area, • The Signs will be located at the entrance of each site. • All Visitors to the jobsite are required to stop at sign until they have received tail board by crew foreman or designee. • Visitors must sign tailboard form provided by work crew. • Visitors must fully understand the job at hand and hazards associated with that jobsite before entering. • Visitors also must be wearing appropriate PPE before entering site. OSHA Investigation In the event an OSHA Compliance Officer (CHSO) visits the job site or responds to an incident: • Ask to see official credentials (Identification). • Be courteous and business-like. Give no information unless it is asked for specifically. • Inform them that the employer representative is on their way. • Call the General Foreman and Safety Coordinator Immediately. • Insist that inspectors not wander off alone. • Remember that as an employee you are entitled to certain rights. • Not required to perform work in front of the (You can cab up). • Not required to answer questions without employer representative. • If the CHSO takes a photo, take one as well. • Accompany the CHSO as they walk around the job site. • learn what you can about the inspector’s background. • note all the inspector’s observations. • Produce no documents during the walk-through. Insist that the document control procedures be adhered to during the inspection. • If possible, correct any deficiencies the inspector notes before he leaves. • Do not argue with the inspector about whether something is a violation. PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) PAR’s standard issued Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will be required on this project as follows: • Head Protection – Hardhat Class E, Class E Fly Helmets, Chin straps to be worn around helicopter operations. Exhibit G 45 | Page • Safety Glasses – Any ANSI Z-87 rated Safety Eyewear with Side Shields (PAR standard issue preferred). • Hand Protection – Work Gloves meeting the performance needs of the task. • Foot Protection – Protective footwear (meeting ASTM F2413) is required when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, sole piercing objects and exposure to electrical hazards. EH rated or dielectric boots are required where special hazards exist. • FR (Arc-rated) Clothing, Outer Layer as Minimum – 8 Calorie, Arc-rated category 2 is required. • 100% Fall Protection Required – Primary use of “Pole Choker Devices” with Secondary Safety Devices for all climbing of poles and structures from 4 ft. and higher. All climbing gear and harnesses need to be rated at a minimum for ASTM F887 (Arc Rated). • High Visibility Clothing – Required on all projects per customer requirement. • Insulating Rubber Gloves and Sleeves with protectors – Lock to Lock / Cradle to Cradle for any exposures to distribution circuits and distribution grounded conductors/neutrals. As Necessary or Preferred: • Respiratory protection. • Disposable hand warmers, toe warmers. • Arc Flash Rated balaclavas, Arc Flash rated face shields. • Ice cleats. • Hearing protection. • FR rated insect / tick repellants for FR clothing and skin use. Arc Rated/FR Clothing Requirements Exhibit G 46 | Page The Following Subcontractors(s) or Specified PAR Crew members shall be exempt from the FR policy due to meeting the exemption requirements defined in the FR policy: Exhibit G 47 | Page Fall Protection Personal fall arrest system, work-positioning equipment, or fall restraint system shall be inspected before use each day to determine that the equipment is in safe working condition. Work-positioning equipment that is not in safe working condition may not be used. Each employee in an elevated locations more than 4 feet above the ground on poles, towers, or similar structures shall use a personal fall arrest system, work-positioning equipment, or fall restraint system, or other suitable fall protection when climbing or changing location unless the employer can demonstrate that climbing or changing location with fall protection is infeasible or creates a greater hazard than climbing or changing location without it. Prior to operating any aerial lift fall protection harnesses shall be donned and fall restraint or personal fall arrest system shall be secured to an approved attachment point. Reference: PAR Safety Manual PAR - Fall Protection Program PAR - Climbing and Fall Protection Requirements Prescription Safety Glasses Program PAR engages the services of ORR Safety to administer its prescription safety glass program. Authorized eye care professionals (Providers) have been established by ORR Safety, to service the safety eyewear needs of PAR employees. How To: 1. Contact Anne Barry - PAR Corporate at 816-691-4295 (Contact for all questions) 2. Employee Responsibility - Obtain a corrective lens prescription from your personal eye care professional. Workers may choose to have their personal eye doctor or the eye care professionals at the authorized Provider office, perform the eye exam. However, written prescriptions for safety glasses must be fulfilled by a participating Provider. Prescriptions over two (2) years old or expired will not be accepted under the program. 3. At a local authorized Provider, present your eyeglass prescription, your employee identification number, and the division# for the plant you are working at when ordering your safety eyewear. Use ORR Safety’s Provider Locator to quickly locate a Provider in your area. Be sure you inform the Provider that you wish to get SAFETY GLASSES under PAR’s Safety Eyewear Program, particularly if you will also be purchasing personal eyewear. Please make sure to inform the Provider of what division you are working at when ordering your safety glasses. It’s always wise to call ahead and make an appointment. 4. Select a frame from ORR Safety’s occupational display case. You may preview frames provided by PAR and ORR Safety on-line or from printed catalogs located at your safety office. 5. Have the provider measure your face for proper fit and complete the order. There are no forms for employees to complete. The provider will verify eligibility and complete the order form for your safety glasses. Exhibit G 48 | Page 6. Upon notification by the Provider, return to their office and pick up your safety glasses. Generally, it will take 7-10 business days for ORR Safety’s lab to construct the glasses and ship them back to the provider. General Requirements – Civil Work / Excavations Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can be reasonably anticipated. (CFR 1926.651(k)(1)) Drilled excavations 6 feet or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, hard barricades or covers. (CFR 1926.501(b)(7)(ii)) Special Notes: Before soil is broken a dig permit need to be obtained and verified to be within the permit date. Dig Laws shall be followed. If dig alerts cannot be obtained (in situations like private property) project management will visually survey the area for signs of buried utilities and develop a plan to safely complete the task. Involve the customer with the process as need. Reference: http://www.pa811.org/ Reference: PAR Safety Manual Best Practice: Drilled Hole – Pier of Direct Embed Foundations PAR Equal Potential Grounding and Bonding Work Zone Safety Equipment Wind The qualified person and Foreman on site are responsible for verifying that it is safe to operate based upon the manufactures recommended specifications Crane Operations with Personnel Platform 1926.1431(k)(8) Environmental conditions. 1926.1431(k)(8)(i) Exhibit G 49 | Page Wind. When wind speed (sustained or gusts) exceeds 20 mph at the personnel platform, a qualified person must determine if, in light of the wind conditions, it is not safe to lift personnel. If it is not, the lifting operation must not begin (or, if already in progress, must be terminated). 1926.1431(k)(8)(ii) Other weather and environmental conditions. A qualified person must determine if, in light of indications of dangerous weather conditions, or other impending or existing danger, it is not safe to lift personnel. If it is not, the lifting operation must not begin (or, if already in progress, must be terminated). Electrical Safety PAR will follow Customer Minimum Approach Distances –While taking into consideration PAR Electrical Contractor, LLC. expected work practices. Non-reclosure order: Verify non-reclosure order paperwork Outage: Division 10 Clearance, Testing, Grounding Procedure • Verify your clearance (procedures, paperwork/orders, open points, etc.) • Understand how your voltage detectors work. • Verify that the detector and accessories appropriate for the voltage and task. • Verify that equipment is in proper working condition. • Use TWO (2) voltage detectors when test verifying clearances. One (1) of the detectors must provide a numeric reading (digital or analog) and the second tester may be a tone and light detector like the Salisbury 4667. • Test a known energized source with both instruments to verify they are working properly, test the de-energized equipment and/or conductors with both instruments, and then retest both instruments on a known energized source. • Complete clearance and grounding paperwork/logs throughout the process. • Ground verified and tested de-energized equipment and/or conductors. No worker shall approach or take any conductive object closer to exposed energized parts than the minimum approach distances unless: • The worker is insulated from the energized part with rubber gloves or rubber gloves and sleeves AND the worker has positive control of the energized part. • The energized part is insulated from the worker and from any other conductive object at a different potential OR • The worker is insulated from any other exposed conductive object in accordance with requirements for live line bare hand work. MAD Exhibit G 50 | Page Clearances for Equipment under Subpart O Exhibit G 51 | Page This table is applicable for operators that are not qualified employees per Subpart V Crane Clearances This table is applicable for operators that are not qualified employees per Subpart V 1926.1411 – Traveling under or near power lines with no load 1926.1411(b)(4) Dedicated spotter. If any part of the equipment while traveling will get closer than 20 feet to the power line, the employer must ensure that a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the driver/operator is used. The dedicated spotter must: 1926.1411(b)(4)(i) Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance. 1926.1411(b)(4)(ii) Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the operator. 1926.1411(b)(4)(iii) Give timely information to the operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained. Exhibit G 52 | Page Reference: PAR Safety Manual PAR – MAD Best Practices PAR – Requirements for Establishing EPZ PAR - Equal Potential Grounding and Bonding Work Zone Safety Grounding Equipotential grounding will be used when grounding is needed for the protection of the employees. All PAR employees will be trained in grounding. Our grounding program addresses the exact electrical hazards of fault current and matches grounding jumpers in accordance with ASTM F855. The training program discusses the advantages of single point grounding and additional electrical hazards that are created while grounding such as step and touch potential. The program demonstrates how to establish equipotential for all workers on the ground. Another important aspect of the program is the use of testers and the importance of knowing single phase voltage in transmission work. Equipotential is the most important personal protection that can be established. Knowledge of and the importance of equipotential is the most important part of our program. A daily grounding plan will be completed by on site supervision. Any change to the grounding plan must be approved by the General Foreman and or the Safety Department. Exhibit G 53 | Page Equipment and Vehicle Grounding Reference: PAR Safety Manual PAR – MAD Best Practices PAR – Requirements for Establishing EPZ PAR - Equal Potential Grounding and Bonding Work Zone Safety Ground Testing Grounds: Grounds are tested annually. Prior to use crewman are to inspect are to inspect the grounds to verify they are in proper working condition and within the test dates. Hot/Energized Work Equipment Dielectric Testing Gloves: Rubber insulating gloves are tested before first issue and every 6 months thereafter, upon indication that insulating value is suspect and after use without protectors. Rubber insulating gloves will be inspected prior to use to verify they are in proper working Exhibit G 54 | Page condition and within the test dates. Rubber insulating gloves are also changed out every 30 days form their issue date per IBEW contract. Sleeves: Rubber insulating sleeves are tested before first issue and every 12 months thereafter, upon indication that insulating value is suspect and after use without protectors. Rubber insulating sleeves will be inspected prior to use to verify they are in proper working condition and within the test dates. Rubber insulating gloves are also changed out every 60 days form their issue date per IBEW contract. Hot Sticks: Hot sticks shall be removed from service every year for examination, cleaning, and testing. Hot sticks will be inspected prior to use to verify they are in proper working condition and within the test dates. Blankets: Rubber blankets are tested before first issue and every 6 months thereafter and upon indication insulating value is suspect. Rubber insulating blankets will be inspected prior to use to verify that they are in proper working condition and within the test dates. Cover-up: Rubber insulating cover is to be tested upon indication that the insulating value is suspect. Rubber insulated cover will be inspected prior to use to verify it is in proper working condition. Other: Plastic guard equipment shall meet ASTM F12-06 testing standards. Plastic guard equipment is to be inspected prior to use to verify that it is in proper working condition. Exhibit G 55 | Page Industry Guidelines and Standards The following tables list the documents that contain standards covering the work performed. Those areas that do not have their own standards should follow the guidelines referenced below. Use the latest version of the standards. • ANSI is the American National Standards Institute • ASTM is the American Society for Testing and Materials • NFPA is the National Fire Protection Association IEC is the International Electro-technical Commission Table 1: Codes and Regulations Code Title National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70B Electrical Equipment Maintenance National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70E Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces American National Standards Institute ANSI C2 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice API RP14F Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Offshore Production Platforms American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice API RP 54 Recommended Practices for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice API RP540 Electrical Installations in Petroleum Processing Plants American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice API RP500 Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities 29 CFR 1910.301-399 Subpart S Code of Federal Regulations: Electrical General Industry Standards 29 CFR 1926.400-449 Subpart K Code of Federal Regulations: Electrical Construction Industry Standards 29 CFR 1926.950-999 Subpart V Code of Federal Regulations: Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution 29 CFR 1910.268 Subpart R Code of Federal Regulations: Electrical Telecommunications Exhibit G 56 | Page 29 CFR 1910.269 Subpart R Code of Federal Regulations: Electric power generation, transmission, and distribution The table below lists the documents that contain the standards for PPE. Use the most current version of the various standards. Table 2: PPE Standards Subject Document Head protection ANSI Z89.1, Requirements for Protective Headwear for Industrial Workers Eye and face protection ANSI Z87.1, Practice for Occupation and Educational Eye and Face Protection Gloves ASTM D120, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Gloves Sleeves ASTM D1051, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Sleeves Gloves and sleeves ASTM F 496, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and Sleeves Leather protectors ASTM F 696, Standard Specification for Leather Protectors for Rubber Insulating Gloves and Mittens Footwear ASTM F 1117, Standard Specification for Dielectric Overshoe Footwear ANSI Z41, Personal Protective Footwear ANSI Z41, Personal Protective Footwear Flash suits ASTM F 1506, Standard Specification for Protective Wearing Apparel for Use by Electrical Workers When Exposed to Momentary Electric Arc and Related Thermal Hazards ASTM F1891-A, Standard Specification for Arc and Flame-Resistant Rainwear Visual inspection ASTM F 1236, Standard Guide for Visual Inspection of Electrical Protective Rubber Products Safety belts, harnesses, and lanyards ANSI Z359.1, Fall Protection and Arresting Equipment Climbing equipment ASTM F887, Standard Specification for Personal Climbing Equipment The following table lists the documents applicable in the United States that contain the standards for other protective equipment. Those areas that do not have their own standards should follow the guidelines referenced below. Use the latest version of the standards. Table 3: Standards for Other Protective Equipment Subject Document Exhibit G 57 | Page Ladders ANSI A14.1, Safety Requirements for Portable Wood Ladders Safety signs and tags ANSI Z535, Series of Standards for Safety Signs and Tags Mats ASTM D178, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Matting Blankets ASTM D1048, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulation Blankets ASTM F479, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Blanket Insulating Sheeting ASTM F1742, Standard Specification for PUC Insulating Sheeting Rope ASTM F1701, Standard Specification for Unused Polypropylene Rope with Special Electrical Properties Covers ASTM D1049, Standard Specification for Rubber Covers Line hoses ASTM D1050, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Line Hoses Line hoses and covers ASTM F478, Standard Specifications for In-Service Care of Insulating Line Hose and Covers Fiberglass tools and ladders ASTM F711, Standard Specification for Fiberglass- Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Rod and Tube Used in Line Tools Plastic guards ASTM F712, Test Methods for Electrically Insulated Plastic Guard Equipment for Protection of Workers ASTM F968, Standard Specification for Electrically Insulating Plastic Guard Equipment for Protection of Workers Temporary grounding ASTM F855, Standard Specification for Temporary Grounding Systems to be Used on De-energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment Insulated hand tools IEC 900, Specification for Insulated Hand Tools ASTM F1505, Standard Specification for Insulated and Insulating Hand Tools Telescoping live line tools ASTM F1826, Specification for Live Line and Measuring Telescoping Tools ASTM F1825, Standard Specification for Fixed Length Clamp Stick Type Live Line Tools Bucket truck ASTM F914, Standard Test Method for Acoustic Emission for Insulated Aerial Personnel Devices Addition Information/ Consent for Use Additional information, interpretations, and consent to use the information herein can be obtained by contacting: Vice President of Safety & Environmental Compliance 4770 N. Belleview Ave, Suite 300 Kansas City MO 64116 Phone: 816-691-4236 Fax: 816-691-4242 Exhibit G 58 | Page Record of HASP Review Company Print Sign Date Exhibit G 59 | Page Addendum A – Record of HASP Review Exhibit G 60 | Page Record of HASP Review Company Print Sign Date Exhibit G 61 | Page Addendum B – License and Permits Exhibit G 62 | Page Addendum C – PAR Documents Exhibit G 63 | Page Exhibit G 64 | Page Exhibit G 65 | Page Exhibit G 66 | Page Exhibit G 67 | Page Exhibit G 68 | Page Exhibit G 69 | Page Exhibit G 70 | Page Addendum D – Resources Document Name PAR Electrical Contractors, LLC. HASP Site Specific Plans PAR Forms Event Report forms in Origami Event Checklist Case Management At-a-Glance Clinic Doctor Introductory Billing Information Letter Locked Distribution Copy Initial WC Prescription Authorization Procedure - English PAR Programs PAR Safety Manual PAR Fall Protection Program PAR - Climbing Fall Protection Requirements PAR - MAD Best Practices PAR - Requirements for Establishing EPZ PAR - Equal Potential Grounding and Bonding Work Zone Safety PAR Corporate Operations Safety Management System ET&D Partnership Best Practices Quant Best Practices for Drilled Holes Flame Resistant (FR) Clothing Policy Silica Exposure Program PAR Fleet Safety Program PAR Alcohol and Drug Abuse Policy North American Standards for Cargo Securement: Driver’s Handbook on Cargo Securement OSHA Inspection Information & Forms OSHA Inspection Procedure Instructions PAR OSHA Compliance Officer Handout PAR OSHA Inspection Report OSHA Inspection Advice Checklist PAR OSHA Inspection Information Label Customer Specific Documents Exhibit G 71 | Page Addendum E – Task Plan Index Document Name Date Revision Number and Date DLC E-M Wire Pull Plan #1 02/12/2020 DLC E-M Wire Pull Plan #2 02/12/2020 Structure access 18042-T-182B 02/12/2020 18042-T-183B 02/12/2020 18042-T-184B 02/12/2020 18042-T-185B 02/12/2020 CSX Guard Crane Plan 02/27/2020 Exhibit G 72 | Page Addendum D – Maps Exhibit G 73 | Page Addendum 1 – Customer Exhibit G Temporary Use Permit Application ATTACHMENT O: CDPHE Stormwater Permit CERTIFICATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER CDPS GENERAL PERMIT COR400000 STORMWATER ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY Certification Number: COR424950 This Certification to Discharge specifically authorizes: Owner Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) Operator Public Service Company of Colorado (PSCo) to discharge stormwater from the facility identified as Xcel 6584 MITC-UTER Murray Staging Yard To the waters of the State of Colorado, including, but not limited to: Rising Sun Ditch, Colorado River Facility Activity : Pipeline Disturbed Acres: 35 acres Facility Located at: 0.6 Miles Southwest of CR 346 and CR 545A Silt 81652 Garfield County Latitude 39.525634 Longitude -107.678685 Specific Information (if applicable): Certification is issued and effective: 8/15/2024 Expiration date of general permit: 3/31/2029 This certification under the general permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The certification holder is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the COR400000 permit. This certification was approved by: Andrew Sayers-Fay Permits Section Manager Clean Water Program Water Quality Control Division Michelle Berger Direct Dial: 303-839-3790 mberger@spencerfane.com SPENCER FANE LLP | 1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 2000, DENVER, CO 80203 -4554 | 303.839.3800 | FAX | spencerfane.com AUGUST 22, 2025 VIA E-MAIL Ms. Kelly Cave Assistant County Attorney Garfield County 108 8th Street, Suite 219 Glenwood Springs, CO 81601 kcave@garfield-county.com Re: Xcel Energy - Transmission Line 6584 Rebuild Project (Project) – Application for Temporary Use Permit (TUP) – Murray Laydown Yard – Clarification and Confirmation Related to Mineral Owner Notification Exemption Dear Ms. Cave: I am writing to you on behalf of Xcel Energy regarding the above-captioned Project and temporary construction yard, and the related Temporary Use Permit (“TUP”) application submittal requirements. Specifically, and consistent with prior permitting practices with Garfield County (“County”), I am writing to clarify and confirm that, because the Project is exempt from statutory mineral owner notification requirements, Xcel Energy will not be providing a list of mineral owners nor mailing notifications regarding the submittal of the Murray TUP application to mineral owners. With respect to this submittal requirement, as has been previously discussed with my colleague, Gil McNeish, and allowed for in previous TUP applications, Xcel Energy’s approach and reasoning are explained below. Section 4-203.B.3.b of the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code (the “Code”) states “If an application requires mailed notice, the application shall include . . . b. A list of mineral owners in the Subject Site.” Xcel Energy’s understanding is its TUP application will require mailed notice because the Director will be referring the application to the Board of County Commissioners for a public hearing and final decision. As Mr. McNeish and you have previously discussed, Xcel Energy is exempt from Colorado statutes requiring notification of surface development to mineral owners. As such, no list of mineral owners in the subject site is necessary. To recap Mr. McNeish’s previous correspondence and discussions with you regarding this issue, the state statute commonly known as “The Surface Development Notification Act” (CRS 24-65.5-101 et seq.) provides that not less than 30 days before the date scheduled for the initial public hearing by a local government on an application for development, the applicant must send a notice of that hearing by certified mail to mineral estate owners (owners or lessees of the mineral estate under the property which is the subject of the application). Ms. Kelly Cave August 22, 2025 Page 2 Pursuant to the Act, the definition of an “Application for Development” covers a wide range of surface development land use approvals, but certain named development activities are specifically exempt from that definition. One exemption includes applications “with respect to electric lines” such as Xcel Energy’s TUP application. Thus, because the Murray temporary construction area (“TCA”) and TUP are required to support a transmission line rebuild project, the TCA is exempt from requirements to notify mineral owners about the TUP application. Therefore, no list of mineral owners is necessary under the Code. Based on the foregoing, Xcel Energy will not be including a list of owners of the mineral estate under the property which is subject to the Murray TUP application. This letter is provided at the request of the Community Development Department. Please contact me if you have any questions. Very truly yours, SPENCER FANE LLP Michelle L. Berger cc: Julie Stencel – Xcel Energy (via email)